Common use of Post-Closing Adjustment Clause in Contracts

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 days following the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 2 contracts

Sources: Purchase Agreement (Jersey Partners Inc.), Purchase Agreement (Jersey Partners Inc.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 ninety (90) days following after the Closing Date, Seller Buyer shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer Seller (i) a consolidated balance sheet of showing the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Working Capital as of the Closing Date (giving effect to the “Closing Date Balance Sheet”), and (ii) a certificate setting forth (a) the Closing Date Working Capital (calculated in accordance with the Closing Date Balance Sheet) and (b) the amount by which the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (Closing Working Capital exceeds, or is exceeded by, the "Seller Closing Date Working Capital. The Closing Date Balance Sheet"), which Sheet shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis manner consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheetGAAP. Within 90 days following the The Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Date Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which Sheet shall be prepared in conformity accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent this Agreement by making appropriate adjustments to the items specified in Schedule 1.1(109), while maintaining consistency with the preparation of, principles and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods methodologies as those were used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common EquitySchedule 1.1(109). (b) Buyer’s determination of Closing Date Working Capital shall become final and binding on the Parties thirty (30) days after delivery of the Closing Date Balance Sheet by Buyer unless Seller objects in good faith to Buyer’s preparation of the Closing Date Balance Sheet and calculation of the Closing Date Working Capital in writing, stating in reasonable detail their objection thereto (the “Notice of Disagreement”). Following delivery of the Notice of Disagreement, Seller and Buyer agree to cooperate to exchange information used to prepare the Estimated Closing Balance Sheet Working Capital, Closing Date Working Capital and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to Notice of Disagreement. To the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review extent any portion of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery calculation of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which Date Working Capital is not objected to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations Notice of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein)Disagreement, as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party items portion shall be deemed to have been accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller. Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor negotiate in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. Ifany objections noted in the Notice of Disagreement, for any reasonbut if they do not reach a final resolution within thirty (30) days after the delivery of the Notice of Disagreement, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable shall each submit such remaining disputes to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, the Independent Accounting Firm in a revised Notice of Disagreement which details the remaining outstanding disputes. Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") use their commercially reasonable efforts to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if cause the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacityresolve all disputes as soon as practicable; provided, then Seller and IDB Buyer however, that the Independent Accountant shall be instructed to resolve all such disputes within 14 thirty (30) days after the end submission of the disputes to such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection Independent Accountant. The resolution of the disputes by the Independent Accountant shall be made pursuant to final, binding on, conclusive and non-appealable by the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunderParties. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will shall be borne by allocated between Buyer and Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount relative difference between (a) the Closing Date Working Capital calculated by which Seller, as adjusted for the aggregate calculation resolution of any disputes between the Parties prior to the engagement of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from Independent Accountant and (b) the calculation to be made Closing Date Working Capital as finally determined by the Independent Accountant. The Independent Accountant Arbitratorwill only consider those items and amounts set forth in the revised Notice of Disagreement submitted by either Party. The Independent Accountant shall make its determination based solely on presentations and supporting material provided by the Parties and not pursuant to any independent review, nor shall the Independent Accountant allow the Parties to conduct any discovery. In resolving any disagreement, the Independent Accountant may not assign any value to a disputed item greater than the greatest value claimed for such disputed item by any Party or lesser than lowest value claimed for such disputed item by any Party. (c) If the Estimated Closing Working Capital is greater than the Closing Date Working Capital which has become final and binding on the Parties pursuant to Section 2.6(b), Seller shall, within 5 days of the Closing Date Working Capital becoming final and binding, make payment by wire transfer to Buyer, in immediately available funds in the amount of such difference, together with interest thereon at a rate of 2% per annum from the Closing Date to the date of payment. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be Date Working Capital which has become final and binding onon the Parties pursuant to Section 2.6(b) is greater than the Estimated Closing Working Capital, and shall not be subject to appeal byBuyer shall, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 within 5 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Date Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (becoming final and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect binding, make payment by wire transfer to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB BuyerSeller, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were immediately available funds in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) difference, together with interest thereon at a rate of 2% per annum from the Closing Date to Sellerthe date of payment. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 2 contracts

Sources: Merger Agreement (Dynegy Inc.), Purchase and Sale Agreement (NRG Energy, Inc.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 days following The “Post-Closing Adjustment” may be either a positive or negative amount, and shall be equal to (i) (A) the Working Capital Adjustment Amount set forth in the Final Closing Statement, minus (B) the Working Capital Adjustment Amount set forth in the Estimated Closing Statement, plus (ii) (A) the Closing DateIndebtedness Amount set forth in the Estimated Closing Statement, Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of minus (B) the Closing Indebtedness Amount set forth in the Final Closing Statement, plus (giving effect to iii) (A) the Closing Cash Amount set forth in the Final Closing Statement, minus (B) the Closing Cash Amount set forth in the Estimated Available Cash AllocationClosing Statement, plus (iv) (A) the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet")Transaction Expense Amount set forth in the Estimated Closing Statement, which minus (B) the Closing Transaction Expense Amount set forth in the Final Closing Statement, plus (v) (A) the Closing LNG and Fuel Inventory Value set forth in the Final Closing Statement, minus (B) the Closing LNG and Fuel Inventory Value set forth in the Estimated Closing Statement. The Closing Purchase Price, as adjusted by the Post-Closing Adjustment, shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity“Final Purchase Price. (b) Following delivery If the Post-Closing Adjustment is a positive amount, then the Closing Purchase Price shall be adjusted upwards in an amount equal to the Post-Closing Adjustment. In such event, (i) Purchaser and Seller shall deliver joint written notice to the Escrow Agent to release all funds then held in the Adjustment Escrow Fund to Seller and (ii) Purchaser shall pay the amount of the Seller Post-Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior Adjustment to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a)Seller. (c) For 30 days after If the later delivery amount of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer Post-Closing Adjustment is negative (in which case the “Post-Closing Adjustment” for purposes of this clause (c) shall endeavor in good faith be deemed to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as be equal to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end absolute value of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection amount), the Closing Purchase Price shall be made pursuant adjusted downwards in an amount equal to the rules Post-Closing Adjustment. In such event, Purchaser and Seller shall deliver joint written notice to the Escrow Agent specifying the amount of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Post-Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding onAdjustment, and shall not be subject jointly instruct the Escrow Agent to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay release the amount of the Post-Closing Adjustment out of the Adjustment Escrow Fund to Purchaser in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement. If the Adjustment Escrow Fund is insufficient to cover the entire amount payable to Purchaser pursuant to this clause (c), then the Escrow Agent shall distribute the entire Adjustment Escrow Fund to Purchaser upon receipt of the joint written instruction referenced above, and, at Purchaser’s election, either (x) Seller shall pay an amount to Purchaser equal to the Post-Closing Adjustment less the Adjustment Escrow Fund or (y) Seller and Purchaser shall jointly instruct the Escrow Agent to release such excess(es) deficiency from the Indemnity Escrow Fund. In the event the amount of funds in the Adjustment Escrow Fund exceeds the amount of the Post-Closing Adjustment, then the Escrow Agent, after paying the amount of the Post-Closing Adjustment to Purchaser as provided herein, shall pay the remaining funds in the Adjustment Escrow Fund to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 2 contracts

Sources: Equity and Asset Purchase Agreement (New Fortress Energy Inc.), Equity and Asset Purchase Agreement (Excelerate Energy, Inc.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 No later than sixty (60) days following the Closing Date, Purchaser shall cause to be prepared and delivered to Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a statement (the “Closing Statement”) consisting of (i) an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Target Entities other than FIC as of the close of business on the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) Date (the "Seller Closing Admin/Obligor Balance Sheet"), which (ii) an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Affiliated Reinsurance Entities as of the close of business on the Closing Date (the “Closing Affiliated Reinsurance Entity Balance Sheet”), (iii) an unaudited balance sheet of FIC as of the close of business on the Closing Date (the “Closing FIC Balance Sheet”), (iv) a calculation in reasonable detail of Closing Working Capital and aggregate Indebtedness of the Target Entities other than FIC (“Closing Indebtedness”) derived from the Closing Admin/Obligor Balance Sheet, (v) a calculation in reasonable detail of Closing Date Legacy Reserves and Affiliated Entity Reinsurance Company Cash derived from the Closing Affiliated Reinsurance Entity Balance Sheet, (vi) a calculation in reasonable detail of FIC Equity derived from the Closing FIC Balance Sheet, (vii) the final amount of Transaction Expenses and (viii) calculations in reasonable detail of the Purchase Price Adjustment and Commutation Payment Adjustment based on the foregoing. The Closing Statement shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent accordance with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common EquityApplicable Accounting Principles. (b) Following delivery The Closing Statement shall become final, binding and conclusive upon Seller and Purchaser on the thirtieth (30th) day following Seller’s receipt of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and Statement, unless prior to such thirtieth (30th) day Seller delivers to Purchaser a written notice (a “Notice of Disagreement”) stating that Seller believes the deadline for delivering Closing Statement contains mathematical errors or was not prepared in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Principles and specifying in reasonable detail each item that Seller disputes (each, a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein“Disputed Item”), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (for each such Disputed Item and the "Dispute Notice"reasons supporting Seller’s positions. Seller shall not challenge the Closing Statement on any other basis, and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party Seller shall be deemed to have accepted agreed with all other items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, Statement delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a2.3(a). (c) For 30 days after During the later thirty (30) -day period following the delivery of a Notice of Disagreement (such period of time, the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer“Resolution Period”), Seller and IDB Buyer Purchaser shall endeavor seek in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement in writing any differences that they may have with respect to the matters specified in the Notice of Disagreement. During the Resolution Period, Purchaser and its auditors shall have access to all Disputed Items. Ifof the working papers of Seller prepared in connection with the Notice of Disagreement, for any reason, and Seller and IDB Buyer his auditor shall have access to all working papers of Purchaser prepared in connection with the Closing Statement. In the event that Seller and Purchaser are unable to resolve agree on any Disputed Item item or items shown or reflected in the Notice of Disagreement within such 30 day periodthe Resolution Period, each of Seller and IDB Buyer Purchaser shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (prepare separate written reports of such unresolved item or items specified in the "Notice of Disagreement and deliver such reports, along with copies of the Notice of Disagreement and the Closing Statement marked to indicate those line items that remain in dispute, to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator"within fifteen (15) days after the expiration of the Resolution Period. The failure of either such party to make timely deliver its initial written statement or response to such other party’s initial written statement shall constitute a determination waiver of such party’s right to submit the same, and the Independent Accountant shall rule in favor of the other party in all issues. The parties hereto shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to cause the Independent Accountant to, as soon as practicable and in any event within thirty (30) days after receiving such written reports, determine whether and to what extent (if any) the Closing Statement requires adjustment with respect to the calculation of the items set forth therein; provided, however, that the dollar amount of each item in dispute shall be determined within the range of dollar amounts proposed by Seller in the Notice of Disagreement, on the one hand, and Purchaser in the Closing Statement, on the other hand. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that (i) the review by and determinations of the Independent Accountant shall be limited to, and only to, the unresolved item or items contained in the reports prepared and submitted to the Independent Accountant by Seller and Purchaser and (ii) the determinations by the Independent Accountant shall be based solely on (A) such reports submitted by Seller and Purchaser and the basis for Seller’s and Purchaser’s respective positions and (B) this Section 2.3 and the Applicable Accounting Principles. Seller and Purchaser agree to enter into an engagement letter with the Independent Accountant containing customary terms and conditions for this type of engagement. The parties hereto shall use their reasonable best efforts to cooperate with each other and to cooperate with and provide information and documentation, including work papers, to assist the Independent Accountant. Any such information or documentation provided by any party hereto to the Independent Accountant shall be concurrently delivered to the other parties hereto, subject, in the case of any work papers of such party’s accountants or auditors, to such other parties hereto entering into a customary release agreement with respect thereto. None of the parties hereto shall disclose to the Independent Accountant, and the Independent Accountant shall not consider for any purposes, any settlement discussions or settlement offers made by any of the parties hereto with respect to any objection under this Section 2.3(c). The determinations by the Independent Accountant solely as to the amount of Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection Items shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm in writing and shall be final, binding and conclusive for all purposes of determining the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunderPurchase Price Adjustment and the Commutation Payment Adjustment and shall have the same effect for all purposes as if such determinations had been embodied in a final judgment, entered by a court of competent jurisdiction, and either party hereto may petition the New York courts to reduce such decision to judgment. The fees, costs and expenses of retaining the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will shall be borne 50% by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount 50% by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇. (d) If there is a referral Each party shall use its reasonable best efforts to provide promptly to the Independent Accountant Arbitratorother party all information and reasonable access to employees as such other party shall reasonably request in connection with review of the Estimated Closing Statement, each the Closing Statement or the Notice of Seller and IDB Buyer agreesDisagreement, if requested by as the Independent Accountant Arbitratorcase may be, including all work papers of the accountants who audited, compiled or reviewed such statements or notices (subject to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, Purchaser and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item representatives entering into any undertakings required by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation ’s accountants in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding onconnection herewith), and shall not be subject otherwise cooperate in good faith with such other party to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9arrive at a final determination of the Closing Statement. (e) No later than 30 days following Within two (2) Business Days after the later Closing Statement is finalized pursuant to sub-sections (c) and (d) of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effectedthis Section 2.3: (i) if any the Purchase Price Adjustment is a positive amount, Seller shall pay Purchaser an aggregate amount equal to the Purchase Price Adjustment, by wire transfer of the amounts that were transferred immediately available funds to an account or retained accounts previously designated in writing by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller.Purchaser; or (ii) if any the Purchase Price Adjustment is a negative amount, Purchaser shall pay Seller an aggregate amount equal to the Purchase Price Adjustment, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account or accounts previously designated in writing by Seller. Any payment made pursuant to this Section 2.3(e) shall be treated for all applicable Tax purposes as an adjustment to the amounts Purchase Price unless otherwise required by applicable Law. (f) Within two (2) Business Days after the Closing Statement is finalized pursuant to sub-sections (c) and (d) of this Section 2.3: (i) if the Commutation Payment Adjustment is a positive amount, FIC shall pay the Affiliated Reinsurance Entities an aggregate amount equal to the Commutation Payment Adjustment, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account or accounts previously designated in writing by Seller; or (ii) if the Commutation Payment Adjustment is a negative amount, the Affiliated Reinsurance Entities shall pay FIC an aggregate amount equal to the Commutation Payment Adjustment, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account or accounts previously designated in writing by Purchaser. (iii) Payments due to or from the Affiliated Reinsurance Entities pursuant to this Section 2.3(f) shall be made in accordance with the Reinsurance Allocation Schedule; provided that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then all Affiliated Reinsurance Entities and Seller shall be jointly and severally liable for any payment owed to FIC pursuant to clause (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amountii).

Appears in 2 contracts

Sources: Equity Interest Purchase Agreement (Fortegra Group, LLC), Equity Interest Purchase Agreement (Fortegra Group, LLC)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a1) Within 90 At least three (3) business days following before the Closing DateClosing, Seller the Sellers shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated statement setting forth its good faith estimate of Closing Working Capital (the “Estimated Closing Working Capital”), which statement shall contain an estimated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Sellers as of the Closing Date (without giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocationtransactions contemplated herein) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Estimated Closing Working Capital derived from calculated in accordance with GAAP (the items and amounts on such balance sheet. “Estimated Closing Working Capital Statement”). (2) Within 90 thirty (30) days following after the Closing Date, IDB Sellers shall deliver to Buyer the Converted Financial Statements in accordance with Section 4.11 (“the Converted Financials Date”). (3) Within sixty (60) days after the Converted Financials Date, Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller Sellers a consolidated statement setting forth Buyer’s calculation of Closing Working Capital, which statement shall contain an opening balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries Sellers as of the Closing Date (without giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocationtransactions contemplated herein) and a calculation of Closing Working Capital calculated in accordance with GAAP (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"Working Capital Statement”), which . (4) The post-closing adjustment shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied an amount equal to the Closing Working Capital set forth on the Closing Working Capital Statement minus the Estimated Closing Working Capital (the “Post-Closing Adjustment”). If the Post-Closing Adjustment is a basis consistent with positive number, Buyer shall pay to Sellers an amount equal to the preparation Post-Closing Adjustment. If the Post-Closing Adjustment is a negative number, Sellers shall pay to Buyer an amount equal to the Post-Closing Adjustment. (5) After receipt of the Closing Working Capital Statement, Sellers shall have thirty (30) days (the “Review Period”) to review the Closing Working Capital Statement. During the Review Period, Sellers and Sellers' accountants shall have full access to the personnel of, and using work papers prepared by, Buyer and/or Buyer's accountants to the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree extent that the purpose of preparing they relate to the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital Statement and Tangible Common Equity and to such historical financial information (to the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is extent in Buyer's possession) relating to measure the amount of Available Cash, Closing Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies Statement as Sellers may reasonably request for the purpose of preparing reviewing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital Statement and Tangible Common Equityto prepare a Statement of Objections (defined below); provided, that such access shall be in a manner that does not interfere with the normal business operations of Buyer. (b6) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and On or prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Noticelast day of the Review Period, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access Sellers may object to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, Closing Working Capital Statement by delivering to Buyer a written statement setting forth Sellers’ objections in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in reasonable detail, any good faith dispute as to any indicating each disputed item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute Sellers’ disagreement therewith (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"“Statement of Objections”). Other than If Sellers fail to deliver the Disputed ItemsStatement of Objections before the expiration of the Review Period, each Party the Closing Working Capital Statement and the Post-Closing Adjustment, as the case may be, reflected in the Closing Working Capital Statement shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB BuyerSellers. If Sellers deliver the Statement of Objections before the expiration of the Review Period, Disputed Items settled by negotiation Buyer and Disputed Items finally determined by Sellers shall negotiate in good faith to resolve such objections within thirty (30) days after the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being delivery of the "Final Available Cash Allocation"Statement of Objections (the “Resolution Period”), and, if the following adjustments same are so resolved within the Resolution Period, the Post-Closing Adjustment and the Closing Working Capital Statement with such changes as may have been previously agreed in writing by Buyer and Sellers, shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Sellerfinal and binding. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 2 contracts

Sources: Asset Purchase Agreement (Nobilis Health Corp.), Asset Purchase Agreement (Nobilis Health Corp.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 days following The Final Purchase Price shall be calculated based upon the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as final calculation of the Closing Net Assets (giving effect as determined pursuant to Section 2.07 below). If the Closing Net Assets, as determined as provided in Section 2.07 below: (i) exceeds the Estimated Available Net Assets plus or minus the Net Cash Allocation) (Balance, then the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which Final Purchase Price shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with equal to: (A) the preparation of, and using Estimated Purchase Price plus (B) the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and amount by which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing DateNet Assets exceeds the Estimated Net Assets plus or minus the Net Cash Balance; or (ii) is less than the Estimated Net Assets plus or minus the Net Cash Balance, IDB Buyer then the Final Purchase Price shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and be equal to: (A) the IDB Subsidiaries as of Estimated Purchase Price minus (B) the amount by which the Closing (giving effect to Net Assets is less than the Estimated Available Net Assets plus or minus the Net Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common EquityBalance. (b) Following delivery of If the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior Final Purchase Price as calculated pursuant to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Noticeprovisions of Section 2.06(a) above exceeds the Estimated Purchase Price, each of Seller and IDB the amount by which the Final Purchase Price exceeds the Estimated Purchase Price shall be paid by Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller. If the Final Purchase Price as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party calculated pursuant to Section 2.7(a)2.06(a) above is less than the Estimated Purchase Price, the amount by which the Estimated Purchase Price exceeds the Final Purchase Price shall be paid by the Seller to the Buyer. (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith All payments required to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm Section 2.06(b) above shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion paid to the amount by which party entitled to receive the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitratorsame in cash or immediately available funds promptly, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not but in no event later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e10) No later than 30 business days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and Net Assets as contemplated in Section 2.07 below, by delivery to such account as the calculations party entitled to payment shall specify in writing, of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect an amount equal to the items sum of any such payment together with interest thereon from, and amounts accepted or deemed including the Closing Date to, but excluding, the date of such payment at a variable rate per annum equal to have been accepted the rate announced publicly by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation Bank of America National Trust and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; Savings Association from time to time as its "base rate". The date on which such final calculations being payment shall occur is referred to herein as the "Final Available Cash AllocationSupplemental Closing"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 2 contracts

Sources: Purchase Agreement (Mark Iv Industries Inc), Purchase Agreement (Arvin Industries Inc)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 days following If the sum of (i) the difference between the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used Adjusted Statutory Capital set forth in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure Final Statement minus the amount of Available Estimated Adjusted Regulatory Capital, plus (ii) the difference between the Closing Insolvency Protection Reserve Capital set forth in the Final Statement minus the amount of Estimated Insolvency Regulatory Reserve Requirement, plus (iii) the difference between the Closing Net Working Capital set forth in the Final Statement minus the amount of Estimated Net Working Capital, plus (iv) the difference between the Closing Net Asset Value set forth in the Final Statement minus the amount of Estimated Net Asset Value, plus (v) the difference between the Closing Date Cash set forth in the Final Statement minus the amount of Estimated Closing Date Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit plus (vi) the introduction difference between the amount of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing Estimated Closing Date Indebtedness minus the Closing Balance Sheets Date Indebtedness set forth in the Final Statement, plus (vii) the difference between the amount of Estimated Seller Transaction Expenses minus the Seller Transaction Expenses set forth in the Final Statement equals (A) a positive amount, then the Purchaser shall pay such amount in cash to the Seller, or determining Available Cash(B) a negative amount, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equitythen the Seller shall pay the absolute value of such amount in cash to the Purchaser (such amount, if any, that either the Purchaser is obligated to pay to the Seller, or the Seller is obligated to pay to the Purchaser, being herein referred to as the “Post-Closing Adjustment”) or, in the Purchaser’s sole discretion, the Purchaser may satisfy such amounts from the Escrow Funds. Payment of the Post-Closing Adjustment shall be made within five (5) Business Days after the Final Statement becomes such. (b) Following delivery In the event that, following determination of the Seller Post-Closing Balance Sheet and Adjustment, the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each Purchaser or any of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet Affiliates (including the calculations Transferred Entities) actually collect any portion of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including Provider Advances Receivable that was not included in the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of Closing Net Asset Value, the Purchaser shall promptly remit such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as payment to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 2 contracts

Sources: Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement (Magellan Health Inc), Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement (Molina Healthcare, Inc.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 90 days following the Closing Date, the Seller Parties shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer the Company a consolidated balance sheet statement of Closing Date Value, which statement shall be audited and certified by Deloitte & Touche LLP. Such statement shall exclude any adjustments related to fresh-start accounting relating to Advantica's bankruptcy. The costs and expenses of such audit shall be borne equally between the Company and the Seller Parties. The statement of Closing Date Value shall be set forth in reasonable detail to permit the calculations required by this Section 2.3. (b) During the preparation of the statement of Closing Date Value as provided in Section 2.3(a) and the period of any review or dispute as provided in this Section 2.3, each of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as Parties, the Company and Buyer shall cooperate fully with each other and provide the other parties and their respective authorized representatives with full access to the books and records of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those Company Group used in the preparation of such statement, including the balance sheet for provision on a timely basis of all necessary or useful information. (c) After receipt of the fiscal year ended December 31statement of Closing Date Value from Seller Parties, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver have 30 days to Seller a consolidated balance sheet review the statement of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and Date Value, together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those workpapers used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheetthereof. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is Unless Buyer delivers written notice to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and Parties on or prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each 30th day after Buyer's receipt from the Seller Parties of Seller and IDB the statement of Closing Date Value stating that Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access has objections to the books statement of Closing Date Value and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, describing any such objections in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in reasonable detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in agreed to the statement of Closing Date Value. If on or prior to the 30th day after Buyer's receipt from the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery Parties of the Dispute Notice by statement of Closing Date Value, Buyer notifies the Seller Parties of its objections to the statement of Closing Date Value, Buyer and Seller Parties shall, within 20 days (or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP longer period as the parties may agree) following such notice (the "Independent Accountant ArbitratorResolution Period") ), attempt to make a determination resolve their differences, and any resolution by them as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection any disputed amounts shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Associationfinal, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs binding and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitratorconclusive. (d) If there Any amounts remaining in dispute at the conclusion of the Resolution Period ("Unresolved Changes") shall be submitted to a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants independent of, and reasonably satisfactory to, Seller Parties, Buyer and their respective Affiliates (such firm being referred to as the "CPA Firm"), within 10 days after the expiration of the Resolution Period. The parties acknowledge that Ernst & Young is a referral mutually acceptable firm to be designated as the Independent Accountant ArbitratorCPA Firm, each subject to verification of Seller and IDB Buyer agreesits independence. Each party agrees to execute, if requested by the Independent Accountant ArbitratorCPA Firm, an engagement letter containing reasonable terms. All fees and expenses relating to the work, if any, to execute a reasonable engagement letter be performed by the CPA Firm shall be borne pro rata by Seller Parties and shall submit Buyer in proportion to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointmentallocation of the dollar amount of the Unresolved Changes between Buyer and Seller Parties made by the CPA Firm, a written statement summarizing its position on such that the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessaryprevailing party shall pay the lesser proportion of the fees and expenses. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator CPA Firm shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent reviewprovisions of this Section 2.3, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, Unresolved Changes and its the determination of each amount in the Unresolved Changes shall made in accordance with respect to each Disputed Item GAAP and in any event shall be an no less than the lesser of the amount within claimed by either Buyer or Seller Parties and shall be no greater than the range established with respect to such Disputed Item greater amount claimed by Sellereither Buyer or Seller Parties. The CPA Firm's or IDB Buyer's calculation in determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer Unresolved Changes shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision be made within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award the submission of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as Unresolved Changes thereto, shall be set forth in a written statement delivered to Seller Parties and Buyer and shall be final, binding and conclusive on the parties for all purposes. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the Disputed Items contrary, no Unresolved Change shall result in an adjustment to the Purchase Price or the Closing Date Value unless (i) in the case of an asset (or contra-liability) line item (as such line items are set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto), the amount determined by the CPA Firm is lower than 50% of the corresponding amount reflected in the statement of Closing Date Value prepared by Seller Parties which is the subject of such Unresolved Change, in which event the amount of the adjustment shall be final the difference between the amount of such asset (or contra-liability) line item determined by the CPA Firm and binding onthe amount reflected in the statement of Closing Date Value prepared by Seller Parties, and (ii) in the case of a liability (or contra-asset) line item (as such line items are set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto), the amount determined by the CPA Firm is more than 150% of the corresponding amount reflected in the statement of Closing Date Value prepared by Seller Parties which is the subject of such Unresolved Change, in which event the amount of the adjustment shall not be subject to appeal by, the difference between the amount of such liability (or contra-asset) line item determined by the CPA Firm and the amount reflected in the statement of Closing Date Value prepare by Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9Parties. (e) No later than 30 days following In the later of the final determination of the event that Buyer and Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect Parties agree to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyerstatement of Closing Date Value, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; then within five (5) Business Days following such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: agreement (i) Seller Parties shall pay to Buyer the amount, if any any, by which the Closing Date Value exceeds the Base Value, or (ii) Buyer shall pay to Seller Parties the amount, if any, by which the Base Value exceeds the Closing Date Value (each, a "Post-Closing Adjustment"). In the event that there are Unresolved Changes at the end of the Resolution Period, then (1) if Buyer and Seller Parties agree that a Post-Closing Adjustment is owed to one Party regardless of the ultimate resolution of any Unresolved Changes, then the minimum amount which Buyer and Seller Parties agree is owed to such party shall be paid within five (5) Business Days after the end of the Resolution Period and any additional amounts that were transferred or retained owing to such party with respect to the Unresolved Changes shall be paid within five (5) Business Days after resolution thereof by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided CPA Firm, or (2) in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess all other cases, any and all payments shall be made within five (5) Business Days after resolution of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained Unresolved Changes by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to SellerCPA Firm. (iif) if any Any payments made pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be accompanied by interest at the Applicable Rate from the Closing Date up to and including the date of payment. (g) Any payments made in respect of the amounts that were transferred Post-Closing Adjustment or retained by Unresolved Changes shall be deemed to be adjustments to the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and Purchase Price for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amountall Tax purposes.

Appears in 2 contracts

Sources: Stock Purchase Agreement (Advantica Restaurant Group Inc), Stock Purchase Agreement (Cke Restaurants Inc)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 days following In the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver event that (i) the General Account Reinsurance Premium determined by reference to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet the Final Statement of Net Settlement exceeds the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect General Account Reinsurance Premium determined by reference to the Estimated Available Cash AllocationStatement of Net Settlement, then Sellers shall transfer to the Ceded Business Trust assets (selected in accordance with Investment Asset Identification Protocol) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared with an aggregate statutory carrying value determined in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent accordance with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation Statement of Net Settlement Methods equal to such excess within five (5) Business Days of the balance sheet for delivery of the fiscal year ended December 31Final Statement of Net Settlement, 2013, included in plus interest on such amount from and including the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation Closing Date up to but not including the date of Available Cash payment accrued at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from 60-Day Treasury Rate, or (ii) the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following General Account Reinsurance Premium determined by reference to the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet Final Statement of IDB Buyer and Net Settlement is less than the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect General Account Reinsurance Premium determined by reference to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (Statement of Net Settlement, then CIGNA Life, directly or from the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together Ceded Business Trust, as determined in accordance with the Seller Coinsurance Agreement and the Ceded Business Trust Agreement, shall return to CGLIC assets (selected in accordance with the Investment Asset Identification Protocol) previously transferred by CGLIC to the Ceded Business Trust with an aggregate statutory carrying value determined in accordance with the Statement of Net Settlement Methods equal to such shortfall within five (5) Business Days of the delivery to the Buyer of the Final Statement of Net Settlement, plus interest on such amount from and including the Closing Balance SheetDate up to but not including the date of payment accrued at the 60-Day Treasury Rate. The foregoing shall apply to the Guaranteed Cost Reinsurance Premium, provided that any adjustment to the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which Guaranteed Cost Reinsurance Premium shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with transferred to the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived Guaranteed Cost Business Trust by CGLIC or from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that Guaranteed Cost Business Trust by the purpose of preparing trustee thereof to CGLIC, as the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equitycase may be. (b) Following delivery On the Closing Date all Separate Account Assets as of such date shall be retained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and corresponding Modco Account. In the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior event any Separate Account Assets are not retained in the appropriate Modco Account at Closing, Sellers shall cause such assets to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Noticebe transferred thereto promptly after discovery thereof, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the together with any interest, dividends or other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days earnings after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet Date in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation respect of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a)assets. (c) For 30 days after Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the later delivery contrary, in the event CGLIC (i) fails to transfer to CIGNA Life or to the Ceded Business Trust, as the case may be, an asset reflected on either the Estimated Statement of Net Settlement or the Final Statement of Net Settlement, or (ii) erroneously transfers an Investment Asset to CIGNA Life which was not reflected on either the Estimated Statement of Net Settlement or the Final Statement of Net Settlement (and which was not to be transferred pursuant to this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement), the parties agree to correct such error by effectuating a transfer or return, as the case may be, of the Dispute Notice assets in question (or cash equal to the fair market value of such asset) promptly upon receipt of a written notice from the other party describing the error. All written notice of any such error shall be provided on or before the second anniversary of the Closing Date. (i) In the event that (A) there are inaccuracies or omissions in the factual data inputs utilized in the calculation of Insurance-Related Liabilities or the value of Transferred Investment Assets not addressed by Seller Section 2.11(c) (such as inputting the wrong CUSIP number or IDB Buyerinterest rate), Seller including data (and IDB Buyer shall endeavor the omission of data) relating to the inventory of policies in good faith force, the terms of such policies, the relevant information related to resolve the holders or annuitants of such policies and activities related thereto, CUSIP numbers, interest rates, principal amounts, the terms of loan documents and organizational documents, the terms of leases, lease abstracts and rent rolls, or such factual data inputs are coded, compiled or aggregated inaccurately, other than omissions in the factual data inputs utilized in the calculation of the Insurance-Related Liabilities resulting from reasonable judgments by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination an actuary or other financial professional as to the Disputed Itemsscope of factual data inputs (or omissions of factual data inputs) (a “Data Input Inaccuracy”); provided that if (B) such Data Input Inaccuracy has resulted in a demonstrable error in the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after aggregate Insurance-Related Liabilities reflected on the end Final Statement of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm Net Settlement or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules aggregate statutory carrying value (determined in accordance with the Statement of Net Settlement Methods) of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB BuyerTransferred Investment Assets, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect (C) Buyer has transmitted to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established Sellers a Notice of Demand (as defined below) with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in Data Input Inaccuracy prior to the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award second anniversary of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to Closing Date, then the Disputed Items requirements of this Section 2.11(d) shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9applicable. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 2 contracts

Sources: Stock Purchase and Asset Transfer Agreement (Cigna Corp), Stock Purchase and Asset Transfer Agreement (Prudential Financial Inc)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 days following Not later than the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of third Business Day after the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of date on which the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Final Effective Date Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Final Net Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party finally determined pursuant to Section 2.7(a2.3(d). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller TAT and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to jointly determine the amount by which the aggregate calculation Purchase Price would have been adjusted pursuant to Section 2.3(b) had the Final Net Working Capital been substituted for the Estimated Effective Date Net Working Capital as of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant ArbitratorClosing. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if If such substitutions would have resulted in a Purchase Price that is greater than the Estimated Closing Date Purchase Price (any such excess, the “Price Increase”), then Buyer shall within 30 days from the date on which the Final Effective Date Balance Sheets and the Final Net Working Capital are finally determined pursuant to Section 2.3(d) cover the Price Increase by payment of immediately available funds to TAT. (ii) If such substitutions would have resulted in a Purchase Price that is less than the Estimated Closing Date Purchase Price (such deficit, the “Price Decrease”), then TAT shall return the original Promissory Note to Buyer against delivery of a modified Promissory Note the principal of which is reduced by the Price Decrease within five Business Days from the date on which the Final Effective Date Balance Sheets and the Final Net Working Capital are finally determined pursuant to Section 2.3(d). To the extent that the Price Decrease exceeds the balance of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash AllocationPromissory Note, then IDB Buyer TAT shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) excess to SellerBuyer in immediately available funds within 30 days after the date on which the Final Effective Date Balance Sheets and the Final Net Working Capital are finally determined pursuant to Section 2.3(d). (iiiii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided If such substitutions would have resulted in a Purchase Price equal to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of Closing Date Purchase Price, there shall be no adjustment to the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) consideration payable hereunder pursuant to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amountthis Section 2.3(f).

Appears in 2 contracts

Sources: Stock Purchase Agreement (Transatlantic Petroleum Ltd.), Stock Purchase Agreement (Transatlantic Petroleum Ltd.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 120 days following after the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be Business prepared in conformity accordance with GAAP applied on a basis and consistent with the preparation of, policies and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used practices of Seller in the preparation of the balance sheet for Balance Sheets to the fiscal year ended December 31extent consistent with GAAP and a statement setting forth Buyer’s good faith calculations (“Buyer’s Proposed Calculations”) of the Closing Working Capital, 2013, included in the GFI Financial StatementsClosing Working Capital Adjustment, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts Purchase Price Adjustment based on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equityamounts. (b) Following delivery If Seller does not object to the Buyer’s Proposed Calculations by written notice of objection (the “Notice of Objection”) delivered to Buyer within 30 days after Seller’s receipt of Buyer’s Proposed Calculations, the calculation of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet Working Capital Adjustment and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet Purchase Price Adjustment pursuant to Buyer’s Proposed Calculations shall be deemed final and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each binding. A Notice of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with Objection under this Section 2.6(b) shall set forth in reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review detail Seller’s alternative calculations of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or Working Capital, the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicableAdjustment, and the basis for Purchase Price Adjustment, in each case calculated based on such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a)amounts. (c) For 30 days after If Seller delivers a Notice of Objection to Buyer within the later delivery 30-day period referred to in Section 2.6(b), then any element of Buyer’s Proposed Calculations that is not in dispute on the Dispute date such Notice by Seller or IDB Buyerof Objection is given shall be treated as final and binding and any dispute (all such amounts, the “Disputed Amounts”) shall be resolved as set forth in this Section 2.6(c): (i) Seller and IDB Buyer shall promptly endeavor in good faith to resolve the Disputed Amounts listed in the Notice of Objection. If a written agreement determining the Disputed Amounts has not been reached within ten Business Days (or such longer period as may be agreed by mutual agreement all Seller and Buyer) after the date of receipt by Buyer of the Notice of Objection, the resolution of such Disputed ItemsAmounts shall be submitted to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (the “Arbitrator”). (ii) Seller and Buyer shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Arbitrator to render a decision in accordance with this Section 2.6(c) along with a statement of reasons therefor within 30 days of the submission of the Disputed Amounts, or a reasonable time thereafter, to the Arbitrator. IfThe decision of the Arbitrator shall be final and binding upon each party hereto and the decision of the Arbitrator shall constitute an arbitral award that is final, binding and non-appealable and upon which a judgment may be entered by a court having jurisdiction thereover. (iii) The Purchase Price Adjustment shall be calculated based on (A) each element of Buyer’s Proposed Calculations that is not in dispute and (B) the final determination of the Arbitrator with respect to the Disputed Amounts, and the Purchase Price Adjustment, as so calculated, shall be deemed to be final and binding. (iv) If Seller and Buyer submit any Disputed Amounts to the Arbitrator for any reasonresolution, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP each pay their own costs and expenses incurred under this Section 2.6(c). Seller shall be responsible for that fraction of the fees and costs of the Arbitrator where (x) the "Independent Accountant numerator is the absolute value of the difference between Seller’s position with respect to the Purchase Price Adjustment and the Purchase Price Adjustment as calculated based on the Arbitrator") to make a ’s final determination as with respect to the Disputed Items; provided that if Amounts and (y) the Independent Accountant Arbitrator denominator is unable or unwilling the absolute value of the difference between Seller’s position with respect to serve in this capacitythe Purchase Price Adjustment and Buyer’s position with respect to the Purchase Price Adjustment, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after be responsible for the end remainder of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs fees and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitratorcosts. (dv) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent reviewprovisions of this Section 2.6(c), only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, Amounts and the determination of each amount of the Disputed Amounts shall be made in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.6(a). The Arbitrator shall base its determination solely on (A) the written submissions of the parties and shall not conduct an independent investigation and (B) the extent (if any) to which the Closing Working Capital Adjustment and the Purchase Price Adjustment require adjustment (only with respect to the remaining disagreements submitted to the Arbitrator) in order to be determined in accordance with this Agreement, the Accounting Principles and Exhibit A and, with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within Amount, the range established Arbitrator’s determination, if not in accordance with respect to such Disputed Item by the position of either Buyer or Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding higher, nor less than the lower, of the amounts that should have been transferred presented in Buyer’s calculation of the Purchase Price Adjustment pursuant to Section 2.6(a) or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount Seller’s Notice of such excess(es) Objection pursuant to SellerSection 2.6(b). (iid) The term “Final Purchase Price Adjustment” means the final and binding Purchase Price Adjustment calculated pursuant to Section 2.6(b) or 2.6(c), as the case may be. The term “Final Purchase Price” means the Initial Purchase Price, plus the Final Purchase Price Adjustment, if any such amount is a positive number, or minus the absolute value of the amounts that were transferred or retained Final Purchase Price Adjustment, if such amount is a negative number. The Final Purchase Price Adjustment shall be treated as an adjustment to the purchase price for federal, state, territory, local and foreign income Tax purposes, unless otherwise required by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash AmountLaw.

Appears in 2 contracts

Sources: Purchase and Sale Agreement (Alphatec Holdings, Inc.), Purchase and Sale Agreement (Globus Medical Inc)

Post-Closing Adjustment. Not later than ninety (a90) Within 90 days following after the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated an actual balance sheet of IDB Buyer the Target Companies as of the close of business on the Closing Date (the “Closing Date Balance Sheet”), together with a detailed calculation, estimated in good faith and in accordance with GAAP, of the amount of the Net Working Capital Amount, the Indebtedness, the Transaction Expenses and Deferred Revenue Excess, respectively, as of 12:01 a.m. on the Closing Date (the “Preliminary Adjustment Statement”) and, Buyer’s written calculation of the Final Closing Purchase Price, and the IDB Subsidiaries adjustment necessary to reconcile the Estimated Purchase Price to the Aggregate Purchase Price (the “Preliminary Post-Closing Adjustment”). The Net Working Capital Amount shall be calculated in accordance with methodologies used to calculate the sample working capital amount calculation set forth on Estimated Closing Balance Sheet, which is based on the Acquisition Balance Sheet; provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth on the Estimated Closing Balance Sheet or other provision of this Agreement, for purposes of calculating the Net Working Capital Amount under this Section 2.4(b), any accounts receivables that were included in the Estimated Purchase Price at Closing but which had been outstanding for ninety (90) days or more as of the Closing (giving effect to Date and which have not been collected at such time that Buyer delivers the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Date Balance Sheet" Sheet shall be disregarded and together not included in connection with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment to Aggregate Purchase Price contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. 2.4(b). Seller shall have thirty (b30) Following days after delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and Preliminary Adjustment Statement (the IDB “Review Period”) to notify Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to in writing (the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of ”) that Seller and IDB Buyer will provide disputes the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller proposed Preliminary Post-Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicableAdjustment, and the basis for if no such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item notice is given within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.time

Appears in 2 contracts

Sources: Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, Membership Interest Purchase Agreement (Harte Hanks Inc)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 days following Effective upon the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet determination of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the Post-Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party Statement pursuant to Section 2.7(a).1.03(b) above, the Estimated Purchase Price will be adjusted as follows and netted against each other as appropriate (as adjusted, the “Final Purchase Price”): (ci) For 30 days after upwards dollar-for-dollar, if (A) the later delivery Final Net Working Capital is greater than the upper limit of the Dispute Notice Target Net Working Capital Range, by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Final Net Working Capital set forth therein) or is greater than the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations upper limit of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB BuyerTarget Net Working Capital Range; provided that, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in if the Final Net Working Capital falls within the Target Net Working Capital Range, then no event adjustment to the Estimated Purchase Price shall Seller be required made pursuant to pay an this Section 1.03(d)(i)(A); (B) the Final Closing Date Indebtedness is less than the Estimated Closing Date Indebtedness, by the amount in excess of such shortfall; (C) the Final Company Closing Costs is less than the Estimated Company Closing Costs, by the amount of such shortfall; and (D) the Final Closing Date Cash and Cash Equivalents exceeds the Estimated Closing Date Cash and Cash Equivalents, by the amount of such excess. (ii) downwards dollar-for-dollar, if (A) the Final Net Working Capital is less than the lower limit of the Excess Target Net Working Capital Range, by the amount by which Final Net Working Capital is less than the lower limit of the Target Net Working Capital Range; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, if the Final Net Working Capital falls within the Target Net Working Capital Range, then no adjustment to the Estimated Purchase Price shall be made pursuant to this Section 1.03(c)(ii)(A); (B) the Final Closing Date Indebtedness exceeds the Estimated Closing Date Indebtedness, by the amount of such excess; (C) the Final Company Closing Costs exceeds the Estimated Company Closing Costs, by the amount of such excess; and (D) the Final Closing Date Cash Amountand Cash Equivalents is less than the Estimated Closing Date Cash and Cash Equivalents, by the amount of such shortfall.

Appears in 2 contracts

Sources: Stock Purchase Agreement (Griffon Corp), Stock Purchase Agreement (Ames True Temper, Inc.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 ninety (90) days following after the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller Parent a consolidated balance sheet final closing statement (the “Final Closing Statement”) as of IDB Buyer 11:59 P.M. on the date immediately prior to the Closing Date, reflecting Buyer’s calculation of: (i) the Net Working Capital, Closing Date Cash and Closing Date Indebtedness; (ii) the difference between the Preliminary Cash Purchase Price and the IDB Subsidiaries as of cash Purchase Price shown on the Final Closing Statement (giving effect to determined in accordance with Section 2.02 by substituting the Estimated Available Final Net Working Capital and Closing Date Cash Allocationand Closing Date Indebtedness amounts shown on the Final Closing Statement for those previously appearing on the Preliminary Closing Statement); and (iii) the resulting final cash Purchase Price calculated in accordance with Section 2.02 (the "IDB Buyer “Final Cash Purchase Price”). (b) The Final Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which Statement shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent good faith in accordance with the preparation ofCalculation Principles. Buyer shall not be permitted to introduce different accounting principles, and using the same accounting methodsprocedures, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used estimates, judgments or methodologies in the preparation of the balance sheet for Final Closing Statement or the fiscal year ended December 31determination of Net Working Capital, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Closing Date Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived or Closing Date Indebtedness from the items and amounts on such balance sheetCalculation Principles. The Parties Sellers and Buyer agree that no objection or challenge will be made with respect to the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Target Net Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common EquityCapital. (bc) Following delivery Parent may dispute Buyer’s calculation of the Seller Final Closing Balance Sheet and Statement (or any element thereof) by notifying Buyer in writing, setting forth in reasonable detail the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to particulars of such disagreement (the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice“Notice of Objection”), each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review within forty-five (45) days after Parent’s receipt of the Seller Final Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicableStatement. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any Any item or amount reflected as to which no dispute is raised in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including Notice of Objection will be final, conclusive and binding on the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein)Parties for all purposes hereunder, as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of unless such item or amount is by its nature adjusted in dispute connection with the matters raised in the Notice of Objection. In the event that Parent does not deliver a Notice of Objection to Buyer within such forty-five (the "Dispute Notice"45) day period, and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party Parent shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained Buyer’s calculation of the Final Cash Purchase Price set forth in the Seller Final Closing Balance Sheet or Statement. In connection with the IDB Buyer preparation of the Final Closing Balance SheetStatement and the Notice of Objection, as applicable, delivered by each party shall permit the other Party pursuant party and its respective Representatives to Section 2.7(a). have reasonable access to the books, records and other documents (cincluding work papers, schedules, financial statements and memoranda) For 30 pertaining to or used in connection with the preparation of the Final Closing Statement, the Notice of Objection and the calculation of the Net Working Capital, Closing Date Cash and Closing Date Indebtedness (and provide the Representatives of each party reasonable access to employees and accountants) to the extent reasonably necessary to verify the accuracy of the Final Closing Statement and the Notice of Objection. In the event that a Notice of Objection is timely delivered, Buyer and Parent shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts for a period of thirty (30) days after the later delivery a party’s receipt of the Dispute Notice by Seller of Objection, or IDB Buyersuch longer period as the Parties may agree in writing, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (disagreements set forth in the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end Notice of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant ArbitratorObjection. (d) If there Buyer and Parent are unable to resolve such disagreements within such thirty (30) day period (or such longer period as the Parties shall have agreed in writing), then Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited (or such other independent accounting firm of recognized international standing as may be mutually selected by Buyer and Parent) (the “Independent Firm”) shall be appointed, as an expert and not an arbitrator, to resolve any items that remain in dispute at the end of such period (the “Unresolved Items”), but in no case shall the Independent Firm review or propose any resolution for any matters that have not been raised in the Notice of Objection. If Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited is unwilling or unable to serve in such capacity and the Parties are not able to mutually select an alternative accounting firm that is willing and able to serve in such capacity, then Parent shall within ten (10) days deliver to Buyer a referral listing of three (3) other accounting firms of internationally recognized standing (and none of which have worked in the past three (3) years for Parent or Buyer or any of their respective Affiliates) and Buyer shall within ten (10) days after receipt of such list, select one of such three (3) accounting firms to act as the Independent Firm. (e) Buyer and Parent shall instruct the Independent Firm to determine as promptly as practicable, and in any event within ninety (90) days after the date on which such dispute is referred to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determineFirm, based solely on the materials submitted provisions of this Agreement, and the written presentations by Seller Parent and IDB Buyer, and not by on an independent review, only whether and to what extent (if any) the Disputed Items that have calculations set forth in the Final Closing Statement require adjustment. In resolving any Unresolved Item, the Independent Firm may not been settled assign a value to any item greater than the greatest value for such item claimed by negotiationeither Party or less than the smallest value for such item claimed by either Party. Parent and Buyer shall reasonably cooperate with, and its determination provide information and documentation, including any accountants’ work papers, to assist the Independent Firm. Any such information and documentation provided by Parent or Buyer to the Independent Firm shall concurrently be provided to the other party to the extent not already so provided. None of the Parties shall disclose to the Independent Firm, and the Independent Firm shall not consider for any purpose, any settlement discussions or settlement offer made by any of the Parties with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount any objection under this Section 2.06, unless otherwise agreed by Parent and Buyer within thirty (30) days of the range established with respect referral to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, Independent Firm. Parent and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct give to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator Firm and each other copies of any written submissions, exhibits and affidavits in support of their positions within fifteen (15) days after referral to render its decision the Independent Firm; thereafter, Parent and Buyer may submit written replies to the Independent Firm and each other within 30 days fifteen (15) days. Buyer shall bear and pay a percentage of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award the fees and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as Firm that is equal to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding onpercentage of the total dollar amount of changes to the Final Cash Purchase Price proposed by Parent that are successful, and Parent shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller bear and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later pay a percentage of the final determination fees and expenses of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect Independent Firm that is equal to the items and amounts accepted or deemed percentage of the total dollar amount of changes to have been accepted the Final Cash Purchase Price proposed by either Seller or IDB BuyerParent that are not successful, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally in each case, as determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being Firm. The determination of the "Independent Firm shall be set forth in a written statement delivered to the Parties and shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Parties, absent fraud or manifest error. (f) If the Final Available Closing Statement (as finally determined pursuant to this Section 2.06) shows that an amount is due to Buyer (because the Preliminary Cash Allocation"Purchase Price is greater than the Final Cash Purchase Price shown on the Final Closing Statement), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or Sellers shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay to be paid the amount of such excess(es) difference to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided Buyer, in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in cash. If the Final Available Closing Statement (as finally determined pursuant to this Section 2.06) shows that an amount is due to the Sellers (because the Preliminary Cash AllocationPurchase Price is less than the Final Cash Purchase Price shown on the Final Closing Statement), then Seller Buyer shall promptly pay such excess to the Sellers, in cash. Any payment pursuant to this Section 2.06(f) shall be made by Buyer or the Sellers, as the case may be, by wire transfer of immediately available funds within five (or shall cause 5) Business Days after the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay date on which the amount of such excess(es) payment is finally determined pursuant to IDB Buyerthis Section 2.06 to such account or accounts of such other Party as may be designated by such other Party in writing. Notwithstanding In the foregoing and event of a failure to timely make such payment, interest shall accrue on such amount for the avoidance period commencing on the payment due date through the date on which such payment is made calculated at the Prime Rate. Such interest shall be payable at the same time as the payment to which it relates and shall be calculated daily on the basis of doubt, in no event a year of three hundred and sixty-five (365) days and the actual number of days elapsed. (g) The parties agree that any payment made pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 shall Seller be treated for all Tax purposes as an adjustment to the Purchase Price unless otherwise required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amountby applicable Law.

Appears in 2 contracts

Sources: Purchase and Sale Agreement (Aleris Corp), Purchase and Sale Agreement (Signature Group Holdings, Inc.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 1.6.2.1 No later than 45 days following the Closing Date, Seller shall GCI will prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer the Company a consolidated balance sheet statement (the “Closing Date Statement”) showing, in reasonable detail, a calculation of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Shareholders’ Equity as of immediately prior to the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"Date Shareholders’ Equity”), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 1.6.2.2 Within 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide date GCI delivers to the other Party a notice setting forthCompany the Closing Date Statement, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in if the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor Company disagrees in good faith with GCI’s calculation of Closing Date Shareholders’ Equity as set forth in the Closing Date Statement, then the Company may give BUS_RE\1394606.17 written notice (the “Objection Notice”) to resolve GCI within such 45-day period (i) setting forth the Company’s determination of Closing Date Shareholders’ Equity and (ii) specifying in reasonable detail the Company’s basis for disagreement with GCI’s determination of Closing Date Shareholders’ Equity. The failure by mutual agreement all Disputed Itemsthe Company to deliver an Objection Notice within such 45-day period shall constitute the acceptance of GCI’s computation of Closing Date Shareholders’ Equity. If, for any reason, Seller If the Company and IDB Buyer GCI are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (matter raised in the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as Objection Notice with respect to the Disputed Items; provided that if determination of Closing Date Shareholders’ Equity within 30 days after delivery of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator Objection Notice, the items in dispute shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with Section 10.1. The final computation of Closing Date Shareholders’ Equity, determined by reference to either GCI’s computation of Closing Date Shareholders’ Equity, agreement of the parties or binding arbitration, as the case may be, is unable or unwilling referred to serve in this capacityherein as the “Final Shareholders’ Equity.” 1.6.2.3 If, then Seller and IDB Buyer after the Final Shareholders’ Equity has been determined, the Cash Consideration is less than the Estimated Cash Consideration, the Sellers shall promptly pay to GCI, within 14 five days after the end Final Shareholders’ Equity has been determined, an amount equal to such difference plus interest accruing on such amount at a rate of 8% per annum from the Closing Date until such 30 day period agree on amount is paid, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection account designated by GCI. If the Estimated Cash Consideration is less than the Cash Consideration, GCI shall be made pursuant promptly pay to the rules Company, within five days after the Final Shareholders’ Equity has been determined, an amount equal to such difference plus interest accruing on such amount at a rate of 8% per annum from the American Arbitration AssociationClosing Date until such amount is paid, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses by wire transfer of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion immediately available funds to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made account designated by the Independent Accountant ArbitratorCompany. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 2 contracts

Sources: Stock Purchase Agreement (General Communication Inc), Stock Purchase Agreement (Gci Inc)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (ai) Within 90 days following If the Closing DatePurchase Price is greater than the Final Purchase Price (such difference, Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the “Post-Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"Adjustment Shortfall Amount”), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB then Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as Stockholders’ Agent shall, within three (3) Business Days of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation determination of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included Final Purchase Price in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by accordance with this Section 2.7 is 2.16, jointly instruct the Escrow Agent to measure pay the Post-Closing Adjustment Shortfall Amount to Buyer out of the Purchase Price Adjustment Escrow Fund by wire transfer in immediately available funds. If the amount of Available Cashfunds in the Purchase Price Adjustment Escrow Fund exceeds the Post-Closing Adjustment Shortfall Amount, Working Capital then Buyer and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended the Stockholders’ Agent shall also jointly instruct the Escrow Agent to, after paying the Post-Closing Adjustment Shortfall Amount to permit the introduction of different judgmentsBuyer, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery pay to each Company Stockholder its Pro Rata Portion of the Seller remaining amount of funds in the Purchase Price Adjustment Escrow Fund. If the Purchase Price Adjustment Escrow Fund is insufficient to cover the Post-Closing Balance Sheet Adjustment Shortfall Amount, then Buyer and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer Stockholders’ Agent shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall jointly instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator Escrow Agent to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of distribute the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as entire Purchase Price Adjustment Escrow Fund to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Sellerabove. (ii) if any If the Final Purchase Price is greater than the Closing Purchase Price (such excess amount, the “Post-Closing Adjustment Excess Amount”), then the Company Stockholders shall be entitled to receive such excess amount, and Buyer shall, within five (5) Business Days of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess determination of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by Final Purchase Price in accordance with this Section 2.16, pay to the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Paying Agent an amount equal to the Post-Closing Adjustment Excess Amount which shall be distributed to the Company Stockholders as provided Merger Consideration in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyeraccordance with Section 2.8. Notwithstanding the foregoing foregoing, any Post-Closing Adjustment Excess Amount shall be payable in cash and for Buyer Common Shares in proportion to the avoidance total Cash Merger Consideration and the total Stock Merger Consideration; provided, that the portion of doubtthe Additional Consideration payable in Buyer Common Shares shall be calculated based on the Buyer Average Stock Price as of the date of such payment. Concurrently with the payment of the Post-Closing Adjustment Excess Amount, in no event Buyer and the Stockholders’ Agent shall Seller be required also jointly instruct the Escrow Agent to pay an amount in excess to each Company Stockholder its Pro Rata Portion of the Excess Cash Amountremaining amount of funds in the Purchase Price Adjustment Escrow Fund.

Appears in 2 contracts

Sources: Merger Agreement (Snap Interactive, Inc), Merger Agreement (LiveXLive Media, Inc.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 days following the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 2 contracts

Sources: Purchase Agreement (Cme Group Inc.), Purchase Agreement (GFI Group Inc.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 days following No more than three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date and no more than two (2) Business Days after the Closing Date, an employee of Seller and one or more representatives or employees of Buyer shall calculate the quantity of sulfur, rock, ammonia and finished goods included in the Inventory located at the Facilities based upon a physical examination thereof. As soon as practicable (but in no event more than five (5) Business Days) following such physical examination, such employee of Seller and a representative or employee of Buyer shall summarize such Inventory calculations on a report (the “Inventory Report”) and deliver the Inventory Report to Buyer and Seller. The Inventory Report shall be executed and delivered by each of Buyer and Seller to the other party, and the quantity of such Inventory set forth thereon, absent manifest error, shall be final and binding on Buyer and Seller for purposes of calculating Net Working Capital on the Closing Date under this Section 3.5. The value of the Inventory set forth on the Inventory Report shall be determined in accordance with the accounting methods, practices, policies, procedures and estimation methods used to prepare the Balance Sheet. (b) As soon as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than ninety (90) days after the Closing Date, Buyer shall prepare and deliver cause to IDB be delivered to Seller a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of Buyer certifying (i) its good faith calculation of the Purchase Price, setting forth, in reasonable detail, a consolidated good faith calculation of each of the adjustments set forth in Section 3.2 (the “Final Purchase Price”) and (ii) a balance sheet of for the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Business as of immediately prior to the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, practices, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used to prepare the Balance Sheet and including all of the entries contained in Schedule 3.4(a) (the “Final Balance Sheet”). (i) If the Estimated Purchase Price is greater than the Final Purchase Price, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted downward dollar-for-dollar and Seller shall pay to Buyer the amount of such reduction, and (ii) if the Estimated Purchase Price is less than the Final Purchase Price, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted upward dollar-for-dollar and Buyer shall pay to Seller the amount of such increase (each a “Post-Closing Adjustment Amount”). Any Post-Closing Adjustment Amount shall be paid by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the party receiving payment within three (3) Business Days after the final determination of the amount of such reduction or increase in the Purchase Price in accordance with this Section 3.5. (d) Upon receipt of the calculation of the Final Purchase Price, Seller shall be permitted during the succeeding forty-five (45) day period (the “Review Period”) reasonable access, upon reasonable notice, to (i) the Books and Records in the possession of and used by Buyer in the preparation of the balance sheet for Final Balance Sheet and the fiscal year ended December 31calculation of the Final Purchase Price, 2013, included including a reasonable level of supporting documentation used by Buyer in preparation of the GFI Financial StatementsFinal Purchase Price, and which shall include a calculation (ii) the accounting personnel of Available Cash at Buyer supporting the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Business and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used involved in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity Final Purchase Price and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Final Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common EquitySheet. (be) Following delivery of If Seller disagrees with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Final Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery calculation of the Final Purchase Price, on or prior to the last day of the Review Period, Seller Closing shall notify Buyer in writing of such disagreement with the Final Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing the calculation of the Final Purchase Price, which notice shall set forth any such disagreement in reasonable detail, the specific item of the Final Balance Sheet in which to provide to or the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected calculation in the Final Purchase Price to which such disagreement relates and the specific basis for each such disagreement (the “Objection Notice”). If Seller Closing fails to deliver the Objection Notice within the Review Period, the Final Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's Buyer’s calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party Final Purchase Price shall be deemed to have been accepted all items by Seller and amounts contained shall be final and binding and used in computing the Post-Closing Adjustment Amount. If Seller Closing Balance Sheet or delivers the IDB Buyer Closing Balance SheetObjection Notice within the Review Period, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant subject to Section 2.7(a). (c3.5(f) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by below, Buyer and Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor negotiate in good faith to resolve any such disagreement, and any resolution agreed to in writing by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Buyer and Seller shall be final and IDB binding upon the parties hereto. (f) If Buyer and Seller are unable to resolve any Disputed Item disagreement as contemplated by Section 3.5(e) within 60 days after delivery of the Objection Notice, then Buyer and Seller shall submit the matter for resolution to a mutually agreeable independent international accounting firm (the “Independent Auditor”), who shall, acting as an arbitrator, resolve the dispute set forth in the Objection Notice. In the event Buyer and Seller are unable to agree on an Independent Auditor within thirty (30) days after the expiration of such 30 60-day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (at the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if request of either party the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection Auditor shall be made pursuant to the rules of appointed by the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will Auditor shall be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made equally by the Independent Accountant Arbitratorparties. (dg) If there is a referral to The parties shall instruct the Independent Accountant ArbitratorAuditor to consider only those items and amounts which are identified in the Objection Notice as being items which Buyer and Seller are unable to resolve. Further, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and Auditor’s determination shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, be based solely on the materials submitted relevant Books and presentations Records and the other written information provided by Buyer and Seller and IDB Buyer(i.e., not on the basis of an independent review), and the Independent Auditor shall not by independent review, only conduct additional discovery in any form. (h) The parties shall jointly instruct the Disputed Items that have Independent Auditor to make a determination as soon as practicable within thirty (30) days (or such other time as the parties hereto shall agree in writing) after its engagement (i) whether or not been settled by negotiationthe Final Balance Sheet was prepared, and its determination the Final Purchase Price was calculated, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or, alternatively, (ii) only with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect disputed items submitted to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Independent Auditor, to what extent (if any) the Final Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheetthe Final Purchase Price requires adjustment. The Independent Auditor shall provide the parties with a written explanation in reasonable detail of each such required adjustment, including the basis therefor. All negotiations pursuant to this Section 3.5 shall be treated as applicable, on compromise and settlement negotiations for purposes of Rule 408 of the one handFederal Rules of Evidence and comparable state rules of evidence, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller all negotiations and IDB Buyer shall instruct submissions to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or Auditor shall be treated as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicableconfidential information. The decision/award Independent Auditor shall be bound by a mutually agreeable confidentiality agreement. The procedures of this Section 3.5 are exclusive and, except as set forth below, the determination of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items Auditor shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject on the parties. The decision rendered pursuant to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and this Section 3.5(h) may be entered and enforced as provided a judgment in any court of competent jurisdiction. Either party may seek specific enforcement or take other necessary legal action to enforce any decision under this Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) 3.5(h). The other party’s only defense to such a request for specific enforcement or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted other legal action shall be fraud by or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by upon the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; Auditor. Absent such final calculations being fraud, such other party shall reimburse the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of party seeking enforcement for its expenses related to such excess(es) to Sellerenforcement. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 2 contracts

Sources: Asset Purchase Agreement (CF Industries Holdings, Inc.), Asset Purchase Agreement (Mosaic Co)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (ai) Within 90 forty-five (45) days following after the Closing Date, Seller the OpCo Buyer shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer the Seller a consolidated statement setting forth its calculation of Closing Working Capital and Closing Date Company Cash (and each component thereof), which statement shall contain a balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Company as of the Closing Date (without giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash AllocationTransactions) and a calculation of the Closing Working Capital and the Post-Closing Adjustment (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"Statement”), which shall together with such schedules and data with respect to the determination thereof as may be appropriate to support the calculations set forth in the Closing Statement. The Closing Statement, as it applies to the calculation of Closing Working Capital, will be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, principles and policies, practiceswith consistent classifications, procedures judgments and valuation and estimation methods as those methodologies that were used in the preparation of the balance sheet Example Calculation and otherwise in accordance with the Audited Financial Statements for the most recent fiscal year ended December 31end as if such Closing Statement was being prepared and audited as of a fiscal year end, 2013, included except for (x) such reclassifications and estimation methodologies changes as reflected in the GFI Interim Financial StatementsStatements and (y) such adjustments and estimates as may be required, and which shall include in the good faith determination of the OpCo Buyer, to take account of the fact that the Closing Statement is being prepared at a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days time other than following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as closing of the Closing (giving effect to Company’s books for the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets")prior fiscal year end, which adjustments and estimates shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, adjustments and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those estimates used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Estimated Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to SellerStatement. (ii) The post-closing adjustment (the “Post-Closing Adjustment”) shall be an amount equal to the sum of: (A) The difference between Closing Date Company Cash and Estimated Closing Date Company Cash (where the difference will be positive, if any of the amounts that were transferred Closing Date Company Cash exceeds the Estimated Closing Date Company Cash, or retained by negative, if the Estimated Closing Date Company Cash exceeds the Closing Date Company Cash); plus (B) The difference between Closing Working Capital and Estimated Closing Working Capital (where the difference will be positive, if the Closing Working Capital exceeds the Estimated Closing Working Capital, or negative, if the Estimated Closing Working Capital exceeds the Closing Working Capital). If the Post-Closing Adjustment as finally determined in accordance with this Section 2.06 is a positive number, the OpCo Buyer shall pay to the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in an amount equal to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of Post-Closing Adjustment. If the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by Post-Closing Adjustment is a negative number, the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in shall pay to the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay OpCo Buyer an amount in excess of equal to the Excess Cash AmountPost-Closing Adjustment.

Appears in 2 contracts

Sources: Transaction Agreement (Penn National Gaming Inc), Transaction Agreement (Vici Properties Inc.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 60 calendar days following the Closing DateClosing, Seller Purchaser shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer Seller a consolidated balance sheet statement setting forth Purchaser’s calculation of (i) the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as Working Capital Adjustment and (ii) the Closing Date Net Indebtedness. The calculation of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which Date Working Capital shall be prepared in conformity accordance with GAAP applied in a manner consistent with the audited Financial Statements and by otherwise applying the same methodologies and accounting policies used in and otherwise on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI audited Financial Statements, and which shall include a in all cases, except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in Exhibit A or in the definition of Closing Date Working Capital. The calculation of Available Cash at Closing Date Net Indebtedness shall be prepared in accordance with the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and definition of “Closing Date Net Indebtedness”. The “Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following Adjustment“ means an amount (which amount may be positive or negative) equal to the Closing DateDate Working Capital minus the Target Working Capital. “Closing Date Working Capital“ means the net amount, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (but without giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheetany actions of Purchaser, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation or to actions of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash Company or its Subsidiaries taken at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree Closing that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment are contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure Agreement) of the accounts of the Company and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, including the aggregate amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet SEO Rebate Payables and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet adjustment prescribed by Section 1.04(i), and prior to excluding the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel Excluded Assets and related work papers of Seller or IDB BuyerLiabilities, as applicabledetermined, subject to Sections 1.04(h), 1.04(i) and 1.04(j), in connection accordance with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet Exhibit A (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, amounts included in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess the determination of the Excess Cash AmountClosing Date Net Indebtedness shall be excluded from the determination of the Closing Date Working Capital). “Closing Date Net Indebtedness“ means Net Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date. For purposes of illustration, Exhibit A sets forth the calculation, from the combined balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at December 31, 2006, of what the Closing Date Working Capital would be if the Closing Date had been December 31, 2006, without regard for the SEO Rebate Payables or the adjustments prescribed by Section 1.04(i). The calculation of Closing Date Working Capital shall be prepared without giving effect to any actions of the Purchaser, or to any actions of the Company or its Subsidiaries taken at the Closing that are contemplated by this Agreement.

Appears in 2 contracts

Sources: Stock Purchase Agreement, Stock Purchase Agreement (NewPage CORP)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 Not later than sixty (60) days following after the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer Purchaser shall prepare and deliver to Seller Parent a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and statement (the IDB Subsidiaries as “Proposed Closing Statement”), setting forth the Purchaser’s good faith calculation of the actual amounts of Spent Capex, Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Date Net Working Capital and Closing Balance Sheet" and together Date Net Debt, along with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts Purchase Price based on such balance sheetamounts, together with reasonable supporting detail with respect to the calculations included therein. The Parties agree that Purchaser agrees to prepare the purpose Proposed Closing Statement strictly in accordance with the Specified Accounting Principles (in respect of preparing the calculation of all items required to be set forth in the Proposed Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity Statement other than Spent Capex) and the related adjustment contemplated by definitions in this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common EquityAgreement relating thereto. (b) Following delivery of the Proposed Closing Statement to Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior Parent, Purchaser agrees to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of provide Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party Parent and its Representatives with reasonable accountants and representatives, at no cost to Sellers, access to the properties, personnel, books and recordsrecords of the Business to the extent reasonably requested by Seller Parent and will cause appropriate personnel of Purchaser and the Business to provide reasonable assistance to Seller Parent and its representatives, personnel at no cost to Sellers, for the purpose of reviewing the Proposed Closing Statement. Purchaser shall, at no cost to Sellers, permit Seller Parent’s accountants to review and related make copies of all work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which used to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected support account balances in the Seller Proposed Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a)Statement. (c) For 30 Unless Seller Parent notifies Purchaser in writing that Seller Parent disagrees with any aspect of the Proposed Closing Statement (a “Notice of Disagreement”) within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof, the later Proposed Closing Statement shall be conclusive and binding on Seller Parent and Purchaser. Any Notice of Disagreement delivered by Seller Parent must provide reasonable detail with respect to the items and amounts with which Seller Parent disagrees in the Proposed Closing Statement. Any items not disputed in the Notice of Disagreement shall be binding upon the parties. (d) Any disputed items set forth in the Notice of Disagreement shall be resolved as follows: (i) During the thirty (30) day period following delivery of a Notice of Disagreement (the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer“Resolution Period”), Seller Parent and IDB Buyer Purchaser shall endeavor first seek in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement such disputed items. If all Disputed Items. Ifsuch disputed items are so resolved they shall be deemed binding as so resolved and, for at such time, the Proposed Closing Statement as modified to reflect such resolution, shall be deemed the Final Closing Statement. (ii) If any reasondisputed items are not resolved during the Resolution Period, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve either party may at any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP time until the date that is thirty (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator"30) to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of the Resolution Period (the “Final Date”) cause all (but not less than all) such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall unresolved disputed items to be made pursuant submitted to the rules Accounting Firm for final determination, by providing written notice of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion such election to the amount by which other party (a “Submission Notice”); provided, however, that, it is expressly agreed that no objection may be raised and no adjustment may be proposed to any such entry or item in a Submission Notice except on grounds that (A) in respect of any entry or item other than Spent Capex, such item or entry has not been calculated in accordance with Specified Accounting Principles and the aggregate definitions in this Agreement relating thereto or (B) in respect of Spent Capex, the calculation of the Disputed Items amount of Spent Capex (and not, for the avoidance of doubt, the quality or nature of any item of Capex) has not been calculated in accordance with the definition thereof. If, by each the end of them differs from the Final Date, there still exist one or more such unresolved disputed items but neither party shall have delivered a Submission Notice to the other party, the calculation of all such unresolved disputed items and the Purchase Price as reflected on the Notice of Disagreement shall be deemed final and binding on the parties and, at such time, the Proposed Closing Statement as modified to reflect such resolution shall be made by deemed the Independent Accountant ArbitratorFinal Closing Statement. (diii) If there is a referral The parties shall instruct the Accounting Firm to determine the disputed items set forth in any Submission Notice in accordance with the definitions thereof and, in respect of any item or entry other than Spent Capex, in accordance with the Specified Accounting Principles and, subject to Section 2.2(d)(iv), to make only such revisions or amendments as may be required to the Independent Accountant ArbitratorProposed Closing Statement such that the Final Closing Statement accurately reflects Spent Capex, each of Seller Closing Date Net Working Capital and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one handDate Net Debt, and the applicable Dispute Noticeresulting Purchase Price, on as prepared in accordance with the Specified Accounting Principles in the case of all of the foregoing other handthan Spent Capex. Seller Parent and IDB Buyer Purchaser shall instruct use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Independent Accountant Arbitrator Accounting Firm to render its decision a determination as to such disputed items and the resulting Purchase Price, along with a statement of reasons therefor, within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award after the engagement of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator Accounting Firm (as evidenced by its written acceptance by facsimile or otherwise to the Disputed Items parties) or a reasonable time thereafter, and, absent fraud or manifest error, such determination of the Accounting Firm shall be final and binding onupon Seller Parent and Purchaser. Seller Parent and Purchaser shall provide the Accounting Firm, without charge, access to information and representatives as reasonably requested by the Accounting Firm to the extent required for the determination of the Final Closing Statement. (iv) The scope of the Accounting Firm’s determination shall not be subject limited to appeal bywhether the calculations of (i) the amounts of the items required to be set forth in the Proposed Closing Statement were calculated strictly in accordance with the definitions in this Agreement relating thereto and (ii) Closing Date Net Working Capital and Closing Date Net Debt set forth in the Proposed Closing Statement were performed strictly in accordance with the Specified Accounting Principles. The determination of any item in dispute cannot, however, be in excess of, nor less than, the greatest or lowest value, respectively, claimed for that particular item in the Proposed Closing Statement, in the case of Seller Parent, or in the Notice of Disagreement, in the case of Purchaser. (v) The fees and IDB Buyer or any other Person, expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be shared equally by Seller Parent and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9Purchaser. (e) No later than 30 days following five (5) Business Days after the later of Proposed Closing Statement is deemed the final determination of the Seller Final Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect Statement pursuant to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effectedthis Section 2.2: (i) if any of If the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Final Closing as provided in Date Net Debt (A) is more than the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess Closing Date Net Debt, Seller Parent shall pay to Purchaser the difference or (B) is less than the Estimated Closing Date Net Debt, Purchaser shall pay to Seller Parent, on behalf of itself and the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by other Sellers, the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller.difference; (ii) if any If the Final Closing Date Net Working Capital (A) is less than the Estimated Closing Date Net Working Capital, Seller Parent shall pay to Purchaser the difference or (B) is more than the Estimated Closing Date Net Working Capital, Purchaser shall pay to Seller Parent, on behalf of itself and the amounts that were transferred other Sellers, the difference; and (iii) If the Final Spent Capex (A) is less than the Estimated Spent Capex, Seller Parent shall pay to Purchaser the difference or retained (B) is more than the Estimated Spent Capex, Purchaser shall pay to Seller Parent, on behalf of itself and the other Sellers, the difference. Any amount to be paid pursuant to this Section 2.2(e) shall be (i) increased by interest thereon at the rate of five percent (5%) per annum from (but excluding) the Closing Date through and including the date of payment based on a 365-day year; (ii) made by a wire transfer of immediately available funds in Dollars to a bank account designated in writing by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries party entitled to receive payment (such designation to be made at least two (2) Business Days prior to such payment) and (iii) treated as provided in an adjustment to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of Initial Purchase Price for Tax reporting purposes. The parties shall net the corresponding amounts payments, if any, to be made pursuant to Sections 2.2(e)(i) and 2.2(e)(ii) such that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be only one party is required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amountdeliver amounts required to be paid under this Section 2.2(e).

Appears in 2 contracts

Sources: Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement (Federal-Mogul Holdings Corp), Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement (Federal Mogul Corp)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 days following Promptly after the Closing Date, Seller shall will prepare and and, within 30 days of the Closing Date, deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated calculation of the Cash Portion of the Purchase Price based on a balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries relevant items as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) Date (the "Seller Closing Final Balance Sheet"), which together with Supporting Schedules thereto. The Final Balance Sheet shall be prepared in conformity accordance with GAAP generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied on a basis consistent with and as though the preparation ofparties had not consummated the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Following the Closing, and using either (i) Seller shall pay Buyer an amount equal to the same accounting methodsdecrease, policiesif any, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in between the preparation Cash Portion of the balance sheet for Purchase Price as reflected on the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in Final Balance Sheet or the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Adjusted Final Balance Sheet, as the "Closing Balance Sheets")case may be, which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent as compared with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation Cash Portion of the balance sheet for Purchase Price as reflected on the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or (ii) Buyer shall pay Seller an amount equal to the IDB Buyer Closing increase, if any, between the Cash Portion of the Purchase Price as reflected on the Final Balance Sheet or the Adjusted Final Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer the case may be (the payment referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above shall have 45 days after be referred to as the later delivery "Post-Closing Adjustment") as compared with the Cash Portion of the Seller Purchase Price as reflected on the Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item")Sheet. Other than the Disputed Items, each Party Such payments shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in made by wire transfer or certified or bank cashier's check within ten (10) business days of adoption of the Seller Closing Final Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing notice from the Accounting Firm of the Adjusted Final Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Itemscase may be. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection No payment shall be made pursuant to by either party if the rules Cash Portion of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position Purchase Price as reflected on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet is equal to the Cash Portion of the Purchase Price as reflected on the Final Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing the Adjusted Final Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and case may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9be. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 2 contracts

Sources: Asset Purchase Agreement (Penn National Gaming Inc), Asset Purchase Agreement (Penn National Gaming Inc)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (ai) Within 90 As promptly as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than one hundred twenty (120) calendar days following the Closing Date, Seller Parent shall prepare cause to be prepared in accordance with the Specified Accounting Principles and deliver delivered to IDB Buyer a the Shareholder Representative an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Company as of the Closing (giving effect close of business on the day immediately prior to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) Closing Date (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared together with a statement (the “Parent Closing Statement”) setting forth in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a reasonable detail Parent’s calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Closing Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common EquityCapital. (bii) Following From and after the delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Parent Closing Statement, Parent shall provide the Shareholder Representative and any accountants or advisors retained by the Shareholder Representative with reasonable access during normal business hours to the books and records of the Surviving Corporation for the purposes of: (A) enabling the Shareholder Representative and its accountants and advisors to calculate, and to review Parent’s calculation of Closing Working Capital; and (B) identifying any dispute related to the calculation of Closing Working Capital set forth in the Parent Closing Statement. (iii) If the Shareholder Representative disputes the calculation of Closing Working Capital set forth in the Parent Closing Statement, then the Shareholder Representative shall deliver a written notice (a “Dispute Notice”) to Parent and the Escrow Agent during the thirty (30)-day period commencing upon receipt by the Shareholder Representative of the Closing Balance Sheet and the Parent Closing Statement (the “Review Period”). The Dispute Notice shall set forth, in reasonable detail, the principal basis for the dispute of such calculation. (iv) If the Shareholder Representative does not deliver a Dispute Notice to Parent prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review expiration of the Seller Review Period, Parent’s calculation of Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or in the IDB Buyer Parent Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party Statement shall be deemed to have accepted final and binding on Parent, the Shareholder Representative and Equityholders for all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a)purposes of this Agreement. (cv) For 30 If the Shareholder Representative delivers a Dispute Notice to Parent prior to the expiration of the Review Period, then the Shareholder Representative and Parent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to reach agreement on the calculation of Closing Working Capital. If the Shareholder Representative and Parent are unable to reach agreement on the calculation of Closing Working Capital within twenty (20) calendar days after the later delivery end of the Dispute Notice by Seller Review Period, the Shareholder Representative, on the one hand, or IDB BuyerParent, Seller and IDB Buyer on the other hand, shall endeavor in good faith have the right to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. Ifrefer such dispute to the San Jose, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage California office of Deloitte & Touche LLP (such firm, or any successor thereto, being referred to herein as the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator"“Designated Accounting Firm”) after such twentieth (20th) day. In connection with the resolution of any such dispute by the Designated Accounting Firm: (A) each of Parent and the Shareholder Representative shall have a reasonable opportunity to meet with the Designated Accounting Firm to provide their respective views as to any disputed issues with respect to the calculation of Closing Working Capital; (B) the Designated Accounting Firm shall determine Closing Working Capital in accordance with the Specified Accounting Principles within thirty (30) calendar days of such referral and, upon reaching such determination, shall deliver a copy of its calculations (the “Expert Calculations”) to make a the Shareholder Representative, Parent and the Escrow Agent; and (C) the determination as to of Closing Working Capital made by the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection Designated Accounting Firm shall be made pursuant to final and binding on Parent, the rules Shareholder Representative and the Equityholders for all purposes of this Agreement, absent manifest error. In calculating Closing Working Capital, the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm Designated Accounting Firm shall be limited to addressing any particular disputes referred to in the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunderDispute Notice. The feesExpert Calculations (X) shall reflect in detail the differences, costs if any, between Closing Working Capital reflected therein and Closing Working Capital set forth in the Parent Closing Statement, and (Y) with respect to any specific discrepancy or disagreement, shall be no greater than the higher amount calculated by Parent or the Shareholder Representative, as the case may be, and no lower than the lower amount calculated by Parent or the Shareholder Representative as the case may be. The fees and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will Designated Accounting Firm shall be borne by Seller Parent and IDB Buyer the Shareholder Representative in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation their respective determinations of the Disputed Items by each of them differs Closing Working Capital differed from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation")Designated Accounting Firm, the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained as determined by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to SellerDesignated Accounting Firm. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 2 contracts

Sources: Merger Agreement (Mellanox Technologies, Ltd.), Merger Agreement

Post-Closing Adjustment. (ai) Within 90 If the Closing Net Working Capital, as finally determined under Section 2.08(b), is more than the Estimated Closing Net Working Capital, Parent shall, within three (3) business days following the Closing DateNet Working Capital becoming final and binding pursuant to Section 2.08(b), Seller shall prepare and deliver based upon such final determination, pay the excess by wire transfer of immediately available funds to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet the SFC Equityholders to the accounts and in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests set forth on Section 2.06(c) of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of Company Disclosure Schedule. If the Closing (giving effect to Net Working Capital, as finally determined under Section 2.08(b), is less than the Estimated Available Cash AllocationClosing Net Working Capital, within three (3) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 business days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Net Working Capital becoming final and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party binding pursuant to Section 2.7(a2.08(b). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not based upon such final determination, Parent and the Escrow Agent shall debit the Escrow Account by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicabledeficiency, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Sellera dollar for dollar basis. (ii) if In addition, any outstanding principal balance on all receivables of the amounts Company as the Effective Time (the “Acquired Receivables”), net of any reserves for doubtful or uncollectible accounts, that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided are included in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were Closing Net Working Capital that are not in excess fact collected as of the corresponding amounts date that should the Closing Net Working Capital and have not previously been transferred or retained by deducted in calculating the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Closing Net Working Capital, as provided finally determined under Section 2.08(b), shall be deducted from the Closing Net Working Capital (any such Acquired Receivables, a “Deducted Receivable”). The Surviving Corporation shall use commercially reasonable efforts to collect all the Acquired Receivables. When payments are received on account of any obligor under any such Acquired Receivable, the Surviving Corporation shall apply such payments first, to any invoice(s) referenced in connection with such payments, second, to the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay oldest invoice where the amount of the payment matches the amount set forth on the invoice, and third to the oldest unpaid invoices. To the extent that Surviving Corporation receives any payment in respect of a Deducted Receivable, Surviving Corporation shall promptly remit such excess(espayments by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the SFC Equityholders to the accounts and in proportion their respective Percentage Interests set forth on Section 2.06(c) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash AmountCompany Disclosure Schedule.

Appears in 2 contracts

Sources: Merger Agreement (Navarre Corp /Mn/), Merger Agreement (Navarre Corp /Mn/)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 forty-five (45) days following after the Closing Date, Seller the Parent shall prepare cause to be prepared and deliver delivered to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as Purchasers (i) an adjustment statement setting forth the amount of the Closing (giving effect to Cash, the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) Vault Cash, the Closing Working Capital and the Closing Indebtedness (the "Seller Preliminary Adjustment Statement") and (ii) based on the Closing Balance SheetCash, the Vault Cash, the Closing Working Capital and the Closing Indebtedness as derived therefrom, the Parent's written calculation of the Purchase Price, and the adjustments necessary to reconcile the Estimated Purchase Price to the Purchase Price (the "Preliminary Post-Closing Adjustment"), which . The Preliminary Adjustment Statement shall each be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied as of 12:01 a.m. on a basis the Closing Date consistent with the preparation ofwith, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, practices and procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following Pro Forma Balance Sheet as if the Closing DateDate was an interim month end, IDB Buyer except that the Preliminary Adjustment Statement shall prepare only reflect those assets and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as liabilities of the Business necessary to calculate the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance SheetCash, the "Closing Balance Sheets")Vault Cash, which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital Indebtedness and Tangible Common Equityshall include details reasonably sufficient to enable Purchasers to determine whether it was prepared in accordance with this clause (a). (b) Following delivery of The Purchasers shall review the Seller Closing Balance Sheet Preliminary Adjustment Statement and the IDB Buyer Preliminary Post-Closing Balance Sheet and prior Adjustment and, if the Purchasers reasonably believe that either was not prepared in accordance with Section 2.6(a), the Purchasers shall so notify the Parent no later than the tenth (10) Business Day after the Purchasers' receipt thereof, setting forth in such notice the Purchasers' objection or objections to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller Preliminary Adjustment Statement or the Preliminary Post-Closing Adjustment with particularity and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access specific changes or adjustments which the Purchasers claim are required to be made thereto in order to conform the same to the books and records, personnel and related work papers terms of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"Section 2.6(a). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, Any notice of objection delivered by the other Party pursuant to this Section 2.7(a)2.6(b) shall specify in reasonable detail the nature of any disagreement so asserted. (c) For 30 days after the later delivery Each Party shall cooperate fully with all representatives of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller other Parties in the preparation and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules review of the American Arbitration AssociationPreliminary Adjustment Statement, which accounting firm shall be including, without limiting the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses generality of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller foregoing, causing the books and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation records of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation Business to be made by available after the Independent Accountant ArbitratorClosing during normal business hours to such representatives upon reasonable advance notice, and shall cause the necessary personnel of the Business to assist such representatives in the preparation and/or review of the Preliminary Adjustment Statement, including, without limitation, granting such Persons access to the facilities and other assets of the other upon reasonable advance notice. (d) If there is a referral the Purchasers timely notify the Parent in accordance with Section 2.6(b) of an objection by the Purchasers to the Preliminary Adjustment Statement or the Preliminary Post-Closing Adjustment, and if the Purchasers and the Parent are unable otherwise to resolve such dispute through good faith negotiations between the Purchasers and the Parent within fifteen (15) days after the Purchasers' delivery of such notice of objection, then the Parties shall mutually engage and submit such dispute to, and the same shall be finally resolved in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement by, the New York, New York office of BDO ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇, LLP, or such other accounting firm of national reputation as shall be mutually acceptable to the Purchasers and the Parent (the "Independent Accountants"). The Independent Accountants shall determine and report in writing to the Purchasers and the Parent as to the resolution of all disputed matters submitted to the Independent Accountant ArbitratorAccountants and the effect of such determinations on the Preliminary Adjustment Statement and the Preliminary Post-Closing Adjustment within twenty (20) days after such submission or such longer period as the Independent Accountants may reasonably require, each and such determinations shall be final, binding and conclusive as to the Purchasers, the Parent and their respective Affiliates. The fees and disbursements of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested the Independent Accountants shall be shared equally by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, Purchasers on the one hand, hand and the applicable Dispute Notice, Parent on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (The Preliminary Adjustment Statement and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Preliminary Post-Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being Adjustment shall become the "Final Available Cash AllocationAdjustment Statement" and the ")Final Post-Closing Adjustment," respectively, and as such shall become final, binding and conclusive upon the Purchasers, the following adjustments shall be effectedParent and their respective Affiliates for all purposes of this Agreement, upon the earliest to occur of the following: (i) if any the mutual acceptance by the Purchasers and the Parent of the amounts that were transferred Preliminary Adjustment Statement and the Preliminary Post-Closing Adjustment, respectively, with such changes or retained adjustments thereto, if any, as may be proposed by the IDB Subsidiaries at Purchasers and consented to by the Parent; (ii) the expiration of ten (10) Business Days after the Purchasers' receipt of the Preliminary Adjustment Statement and the Preliminary Post-Closing Adjustment, respectively, without timely written objection thereto by the Purchasers in accordance with Section 2.6(b); or (iii) the delivery to the Purchasers and the Parent by the Independent Accountants of the report of their determination of all disputed matters submitted to them pursuant to Section 2.6(c). (f) If the Purchase Price, calculated as provided set forth in Section 2.2, as finally determined in accordance with this Section 2.6, is greater than the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash AllocationPurchase Price, then IDB Buyer the Purchasers shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(esdifference to the Parent (to the extent appropriate, as agent of EFC) by means of a wire transfer of immediately available funds to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by Parent's Account. If the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Purchase Price, calculated as provided set forth in Section 2.2, as finally determined in accordance with this Section 2.6, is less than the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess Purchase Price, the Parent (if appropriate, as agent of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller EFC) shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) difference to IDB Buyerthe Purchasers by means of a wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Purchasers. Notwithstanding the foregoing The Final Post-Closing Adjustment, if any, shall be due and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required payable pursuant to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.this

Appears in 2 contracts

Sources: Purchase Agreement (Efunds Corp), Purchase Agreement (TRM Corp)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (ai) Within 90 No later than ninety (90) days following the Closing Date, Seller the Buyer shall prepare in good faith and deliver to IDB Buyer the Seller’s Representative a consolidated statement (the “Closing Statement”) setting forth an unaudited balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Company as of the Effective Time and the Buyer’s calculation of (A) the Banesco Line of Credit Amount, (B) Company Cash, (C) the Company Transaction Expenses, (D) the Closing Net Working Capital, (giving effect E) the amount, if any, by which the Target Net Working Capital exceeds the Closing Net Working Capital, and (F) the proposed Final Promissory Note Amount calculated using the amounts set forth in the Closing Statement. The Seller Group shall use commercially reasonable efforts to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent cooperate with the preparation of, Buyer and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures their accountants and estimation methods as those used other advisors in connection with the preparation of the balance sheet for Closing Statement. If the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following Buyer fails to deliver the Closing DateStatement to the Seller’s Representative within the ninety (90) day period specified in this Section 2.7(b)(i), IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer then the Estimated Closing Statement and the IDB Subsidiaries as Flow of Funds Memorandum shall be deemed the Closing (giving effect Statement and the Seller’s Representative may exercise his rights pursuant to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheetthis Section 2.7. The Parties parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets Statement and determining the Available CashClosing Net Working Capital, Working Capital the Banesco Line of Credit Amount, Company Transaction Expenses, and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 Company Cash is to measure the amount of Available Cashthe Closing Net Working Capital, the Banesco Line of Credit Amount, Company Transaction Expenses, and Company Cash calculated in accordance with the Net Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity Calculation, and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different or new judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies other than the Net Working Capital Calculation for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets Statement or determining Available the Closing Net Working Capital, the Banesco Line of Credit Amount, Company Transaction Expenses, and Company Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery . The Closing Statement shall not make purchase accounting adjustments arising out of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet transactions contemplated by this Agreement and shall entirely disregard (I) any and all effects on the IDB assets or liabilities of the Company as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or of any financing or refinancing arrangements entered into at any time by the Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to or its Affiliates or any other transaction entered into by the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and or its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, Affiliates in connection with such other Party's review the consummation of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and (II) any of the plans, transactions, or changes which the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days intends to initiate or make or cause to be initiated or made after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's Company or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet its business or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheetassets, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as any facts or circumstances that are unique or particular to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or its Affiliates or any other Personof their assets or liabilities. For the avoidance of doubt, and unless the Seller’s Representative otherwise agrees in writing, the Buyer may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following not amend, adjust, supplement, or modify the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital Statement or any amounts set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect therein following their delivery to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller’s Representative. (ii) if any The Seller’s Representative shall have a period of thirty (30) days from the receipt of the amounts that were transferred Closing Statement (the “Review Period”) to review the Closing Statement. To the extent reasonably required to complete such review of the Closing Statement, for the duration of the Review Period and the pendency of any dispute, the Buyer will, upon written request, provide the Seller’s Representative and his Representatives with reasonable access during normal business hours to all working papers in the Buyer’s or retained its Representatives’ possession or control to the extent related to the preparation of the Closing Statement. If, as a result of such review: (A) the Seller’s Representative agrees with the Closing Statement, the Seller’s Representative shall deliver to the Buyer a written notice of agreement and the Closing Statement will be final, binding and non-appealable by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in Group; (B) the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess Seller’s Representative disagrees with the Closing Statement, the Seller’s Representative shall deliver to the Buyer a written notice of disagreement (a “Dispute Notice”) prior to the expiration of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by Review Period, setting forth the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall nature (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries towith reasonable supporting detail) pay the and amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding disagreement and the foregoing and Seller’s Representative’s determination thereof; provided, for the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that the Buyer’s failure to provide reasonable access required by Section 2.7(b)(ii) shall be deemed a sufficient basis for an objection by the Seller’s Representative. (iii) If the Seller’s Representative does not deliver a Dispute Notice within the Review Period, then the Seller’s Representative will be deemed to have irrevocably accepted the Closing Statement delivered by the Buyer pursuant to this Section 2.7, in no event which case, the amounts set forth in the Closing Statement shall be final, binding, and non-appealable by the Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash AmountGroup.

Appears in 2 contracts

Sources: Membership Interest Purchase Agreement (XTI Aerospace, Inc.), Membership Interest Purchase Agreement (XTI Aerospace, Inc.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 ninety (90) calendar days following after the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries Target Companies as of 11:59 p.m. on the day immediately preceding the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance SheetDate, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity accordance with GAAP applied and on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those GAAP conventions used in for the preparation of the Audited Financial Statements; provided that such balance sheet for shall reflect the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included Transaction Costs accrued as of the Closing and shall include each of the items set forth in the GFI Financial Statementsdefinition of Closing Working Capital (whether or not otherwise required to be included on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP), but otherwise shall be calculated without giving effect to the consummation of the Contemplated Transactions and which shall include a calculation exclude any Indebtedness incurred under financing or refinancing arrangements entered into at any time by any of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, Buyer Parties or any other transaction entered into by any of the Buyer Parties in each case derived from connection with the items and amounts on Contemplated Transactions (including with respect to any of the Target Companies) (such balance sheet, the “Proposed Final Balance Sheet”). The Parties agree that Proposed Final Balance Sheet shall also include schedules setting forth the purpose calculation of preparing (i) Closing Working Capital as of 11:59 p.m. on the day immediately preceding the Closing Date as reflected in the Proposed Final Balance Sheets and determining Sheet (the Available Cash“Proposed Final Closing Working Capital”), Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and (ii) Cash of the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure Target Companies as of 11:59 p.m. on the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing day immediately preceding the Closing Date as reflected in the Proposed Final Balance Sheets or determining Available Sheet (the “Proposed Final Closing Cash”) and (iii) the Balance Sheet Indebtedness of the Target Companies as of 11:59 p.m. on the day immediately preceding the Closing Date as reflected in the Proposed Final Balance Sheet (the “Proposed Final Balance Sheet Indebtedness”). The Proposed Final Closing Balance Sheet, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equitytogether with such schedules, is referred to herein as the “Proposed Final Closing Statement”. (b) Following Seller will have forty-five (45) calendar days following delivery of the Seller Proposed Final Closing Balance Sheet and Statement during which to notify Buyer in writing (the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior “Notice of Objection”) of any objections to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review preparation of the Seller Closing Proposed Final Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery calculation of the Seller Proposed Final Closing Working Capital, Proposed Final Closing Cash, and Proposed Final Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forthIndebtedness, in detaileach case, any good faith dispute setting forth the basis of its objections in such detail as will permit Buyer to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicableunderstand such objections, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation U.S. dollar amount of such item or amount in dispute (each objection. In reviewing the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Proposed Final Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB BuyerStatement, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any shall be entitled to reasonable access during normal business hours to all material personnel, accountants, books, records, contracts and documents of the amounts Target Companies that were transferred or retained are required by Seller to confirm the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess accuracy of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Proposed Final Available Cash AllocationClosing Statement, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. and (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained shall be furnished by the Target Companies such information and data that Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts may reasonably request and that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.is readily

Appears in 2 contracts

Sources: Equity Interest Purchase Agreement, Equity Interest Purchase Agreement (NGL Energy Partners LP)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 45 days following after the Closing Date, Seller shall the Purchaser will prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer the Seller a written notice (the “Adjustment Notice”) containing (i) an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Acquired Companies as at immediately prior to the Closing (the “Closing Balance Sheet”), (ii) the Purchaser’s calculation of the Closing Net Working Capital based on the Closing Balance Sheet (giving effect the “Closing Net Working Capital Statement”), (iii) the Purchaser’s calculation of Closing Net Cash based on the Closing Balance Sheet (the “Closing Net Cash Statement”) and (iv) the Purchaser’s calculation of the amount of any payments required pursuant to the Estimated Available Cash AllocationSection 2.4(g) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"“Adjustment Calculation”), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller The Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall Net Working Capital Statement and the Closing Net Cash Statement will be prepared in conformity accordance with GAAP applied on in a basis manner consistent with the preparation of, methods and using practices used to prepare the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Company Interim Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common EquitySheet. (b) Following delivery During the preparation of the Adjustment Notice, at the Purchaser’s request, the Seller Closing Balance Sheet will, and will cause each of the Acquired Companies to, (i) provide the Purchaser and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Purchaser’s Representatives with reasonable access to the books and books, records, personnel facilities and related work papers Employees of the Acquired Companies to the extent not otherwise already acquired as of the Closing Date, (ii) provide the Purchaser, within ten Business Days after the Closing Date, with normal month-end closing financial information for the period ending as of the close of business on the Closing Date and (iii) reasonably cooperate with the Purchaser and the Purchaser’s Representatives, including by providing on a timely basis all information reasonably necessary or useful in preparing the Adjustment Notice and any other information reasonably requested by the Purchaser. Following delivery of the Adjustment Notice, at the Seller’s request, the Purchaser (i) shall reasonably cooperate and assist, and shall cause its Representatives to assist, the Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, and its Representatives in connection with such other Party's the review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or Adjustment Notice and (ii) shall provide the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, its Representatives with any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered information reasonably requested by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a)them. (c) For Within 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice Adjustment Notice, the Seller will either: (i) agree in writing with the Adjustment Calculation, in which case such calculation will be final and binding on the parties for purposes of Section 2.4(g); or (ii) dispute the Adjustment Calculation by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as delivering to the Disputed Items; provided that if Purchaser a written notice (a “Dispute Notice”) which shall specify which items are being disputed and set forth in reasonable detail the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by basis for each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitratordisputed item therein. (d) If there is the Seller fails to take either of the foregoing actions within 30 days after delivery of the Adjustment Notice, then the Seller will be deemed to have irrevocably accepted the Adjustment Calculation, in which case, the Adjustment Calculation will be final and binding on the parties for purposes of Section 2.4(g). (e) If the Seller timely delivers a referral Dispute Notice to the Independent Accountant ArbitratorPurchaser, each then the Purchaser and the Seller will attempt in good faith, for a period of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees30 days following the Purchaser’s receipt of such Dispute Notice (the “Resolution Period”), if requested to agree on the Adjustment Calculation for purposes of Section 2.4(g). Any resolution by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, Purchaser and the Seller memorialized in writing and signed by both the Purchaser and the Seller during the Resolution Period as to execute a reasonable engagement letter any disputed items set forth in such Dispute Notice will be final and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position binding on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessaryparties for purposes of Section 2.4(g). The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on If the materials submitted Purchaser and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet do not resolve all disputed items by the end of the Resolution Period, then the Purchaser and the Seller will submit the remaining items in dispute to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP for resolution, or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheetif that firm is unwilling or unable to serve, as applicablethe Purchaser and the Seller will engage another mutually agreeable independent accounting firm of recognized international standing, which firm is not the regular auditing firm of the Purchaser or the Acquired Companies. If the Purchaser and the Seller are unable to jointly select such independent accounting firm within 10 days after the Resolution Period, the Purchaser, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute NoticeSeller, on the other hand. Seller , will each select an independent accounting firm of recognized international standing and IDB Buyer shall instruct such selected accounting firms will select a third independent accounting firm of recognized international standing, which firm is not the regular auditing firm of the Purchaser or the Acquired Companies; provided, however, that if either the Purchaser, on the one hand, or the Seller, on the other hand, fails to select such independent accounting firm during this 10-day period, then the parties agree that the independent accounting firm selected by the other party will be the independent accounting firm selected by the parties for purposes of this Section 2.4 (such selected independent accounting firm, whether pursuant to this sentence or the preceding sentence, the “Independent Accounting Firm”). (i) The Independent Accounting Firm will (A) act as an expert in accounting, and not as an arbitrator, to resolve only those items specifically set forth on a timely delivered Dispute Notice that remain in dispute as of such time, and that have not been deemed pursuant to Section 2.4(c), Section 2.4(d) or Section 2.4(e) to be final and binding on the Parties, (B) render its determination in accordance with this Agreement and otherwise in accordance with GAAP applied in a manner consistent with the methods and practices used to prepare the Company Interim Balance Sheet, (C) not determine an Adjustment Calculation that would result in a Purchase Price (1) in excess of the applicable amount in the Adjustment Notice or (2) that is less than the applicable amount in the Dispute Notice and (D) render its determination with respect to the items in dispute in a written report that specifies the conclusions of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator Accounting Firm as to each item in dispute and the resulting Adjustment Calculation. The Independent Accounting Firm will only render its determination with respect to the specific remaining accounting differences submitted to it and may rely only upon information submitted to it by or on behalf of the Purchaser or the Seller. The Purchaser and the Seller will each use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Independent Accounting Firm to render its decision determination within 30 days after referral of its appointment the disputed items on a timely delivered Dispute Notice to such firm or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award decision of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall Accounting Firm will be final final, conclusive and binding on, on the Parties and shall will not be subject to appeal by, Seller or further review. The costs and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later expenses of the final determination Independent Accounting Firm will be allocated between the Parties based upon the percentage which the portion of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect contested amount not awarded to each party bears to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted amount actually contested by either Seller or IDB Buyersuch party, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally as determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being Accounting Firm. The Buyer and the "Final Available Cash Allocation")Representative agree to execute, if requested by the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any Independent Accounting Firm, a reasonable engagement letter, including customary indemnities in favor of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to SellerIndependent Accounting Firm. (ii) if any For purposes of complying with this Section 2.4, the amounts that were transferred or retained by Purchaser and the Seller Retained Subsidiaries will furnish to the Independent Accounting Firm such work papers and other documents and information relating to the disputed items on a timely delivered Dispute Notice as the Independent Accounting Firm may reasonably request and are available to that party (or its Representatives). A copy of any such work papers and other documents and information provided by a party to the Independent Accounting Firm will be provided concurrently to the other party free of charge. Each party will be afforded the opportunity to present to the Independent Accounting Firm any material related to the disputed items on a timely delivered Dispute Notice and to discuss such items with the Independent Accounting Firm, with any such presentation or discussion to be held in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess presence of both the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by Purchaser and the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyerand/or their respective Representatives. Notwithstanding anything herein to the foregoing and contrary, the dispute resolution mechanism contained in this Section 2.4(e) will be the exclusive mechanism for resolving any disputes regarding the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash AmountAdjustment Calculation.

Appears in 2 contracts

Sources: Share Purchase Agreement (Ariad Pharmaceuticals Inc), Share Purchase Agreement (Ariad Pharmaceuticals Inc)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (ai) Within 90 days following If the DBC Net Book Value (calculated using the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Date Balance Sheet")) is less than the Minimum DBC Net Book Value, which then Purchasers shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with entitled to receive the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and amount by which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure DBC Net Book Value was less than the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for Minimum DBC Net Book Value (“Purchaser Post-Closing Net Book Value Adjustment”). If the purpose of preparing DBC Net Book Value (calculated using the Closing Date Balance Sheets or determining Available CashSheet) is greater than the Minimum DBC Net Book Value, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery then Sellers shall be entitled to receive the amount by which such DBC Net Book Value was greater than the amount of the Minimum DBC Net Book Value (“Seller Post-Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(aNet Book Value Adjustment”). (cii) For 30 days after If the later delivery of Statutory Surplus Amount is less than the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP Minimum Statutory Surplus Amount (calculated using the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacityClosing Date Balance Sheet), then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection Purchasers shall be made pursuant entitled to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to receive the amount by which the aggregate calculation Statutory Surplus Amount was less than the amount of the Disputed Items Minimum Statutory Surplus Amount (“Purchaser Post- Closing Statutory Surplus Adjustment”). If the Statutory Surplus Amount is greater than the Minimum Statutory Surplus Amount (calculated using the Closing Date Balance Sheet), then Sellers shall be entitled to receive the amount by each which the Statutory Surplus Amount was greater than the amount of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant ArbitratorMinimum Statutory Surplus Amount (“Seller Post-Closing Statutory Surplus Adjustment”). (diii) Any Post-Closing Adjustment shall be due and payable in cash within three (3) Business Days of the date on which the Closing Date Balance Sheet (together with the DBC Net Book Value and the Statutory Surplus Amount) is either accepted or otherwise finally determined pursuant to this Section 2.8 (“Post-Closing Adjustment Payment”). Any Post-Closing Adjustment attributable to NORDIC shall be adjusted by a factor of 0.75 to account for the Moda’s 75% ownership of NORDIC; provided, if Moda’s ownership of NORDIC changes prior to Closing then such adjustment factor shall be revised to reflect such ownership. (iv) If there is Purchasers are owed a referral Post-Closing Adjustment Payment, then at Purchaser Representative’s sole election and upon Purchaser Representative sending a request to Seller Representative, Purchaser Representative and Seller Representative shall promptly deliver to Escrow Agent joint written instructions to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each Escrow Agent instructing the Escrow Agent to disburse to Purchasers the full amount or any portion of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by such Post-Closing Adjustment Payment from the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, Standard Escrow Amount (with any balance to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit be paid in cash pursuant to clause (iii) above). (v) Notwithstanding anything to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointmentcontrary contained herein, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller of any Post-Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and Adjustment Payment payable hereunder shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided the limitations set forth in Section 9.9. (e7.4. Any Post-Closing Adjustment Payment made pursuant to this Section 2.8(b) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect shall be treated as an adjustment to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined Purchase Price by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation")parties for Tax purposes, the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained unless otherwise required by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to SellerLaw. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 2 contracts

Sources: Stock Purchase Agreement, Stock Purchase Agreement

Post-Closing Adjustment. (ai) Within 90 As promptly as practicable, but in no event later than 45 days following the Closing Date, Purchaser shall cause to be prepared in accordance with the Specified Accounting Principles, and delivered to Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated an unaudited balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Company as of the close of business on the day immediately preceding the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) Date (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared together with a statement (the “Purchaser Closing Statement”) setting forth in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a reasonable detail Purchaser’s calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, (“Purchaser Working Capital Amount”) and Tangible Common Equity attaching all relevant backup materials and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equityschedules. (bii) Following From and after the delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Purchaser Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute NoticeStatement, each of Purchaser shall provide Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives any accountants or advisors retained by Seller with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review records of the Business and cause appropriate representatives of Purchaser and Seller to be reasonably available to discuss the Closing Balance Sheet or and the IDB Buyer Purchaser Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each Statement and respond to reasonable questions of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after its accountant with regard thereto, all for the later delivery purposes of: (A) enabling Seller and its accountants and advisors to calculate, and to review Purchaser’s calculation of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Working Capital as reflected on the Purchaser Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide Statement; and (B) identifying any dispute related to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in calculation of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth thereinin the Purchaser Closing Statement. (iii) or If Seller disputes the IDB Buyer calculation of the Closing Working Capital set forth in the Purchaser Closing Statement, then Seller shall deliver a written notice (a “Working Capital Dispute Notice”) to Purchaser and the Escrow Agent during the 30-day period commencing upon receipt by Seller of the Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the Purchaser Closing Statement (the “Review Period”). The Working Capital Dispute Notice shall set forth, in reasonable detail, the principal basis for such the dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute calculation and Seller’s determination of the Closing Working Capital (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(aWorking Capital Amount”). (civ) For 30 days after If Seller does not deliver a Working Capital Dispute Notice to Purchaser prior to the later delivery expiration of the Review Period or otherwise earlier confirms in writing to Purchaser Seller’s acceptance of the proposed calculation, Purchaser’s calculation of the Closing Working Capital set forth in the Purchaser Closing Statement shall be deemed final and binding on Purchaser and Seller for all purposes of this Agreement. (v) If Seller delivers a Working Capital Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as Purchaser prior to the Disputed Items; provided that if expiration of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacityReview Period, then Seller and IDB Buyer Purchaser shall within 14 meet, confer and exchange any additional relevant information reasonably requested by the other party regarding the computation of Closing Working Capital for a period of 20 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB BuyerReview Period, and not use reasonable good faith efforts to resolve by independent review, only written agreement (the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator “Agreed Adjustments”) any differences as to the Disputed Items Closing Working Capital. In the event Purchaser and Seller so resolve any such differences, the Purchaser Working Capital Amount set forth in the Purchaser Closing Statement, as adjusted by the Agreed Adjustments shall be final and binding onas the Closing Working Capital for purposes of this Agreement. If Seller and Purchaser are unable to reach agreement on the calculation of the Closing Working Capital within the 20 day period, then either Seller or Purchaser may submit the objections to the San Diego office of KPMG LLP (such firm, or any successor thereto, being referred to herein as the “Designated Accounting Firm”) after such 20th day. The Designated Accounting Firm shall be mutually directed by Purchaser and shall not be subject Seller to appeal byresolve the unresolved objections as promptly as reasonably practicable in accordance with the Specified Accounting Principles, and, in any event, within 30 days of such referral, and, upon reaching such determination, to deliver a copy of its calculations (the “Expert Calculations”) to Seller, Purchaser and the Escrow Agent. In connection with the resolution of any such dispute by the Designated Accounting Firm, each of Purchaser, Seller and IDB Buyer or their respective advisors and accountants shall have a reasonable opportunity to meet with the Designated Accounting Firm to provide their respective views as to any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following disputed issues with respect to the later calculation of the final Closing Working Capital. The determination of the Closing Working Capital made by the Designated Accounting Firm shall be final and binding on Purchaser, Seller and Seller for all purposes of this Agreement, absent manifest error. In calculating the Closing Balance Sheet Working Capital, the Designated Accounting Firm shall be limited to addressing only the particular disputes referred to in the Working Capital Dispute Notice. The Expert Calculations (A) shall reflect in detail the differences, if any, between the Closing Working Capital reflected therein and the calculations of Available Cash and Closing Working Capital set forth thereinin the Purchaser Closing Statement, and (B) with respect to any specific discrepancy or disagreement, shall be no greater than the IDB Buyer higher amount calculated by Purchaser or Seller, as the case may be, and no lower than the lower amount calculated by Purchaser or Seller as the case may be. The fees and expenses of the Designated Accounting Firm shall be paid one-half by Purchaser and one-half by Seller. (vi) If the Closing Balance Sheet (and Working Capital, as finally determined in accordance with this Section 2.04, is less than the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) Estimated Closing Working Capital (such items being "final" after giving effect deficiency, a “Shortfall”), then Seller shall promptly pay to Purchaser the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyeramount of such Shortfall. If the Closing Working Capital, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items as finally determined by in accordance with this Section 2.07, is greater than the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; Estimated Closing Working Capital (such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"excess, an “Excess”), the following adjustments then Purchaser shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) promptly pay the amount of such excess(es) Excess to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Asset Purchase Agreement (Maxwell Technologies Inc)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (ai) Within 90 180 days following after the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer B▇▇▇▇ shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated statement setting forth its good faith calculation of Closing Working Capital (which shall not include, for the avoidance of doubt, the Additional Liability), which statement shall contain an audited balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries Company as of the Closing Date (without giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) transactions contemplated herein), a calculation of Closing Working Capital (the "IDB “Closing Working Capital Statement”) and a certificate executed by the Chief Financial Officer of Buyer stating that the Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be Working Capital Statement was prepared in conformity accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures principles, policies and procedures, with consistent classifications, judgments and valuation and estimation methods as those methodologies (including with respect to reserves) that were used in the preparation of the balance sheet for Interim Financial Statements. If the fiscal year ended December 31Closing Working Capital Statement is not so timely delivered, 2013then the Sellers’ Representative shall be permitted, within fifteen (15) calendar days after such 180th day, to prepare and deliver a written notice to Buyer setting forth the itemized amounts, if any, included in the GFI Financial StatementsEstimated Closing Working Capital calculation that, after giving effect to the Closing, the Sellers’ Representative disputes (such itemized amounts, the “Sellers’ Representative Disputed Amounts” and which shall include a calculation such notice, together with the calculations contained therein, the “Sellers’ Representative Closing Notice”). If the Sellers’ Representative does not deliver such Sellers’ Representative Closing Notice on or prior to such fifteenth (15th) calendar day, then the Estimated Closing Working Capital will be deemed final for all purposes of Available Cash at this Agreement. In the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree event that the purpose of preparing Sellers’ Representative delivers to Buyer such Sellers’ Representative Closing Notice within such fifteen (15) calendar day period, Buyer will have fifteen (15) calendar days to review the Sellers’ Representative Closing Balance Sheets and determining Notice. If Buyer provides written notice to the Available CashSellers’ Representative setting forth the itemized amounts, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and if any, included in the related adjustment contemplated by this Sellers’ Representative Disputed Amounts to which Buyer objects, together with supporting documentation relating thereto, within such fifteen (15) calendar day period, then such disputed itemized amounts (but not any other amounts) shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.7 is 3.3(c) mutatis mutandis. Unless Buyer delivers written notice to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications Sellers’ Representative on or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute fifteenth (15th) calendar day after B▇▇▇▇’s receipt of the Sellers’ Representative Closing Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as agreed to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller Sellers’ Representative Closing Notice and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth contained therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations will be final for all purposes of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Sellerthis Agreement. (ii) if any The post-closing adjustment shall be an amount equal to the Closing Working Capital minus the Estimated Closing Working Capital (the “Post-Closing Adjustment”). If the Post-Closing Adjustment is a positive number, Buyer shall pay to Sellers’ Representative (on behalf of Sellers) an amount equal to the Post-Closing Adjustment. If the Post-Closing Adjustment is a negative number, Sellers, severally and not jointly and in accordance with their Pro Rata Portion, shall pay to Buyer the absolute value of the amounts that were transferred or retained by amount equal to the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash AmountPost-Closing Adjustment.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Merger Agreement (Glimpse Group, Inc.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 days following the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December On or before May 31, 20132014, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet statement setting forth its calculation of IDB Closing Working Capital (the “Closing Working Capital Statement”). The Closing Working Capital Statement prepared by Buyer shall be consistent with the Working Capital Methodology, except with respect to accounts receivables, which shall be determined and calculated in accordance with the IDB Subsidiaries principles set forth in this Section. With respect to Inventory, the Buyer shall conduct an actual physical inventory of the Inventory as of the Closing (giving effect to Date in accordance with the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) physical inventory observation practices and procedures set forth on Schedule 4.4 (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"“Physical Inventory”), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation Closing Working Capital Statement. Seller may observe such Physical Inventory. With respect to accounts receivables, on and as of May 31, 2014, the Buyer, with the assistance of Seller, shall determine the amount collected on the Acquired Receivables, and the actual amount collected under the Acquired Receivables shall be used for purposes of determining the value of the balance sheet for Accounts Receivable on the fiscal year ended December 31Closing Working Capital Statement. Any Acquired Receivable that has not been paid in full as of the date of the Closing Working Capital Statement shall be reconveyed to Seller on a non-recourse basis. Thereafter, 2013collection of such unpaid Acquired Receivable shall be the responsibility of Seller, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on with all such balance sheetproceeds going to Seller. The Parties parties agree that the purpose of preparing the determining Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related purchase price adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 4.4 is to measure the amount of Available Cashchanges in working capital, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies different from those set forth in the Working Capital Methodology for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets Working Capital Statement or determining Available Cash, Closing Working Capital and Tangible Common EquityCapital. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Asset Purchase Agreement (Energy Focus, Inc/De)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 days As soon as practicable following the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet")but in any event within 120 calendar days thereafter, which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated (w) the unaudited balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries AACR-DR as of the Closing (giving effect to Date, or if such date is not the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) last day of a calendar month, the last day of the then most recently ended calendar month (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" ”) which shall be prepared using $US and together in accordance with GAAP applied using the same accounting principles, procedures, policies and methods used in preparing the Balance Sheet and used historically by AACR-DR, and a Net Working Capital schedule based thereon setting forth each of the items forming the Net Working Capital as of the Closing Date, or if such date is not the last day of a calendar month, the last day of the then most recently ended calendar month (the “Net Working Capital Adjustment Schedule”), (x) a schedule showing the calculation of the Base Purchase Price (the “Closing Purchase Price Schedule”), (y) a certificate from an executive officer of Buyer, certifying that such schedules have been prepared by Buyer in accordance with the Seller terms hereof and (z) reasonable documentation supporting the amounts and calculations set forth in such schedule. a. The Closing Balance Sheet, the "Net Working Capital Adjustment Schedule and the Closing Balance Sheets"), which Purchase Price Schedule shall be prepared final, binding and conclusive unless Seller notifies Buyer in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with writing of any disagreement therewith (an “Objection Notice”) within thirty calendar days after its receipt thereof (such period, the preparation of“Objection Period”). During the Objection Period, and using the same accounting methodsfor so long as any dispute set forth in an Objection Notice remains unresolved, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which upon reasonable advance notice Buyer shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of afford Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives advisors with reasonable access during normal business hours to the books and records, personnel and related work papers financial records of Seller or IDB Buyer, AACR-DR so as applicable, in connection with such other Party's to enable their review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicablethe Net Working Capital Adjustment Schedule and Closing Purchase Price Schedule. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer Any Objection Notice shall have 45 days after the later delivery set forth Seller’s calculation of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet Net Working Capital or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet the Base Purchase Price and shall specify in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute reasonable detail such items or amounts as to any item or amount reflected in which Seller disagrees and shall state the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis reasons for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item")disagreement. Other than the Disputed Items, each Party Seller shall be deemed to have accepted agreed with all other items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a)Net Working Capital Adjustment Schedule and the Closing Purchase Price Schedule which are not contained in an Objection Notice timely issued during the Objection Period. (c) For 30 days after b. If Seller duly delivers to Buyer an Objection Notice within the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB BuyerObjection Period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith attempt to resolve such disputes, and any written resolution signed by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. IfBuyer and Seller as to any disputed amounts shall be final, for any reason, binding and conclusive. c. If Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item all disputes reflected in the Objection Notice within thirty calendar days after receipt thereof (or such longer period as Buyer and Seller may mutually agree upon in writing) (the “Resolution Period”) then Seller and Buyer shall promptly thereafter (but no later than five calendar days thereafter) submit the items remaining in dispute for resolution to an independent accounting firm of international reputation, which shall not be a “big four” accounting firm, mutually acceptable to Buyer and Seller (such accounting firm being referred to as the “Accounting Firm”). If Seller and Buyer are unable to agree upon a mutually acceptable Accounting Firm within such 30 five day period, Seller and IDB Buyer the parties shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (submit the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as selection of any Accounting Firm to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules president of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm who shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs select an Accounting Firm and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items whose selection shall be final and binding onon Seller and Buyer. The Accounting Firm shall be instructed to deliver to Buyer and Seller a written report setting forth its resolution of all the disputed items submitted to it (and a revised (x) Closing Balance Sheet and Net Working Capital Adjustment Schedule and/or (y) Closing Purchase Price Schedule as a result thereof) as promptly as practicable (but no later than thirty calendar days after accepting its appointment). Absent fraud or manifest error, the determination by the Accounting Firm (and the revised Net Working Capital Adjustment Schedule and/or Closing Purchase Price Schedule resulting therefrom) shall be final, binding and conclusive on the parties as of the date of such resolution, including with respect to the issue as to whether the Accounting Firm had authority under this Section 1.7(d) to resolve such disputes. “Final, binding and conclusive” shall mean that the aforesaid determination and final Net Working Capital Adjustment and/or Base Purchase Price, as the case may be, shall have the same preclusive effect for all purposes as if such determination had been embodied in a final judgment, no longer subject to appeal, entered by a court of competent jurisdiction after full and fair litigation on the merits. Seller and Buyer shall deliver or make available to the Accounting Firm the work papers and back-up materials supporting such party’s calculations relating to the disputed amounts, as requested by the Accounting Firm and to the extent available to Seller, Buyer and their respective Representatives. Seller and Buyer shall be afforded the opportunity to present to the Accounting Firm material related to the unresolved disputes and to discuss the issues with the Accounting Firm pursuant to rules of engagement to be mutually agreed upon, including that there shall be no contact with the Accounting Firm without the presence of a Representative of both Seller and Buyer. The determination of the Accounting Firm shall be limited to the disputed items submitted to it and shall not be subject include any item in the Closing Balance Sheet, the Net Working Capital Adjustment Schedule or the Closing Purchase Price Schedule as to appeal by, which Seller has not disagreed in its Objection Notice or which was resolved by the parties during the Resolution Period. The fees and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later expenses of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments Accounting Firm shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained borne by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided Buyer and Seller in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay proportion to the amount of the disputed item(s) with respect to which such excess(esparty’s claim was unsuccessful. d. Within five calendar days after the date of determination by the Accounting Firm (or of any earlier resolution by the parties of all disputed issues) or, if Seller did not timely deliver an Objection Notice, within five calendar days after the expiration of the Objection Period: i. if the Initial Purchase Price paid at Closing exceeds the Adjusted Purchase Price, Seller shall pay Buyer an amount equal to the difference between the Initial Purchase Price and the Adjusted Purchase Price, in immediately available funds by wire transfer to an account designated by Buyer; and ii. if the Adjusted Purchase Price exceeds the Initial Purchase Price paid at Closing, Buyer shall pay Seller an amount equal to the difference between the Adjusted Purchase Price and the Initial Purchase Price, in immediately available funds by wire transfer to an account designated by Seller. (ii) if any e. For the purposes of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.this Agreement:

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Stock Purchase Agreement (Centennial Communications Corp /De)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 ninety (90) days following after the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer Purchaser shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as statement setting forth Purchaser’s proposed calculations of the Working Capital, Closing (giving effect Date Debt and Proration Adjustment, in each case, immediately prior to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) open of business on the Closing Date (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with Statement”). The calculation of Working Capital set forth on the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which Statement shall be prepared in conformity accordance with GAAP applied on a basis the Accounting Principles and, to the extent consistent with the preparation ofAccounting Principles, the methodologies, practices and using principles used to prepare the same illustrative calculation of Working Capital set forth on Exhibit F (without regard to any purchase accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods adjustments arising out of the transactions contemplated hereby). Seller shall cooperate as those used reasonably requested in connection with the preparation of the balance sheet for Closing Statement, including, upon the fiscal year ended December 31reasonable prior request of Purchaser, 2013making available to Purchaser such relevant books and records of Seller and shall use its reasonable best efforts to make available (during normal business hours and without interrupting in any material respects the operation of Seller’s business) the appropriate personnel of Seller with knowledge or information relevant to those items. During the thirty (30) days immediately following Seller’s receipt of the Closing Statement, included Seller shall be permitted to review the working papers relating to the Closing Statement and Purchaser will, upon the reasonable prior request of Seller, make available to Seller such other relevant books and records of the Fiber Business and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to make available (during normal business hours and without interrupting in any material respects the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation operation of Available Cash at Purchaser’s business) the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheetappropriate personnel of Purchaser with knowledge or information relevant to those items. The Closing Statement will become final and binding upon the Parties agree that on the purpose thirtieth (30th) day following receipt thereof by Seller unless Seller gives written notice of preparing its disagreement (a “Notice of Disagreement”) to Purchaser prior to such date. The Notice of Disagreement shall specify in reasonable detail the Closing Balance Sheets nature and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the dollar amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equityany disagreement so asserted. (b) Following If a timely Notice of Disagreement is received by Purchaser, then the applicable Closing Statement (as revised in accordance with clause (i) or (ii) below) will become final and binding upon the Parties on the earlier of (i) the date Purchaser and Seller resolve in writing all of the differences they have with respect to the matters specified in the Notice of Disagreement or (ii) the date any matters properly in dispute are finally resolved in writing by the Independent Auditor. During the thirty (30) days immediately following the delivery of a Notice of Disagreement, Purchaser and Seller will consult in good faith to resolve in writing any differences that they may have with respect to any matter specified in the Notice of Disagreement. If Purchaser and Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering resolve some or all of such differences within such thirty (30) day period, they will document their resolution in a Dispute Notice, writing signed by each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicablethem, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", writing will be final and each item or amount binding on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a)Parties. (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after At the end of such 30 thirty (30) day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm consultation period, if Purchaser and the Seller have not agreed upon the Closing Statement, either Purchaser or Seller may submit any and all matters that remain in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to dispute and that were properly included in the rules Notice of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral Disagreement to the Independent Accountant ArbitratorAuditor. The Independent Auditor will work to resolve such disputed matters promptly and, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agreesin any event, if requested by within thirty (30) days from the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit date the dispute is submitted to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after Auditor. The Parties will cooperate with the Independent Auditor during the term of its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessaryengagement. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, Auditor’s determination will be based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Purchaser and Seller which are in accordance with the guidelines and IDB Buyerprocedures set forth in this Agreement (i.e., and not by on the basis of an independent review, only ). Any item not specifically referred to the Disputed Items that have not been settled Independent Auditor for evaluation shall be deemed final and binding on the Parties. The Independent Auditor will finalize the Closing Statement by negotiation, and its determination selecting with respect to each Disputed Item shall be item in dispute an amount within between or equal to Purchaser’s position as set forth in the range established Closing Statement or Seller’s position as set forth in the Notice of Disagreement. Neither the Parties nor any of their respective Affiliates or Representatives will meet or discuss any substantive matters with the Independent Auditor without Purchaser and Seller and their respective Representatives being present or having the opportunity following at least three (3) Business Days’ notice to be present, either in person or by telephone. All information provide by a Party to the Independent Auditor must be concurrently delivered to all of the Parties. All disputes with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct Statement submitted to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicableAuditor shall be resolved exclusively by it. The decision/award amount of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or on the IDB Buyer final Closing Balance Sheet (and Statement determined pursuant to this Section 2.7 shall be the calculations “Final Working Capital.” The amount of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity Closing Date Debt set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect on the final Closing Statement determined pursuant to this Section 2.7 shall be “Final Closing Date Debt.” The Proration Items set forth on the final Closing Statement determined pursuant to this Section 2.7 shall be netted against one another pursuant to the items and amounts accepted or deemed methodology set forth in Section 2.6 to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by determine the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the net amount of such excess(es) to SellerProration Items (such net amount is the “Final Proration Adjustment”). (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Asset Purchase Agreement (SunOpta Inc.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 Promptly after the ----------------------- Closing Date, Seller will prepare and, within 30 days following of the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated calculation of the Cash Portion of the Purchase Price based on a balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries relevant items as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) Date (the "Seller Closing Final Balance Sheet"), which together with Supporting Schedules thereto. The Final Balance Sheet shall be prepared in conformity accordance with GAAP generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied on a basis consistent with and as though the preparation ofparties had not consummated the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Following the Closing, and using either (i) Seller shall pay Buyer an amount equal to the same accounting methodsdecrease, policiesif any, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in between the preparation Cash Portion of the balance sheet for Purchase Price as reflected on the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in Final Balance Sheet or the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Adjusted Final Balance Sheet, as the "Closing Balance Sheets")case may be, which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent as compared with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation Cash Portion of the balance sheet for Purchase Price as reflected on the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or (ii) Buyer shall pay Seller an amount equal to the IDB Buyer Closing increase, if any, between the Cash Portion of the Purchase Price as reflected on the Final Balance Sheet or the Adjusted Final Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer the case may be (the payment referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above shall have 45 days after be referred to as the later delivery "Post-Closing Adjustment") as compared with the Cash Portion of the Seller Purchase Price as reflected on the Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item")Sheet. Other than the Disputed Items, each Party Such payments shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in made by wire transfer or certified or bank cashier's check within ten (10) business days of adoption of the Seller Closing Final Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing notice from the Accounting Firm of the Adjusted Final Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Itemscase may be. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection No payment shall be made pursuant to by either party if the rules Cash Portion of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position Purchase Price as reflected on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet is equal to the Cash Portion of the Purchase Price as reflected on the Final Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing the Adjusted Final Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and case may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9be. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Asset Purchase Agreement (Hollywood Park Inc/New/)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (ai) Within 90 seventy five (75) days following after the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller Representative a consolidated balance sheet statement setting forth its calculation of IDB Buyer Closing Working Capital, Closing PP&E Amount, Closing Cash, Closing Indebtedness (including an itemized list of each such item of Closing Indebtedness and the IDB Subsidiaries as person to whom such item of Closing Indebtedness is owed) and Closing Transaction Expenses (including an itemized list of each such unpaid Transaction Expense and the Closing (giving effect person to whom such expense is owed) together with reasonable documentation supporting the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) basis of all such calculations (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"Statement”), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) The post-closing adjustment shall be a net amount (the “Post- Closing Adjustment”) equal to the difference between (A) the Closing Date Payment and (B) the Closing Date Payment if any of (1) Closing Working Capital was substituted for Estimated Closing Working Capital, (2) Closing PP&E Amount was substituted for Estimated Closing PP&E Amount, (3) Closing Cash was substituted for Estimated Closing Cash, (4) Closing Indebtedness was substituted for Estimated Closing Indebtedness and (5) Closing Transaction Expenses was substituted for Estimated Closing Transaction Expenses (the amounts that were transferred or retained “Adjusted Closing Date Payment”). If the Adjusted Closing Date Payment is greater than the Closing Date Payment, as finally determined pursuant to Section 2.04(c), the Post-Closing Adjustment shall be payable by Buyer to Sellers pursuant to Section 2.04(d). If the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Adjusted Closing Date Payment is less than the Closing Date Payment, as provided in finally determined pursuant to Section 2.04(c), the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained Post-Closing Adjustment shall be payable by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall Sellers to Buyer pursuant to Section 2.04(d). (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.c)

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Securities Purchase Agreement (Titan Machinery Inc.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 No later than forty-five (45) days following the Closing Date, Seller the Purchaser shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet the Stockholder Representative the draft closing statement of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Company as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) Date (the "Seller “Proposed Closing Balance Sheet"Statement”), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as each of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance SheetDate Net Working Capital, the "Working Capital Surplus, if any, the Working Capital Deficit, if any, the Closing Balance Sheets")Cash, which shall the Cash Deficit, if any, the Cash Surplus, if any, the Transaction Expenses, the Expense Overpayment, if any, the Expense Underpayment, if any, the Final Shortfall, if any, and the Final Surplus, if any. The calculation of the foregoing will be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent accordance with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures procedures, classifications and estimation methods as those methodologies (whether with regard to reserves or otherwise) that were used in the preparation of Exhibit 1.1(a) and shall not include any changes in assets or liabilities as a result of purchase accounting adjustments or other changes arising from or resulting as a consequence of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheettransactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Proposed Closing Balance Sheets Statement and determining the Available CashClosing Date Net Working Capital, Working Capital Closing Cash and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by Transaction Expenses pursuant to this Section 2.7 3.6 is to measure changes in Closing Date Net Working Capital, Closing Cash and Transaction Expenses against the amount of Available CashEstimated Closing Date Net Working Capital, Working Capital Estimated Closing Cash and Tangible Common Equity Estimated Transaction Expenses amounts, and such processes are process is not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies (whether with regard to reserves or otherwise) for the purpose of preparing the Proposed Closing Balance Sheets Statement or determining Available CashClosing Date Net Working Capital, Working Capital Closing Cash and Tangible Common EquityTransaction Expenses from those utilized by the Company in the preparation of the Estimated Closing Statement. (b) Following delivery The Stockholder Representative shall have thirty (30) days following receipt of the Seller Proposed Closing Balance Sheet Statement (the “Evaluation Period”) during which to notify the Purchaser in writing of any dispute of any item contained in the Proposed Closing Statement, which written notice (the “Notice of Disagreement”) shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for such dispute. At any time within the Evaluation Period, the Stockholder Representative shall be entitled to agree with any or all of the items set forth in the Proposed Closing Statement. For purposes of the Stockholder Representative’s evaluation of the Proposed Closing Statement, the Purchaser and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will Surviving Corporation shall make available or provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books Stockholder Representative and its Representatives, upon advance notice and during normal business hours, all information, records, personnel data and related work working papers of Seller created or IDB Buyer, as applicable, used in connection with such other Party's review the preparation of the Seller Proposed Closing Balance Sheet Statement; and shall permit reasonable access, upon advance notice and during normal business hours, to the Surviving Corporation’s and its Subsidiaries’ facilities and personnel, as may be reasonably requested by the Stockholder Representative and its Representatives to analyze the Proposed Closing Statement. The Evaluation Period shall be tolled and thereby extended in respect of any delay of the Stockholder Representative’s evaluation by more than five (5) days arising out of any failure of Purchaser or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller Surviving Corporation to (x) timely and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery substantively respond to any reasonable request or (y) act in good faith in respect of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts covenants contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a)foregoing sentence. (c) For 30 days after If the later delivery Stockholder Representative does not deliver a Notice of Disagreement to the Purchaser within the Evaluation Period, or notifies the Purchaser of its agreement with the adjustments in the Proposed Closing Statement prior to the expiration of the Dispute Evaluation Period, the Proposed Closing Statement prepared by the Purchaser shall be deemed to be the Final Closing Statement, and shall be final, conclusive and binding on all Parties. (d) If the Stockholder Representative delivers a Notice by Seller or IDB Buyerof Disagreement to the Purchaser within the Evaluation Period, Seller the Final Closing Statement shall be resolved as follows: (i) The Purchaser and IDB Buyer the Stockholder Representative shall endeavor cooperate in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller such dispute as promptly as possible. (ii) In the event the Purchaser and IDB Buyer the Stockholder Representative are unable to resolve any Disputed Item such dispute within fifteen (15) days (or such 30 day periodlonger period as the Purchaser and the Stockholder Representative shall mutually agree in writing) after delivery to the Purchaser of the Notice of Disagreement, Seller such dispute and IDB Buyer each Party’s work papers related thereto shall engage be submitted to Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") for resolution in accordance with this Section 3.6(d)(ii). The Stockholder Representative and the Purchaser shall use reasonable best efforts to cause the Arbitrator to render a written decision resolving the matters submitted to the Arbitrator within thirty (30) days of the making of such submission. The scope of the disputes to be resolved by the Arbitrator shall be limited to whether the items in dispute that were included in the Notice of Disagreement were prepared in accordance with this Agreement and the Arbitrator shall determine, on such basis, whether and to what extent, the Proposed Closing Statement requires adjustment. The Arbitrator is not to make a determination as to any other determinations. The Arbitrator’s decision shall be based solely on written submissions and presentations by the Disputed Items; provided that if Stockholder Representative and the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacityPurchaser and their respective Representatives and not by independent review, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant in accordance with the accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications and estimation methodologies (whether with regard to reserves or otherwise) that were used in the preparation of Exhibit 1.1(a), to the rules extent applicable. The Arbitrator shall address only those items in dispute and may not assign a value greater than the greatest value for such item claimed by either Party or smaller than the smallest value for such item claimed by either Party. Judgment may be entered upon the determination of the American Arbitration Association, Arbitrator in any court having jurisdiction over the Party against which accounting firm shall such determination is to be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunderenforced. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will shall be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to allocated between the amount by which the aggregate calculation Stockholder Representative (on behalf of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicableHolders), on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute NoticePurchaser (or, at its election, the Surviving Corporation), on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct , in the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award same proportion that the aggregate amount of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as disputed items submitted to the Disputed Items Arbitrator that is unsuccessfully disputed by each such Party (as finally determined by the Arbitrator) bears to the total amount of such disputed items so submitted. For example, if the Stockholder Representative challenges the calculation of the Proposed Closing Statement by an amount of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), but the Arbitrator determines that the Stockholder Representative has a valid claim for only Forty Thousand Dollars ($40,000), the Purchaser (or, at its election, the Surviving Corporation) shall be final bear forty percent (40%) of the fees and binding onexpenses of the Arbitrator and the Holders shall bear the other sixty percent (60%) of such fees and expenses, with the Holders portion of such fees and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9expenses paid solely out of the Stockholder Representative Reserve. (e) No later than 30 days following The Purchaser and the later Stockholder Representative jointly shall revise the Proposed Closing Statement and the calculation of Closing Date Net Working Capital, the Working Capital Surplus, if any, the Working Capital Deficit, if any, the Closing Cash, the Cash Deficit, if any, the Cash Surplus, if any, the Transaction Expenses, the Expense Overpayment, if any, the Expense Underpayment, if any, the Final Shortfall, if any, and the Final Surplus, if any, as appropriate to reflect the resolution of the final determination of Stockholder Representative’s objections (as agreed upon by the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (Purchaser and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) Stockholder Representative or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally as determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; ) and deliver it to the Stockholder Representative within ten (10) days after the resolution of such final calculations being objections. Such revised Proposed Closing Statement shall be the "Final Available Cash Allocation"Closing Statement, and shall be final, conclusive and binding on all Parties. (f) To the extent there is a Final Shortfall on the Final Closing Statement, the Purchaser shall be entitled to recover the amount of the Final Shortfall solely from the Working Capital Escrow Fund in accordance with the Escrow Agreement. (g) To the extent there is a Final Surplus on the Final Closing Statement, the Purchaser shall pay the Paying Agent, on behalf of the Holders or, in the case of the Option Holders, the Purchaser shall pay to the Company for the benefit of the Option Holders (in accordance with their Pro Rata Percentages), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any amount of the amounts that were transferred Final Surplus by wire transfer of immediately available funds within five (5) Business Days after the Purchaser’s delivery of the Final Closing Statement to the Stockholder Representative to an account or retained accounts designated by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided Paying Agent. Upon such payment, Paying Agent shall disburse promptly such amount to the Holders in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Selleraccordance with their Pro Rata Percentages. (iih) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the If there is no Final Available Cash AllocationShortfall and no Final Surplus, then Seller no further adjustments or payments shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amountmade.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Merger Agreement (Nordson Corp)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 days following The Seller will complete by December 30, 1999 a physical count of the Inventory which Buyer will have the opportunity to observe and during which Buyer or Buyer's accountant will conduct test counts, and will agree on the Closing Date Working Capital Amount prior to Closing. This agreement will be evidenced by a letter substantially in the form of Exhibit G. In connection therewith, Seller will deliver to Buyer a list of (i) the Inventory, (ii) the Accounts Receivable at December 30, 1999 and (iii) the Accounts Payable at December 30, 1999, certified by Seller as a true and correct listing of the Inventory, Accounts Receivable and Accounts Payable on Seller's books and records. After the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare Buyer and deliver its accountants will be permitted to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as conduct an audit of the Closing (giving effect Date Working Capital Amount for the purpose of determining whether any adjustment is necessary to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet")Date Working Capital Amount, which shall be prepared in conformity accordance with GAAP applied on a basis generally accepted accounting principles and consistent with the preparation ofSeller's past practices. As promptly as possible, and using the same accounting methodsbut in any event, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 within forty-five (45) days following after the Closing Date, IDB the Buyer shall prepare and will deliver to the Seller a consolidated balance sheet schedule (the "Adjustment Schedule") setting forth its calculation of IDB Buyer the Working Capital Amount and the IDB Subsidiaries difference between (i) the Closing Date Working Capital Amount and (ii) the Working Capital Amount as calculated by Buyer (such difference the "Working Capital Adjustment"), together with an explanation in reasonable detail of the reasons for and the amount of Buyer's proposed Working Capital adjustment. The Seller shall have the right to observe and comment upon the preparation of such schedule. The failure of Buyer to deliver the Adjustment Schedule in a timely manner shall constitute Buyer's acceptance of the Closing Date Working Capital Amount as the Working Capital Amount. Within seven (giving effect 7) days after delivery of the Adjustment Schedule, the Seller may notify the Buyer in writing that such schedule does not, in its opinion, fairly state the Working Capital Adjustment in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, setting forth in reasonable detail the respects in which it fails to do so. In the Estimated Available Cash Allocationevent that the Seller and Buyer are unable to resolve any dispute so raised within thirty (30) days after delivery of the Adjustment Schedule, they shall appoint a "big five" accounting firm acceptable to both of them, whose expenses will be shared equally by the Seller and the Buyer (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance SheetsIndependent Accounting Firm"). The Independent Accounting Firm shall, which as promptly as possible, determine the items in dispute. The determination of the Working Capital Adjustment by such Independent Accounting Firm shall be prepared made in conformity with GAAP applied a writing delivered to both parties and shall be conclusive and binding on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equityparties. (b) Following Within five (5) days after delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller report by such Independent Accounting Firm or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later settlement of any dispute or within ten (10) days following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forthAdjustment Schedule if no dispute exists, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in payment shall be made (i) by the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including if the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth thereinAdjustment is a positive number, or (ii) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a)Buyer if the Working Capital Adjustment is a negative number. (c) For 30 days after purposes of calculating the later delivery of Closing Date Working Capital, the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, Working Capital Amount and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation")Adjustment, the following adjustments term "Working Capital" shall be effected: mean the sum of (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash AllocationInventory, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. and (ii) if any the Accounts Receivable, less (iii) the Accounts Payable of the Business (including in each case CHP), as of December 30, 1999. The parties agree that the Working Capital of CHP will be valued in United States dollars, and that the conversion into U.S. dollars of any amounts that were transferred or retained reflected on CHP's books and records in Canadian dollars shall be accomplished by using the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided cross-exchange rate for conversion of Canadian dollars into United States dollars appearing in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess "Markets Diary" section of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash AllocationThe Wall Street Journal on December 30, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount1999.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Purchase and Sale Agreement (Opta Food Ingredients Inc /De)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 days As promptly as practicable following the Closing Date (but in no event later than 15 Business Days after the Closing Date), Seller’s Accountants shall prepare a closing balance sheet reflecting only the Assets and Assumed Liabilities of the Business immediately prior to the Effective Time (the “Proposed Closing Balance Sheet”) and reflecting the Net Working Capital as of such time, prepared through full and consistent application of the conventions and procedures used by Seller in preparation of the Statement Date Net Asset Statement and provided, further, that the assets procured by Seller pursuant to Section 6.9 shall be reflected on such balance sheet at their actual documented invoice price. Upon completion of the Proposed Closing Balance Sheet, Seller shall promptly deliver the same to Veritek with a notice (the “Notice of Adjustment”) setting forth its proposed adjustment, if any, as contemplated hereby. During the preparation of and after the completion of the Proposed Closing Balance Sheet until the Final Determination Date, Seller shall prepare provide Veritek and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect its advisors with timely access to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet")work papers, which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, trial balances and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those similar materials used in connection with the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Proposed Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery receipt of the Seller Notice of Adjustment, Veritek shall have 20 Business Days (the “Twenty-Day Period”) to review the Proposed Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to Notice of Adjustment. At or before the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review end of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or Twenty-Day Period, Veritek will either (A) accept the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Proposed Closing Balance Sheet in which its entirety or (B) deliver to provide to Seller a written notice (the other Party “Objection Notice”) containing a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected reasonably detailed written explanation of those items in the Seller Proposed Closing Balance Sheet (including which Veritek disputes, in which case the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party items identified by Veritek shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained be in dispute. If Veritek delivers the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or Objection Notice in a timely manner, then, within ten Business Days from the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery end of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB BuyerTwenty -Day Period the parties and, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor if desired, their accountants, will attempt to resolve in good faith to resolve by mutual any disputed items and reach a written agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator"“Settlement Agreement”) with respect thereto. Failing such resolution, the unresolved disputed items will promptly be referred for final binding resolution to make a determination as nationally recognized auditing firm other than Square ▇▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇, LLP, ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇ or any auditor of a Buyer or Seller, reasonably acceptable to Veritek and Seller, each acting in good faith (the Disputed Items; provided that if “Accountant”), the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs fees and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will which shall be borne equally by Seller Veritek and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, Parent on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute NoticeSeller, on the other handhand and in such case the Closing Balance Sheet will be as determined by the Accountant. Such determination (the “Accountant’s Determination”) shall be (A) in writing, (B) furnished to Veritek and Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of practicable after the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as items in dispute have been referred to the Disputed Items shall be final Accountant, (C) made in accordance with GAAP and binding on, (D) nonappealable and shall not be subject to appeal byincontestable by Veritek, Seller and IDB Buyer or each of their respective Affiliates and successors and not subject to collateral attack for any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9reason. (ec) No later than 30 days following If the later of Net Working Capital as reflected on the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (is greater than $8,350,000 or if the Gross Property, Plant and Equipment as reflected on the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet is more than $4,186,000 (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the aggregate amount of such excess(es) excess being referred to herein as the “Underpayment”), then Veritek or Parent will not make any payment to Seller. . If the Net Working Capital as reflected on the Closing Balance Sheet is less than $8,350,000 or if the Gross Property, Plant and Equipment as reflected on the Closing Balance Sheet is less than $4,186,000 (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the aggregate amount of such excess(es) deficiencies being referred to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding herein as the foregoing and for “Overpayment”), then within five Business Days following the avoidance Final Determination Date, Seller shall deliver the Overpayment to Veritek by wire transfer of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess immediately available funds at the direction of the Excess Cash AmountVeritek.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Asset Purchase Agreement (Remec Inc)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 45 days following after the Closing DateDate (as defined in Section 1.7), Seller the Buyer shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer the Seller a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Corporation as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) opening of business on February 15, 1999 (the "Seller Closing Date Balance Sheet"), which ) prepared by the Buyer. The fees and expenses of the audit shall be paid by Buyer. Such balance sheet shall be prepared in conformity accordance with GAAP applied on generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, with the inventory value determined in a basis manner consistent with the preparation of, Latest Balance Sheet and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used provided in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which this Section 1.6. There shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts be accrued on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer Date Balance Sheet an expense related to certain equipment repairs with respect to the B-axis on the Mazak #1 and #2 machines. Such expense shall prepare and deliver to Seller be determined by quote from Mazak. The inventory reflected on the Closing Date Balance Sheet shall be determined by a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries physical inventory taken as of the start of business on the Closing (giving effect Date and observed by the representatives of the Buyer and Seller. The inventory will be valued at the lower of cost or market and shall consist of material, hardware and subcontract costs at their historical invoiced value; plus labor costs applied at a total hourly rate of $34.38 for work-in-progress and finished goods. The only inventory set forth on the Closing Date Balance Sheet shall be raw materials, work-in-progress and finished goods inventory for which there are current orders from customers or forecasted orders from Rockwell Air Transport, or included on Rockwell's annual purchase agreement. All other inventory shall be excluded and "Obsolete and Slow Moving Inventory." Obsolete and Slow Moving Inventory shall be subject to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation terms of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity6.13. (b) Following delivery of If the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior has any objections to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Date Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB he shall deliver to the Buyer shall have 45 a statement describing such objections within 15 days after the later delivery Seller's receipt of the Seller Closing Date Balance Sheet. If no objections are received within such 15 day period, the Closing Date Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed accepted by Seller. Buyer and Seller shall use reasonable efforts to have accepted all items resolve any objections received during such 15 day period. In the event Buyer and amounts contained in Seller are unable to resolve such objections within a 15-day period following receipt by Buyer of Seller's objections, the Buyer and Seller Closing Balance Sheet or shall, within ten days after such 15-day period, select a mutually acceptable nationally recognized accounting firm to resolve any remaining objections. The determination of such accounting firm shall be made within 30 days of the IDB selection of such accounting firm and shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties hereto. The fees and expenses of such accounting firm shall be shared equally by Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a)and Seller. (c) For 30 days after If the later delivery aggregate book value of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB BuyerCorporation, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position reflected on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Date Balance Sheet, as applicablefinally determined, is greater than the aggregate book value of the Corporation as reflected on the one handLatest Balance Sheet, less $191,990, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted upward by such amount and a corresponding adjustment to the applicable Dispute NoticeNote shall be made as of the Closing. In the event the aggregate book value of the Corporation, as reflected on the other hand. Seller Closing Date Balance Sheet, as finally determined, is less than the aggregate book value of the Corporation as reflected on the Latest Balance Sheet, less $191,990, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted downward by such amount and IDB Buyer a corresponding adjustment to the Note shall instruct be made as of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicableClosing. The decision/award finalization of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and Closing Date Balance Sheet shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB affect any rights or remedies of Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following under this Agreement. In the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were event a downward adjustment is in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the principal amount of the Note, such excess(esexcess shall be paid by Seller to Buyer within five (5) to Seller. (ii) if any days of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount final determination of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amountadjustment.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Stock Purchase Agreement (Wsi Industries Inc)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 As soon as possible but in any event within forty-five (45) days following the Closing Date, Seller Buyers shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer the Sellers a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Company as of the close of business on the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) Date (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which will include Buyers’ calculation of the Company’s actual Net Working Capital as of the close of business on the Closing Date (the “Closing Working Capital”) and a certificate based on such Closing Balance Sheet setting forth Buyer’s calculation of the Closing Working Capital Adjustment (as defined in Section 2.04(b) (such Closing Balance Sheet, statement of Net Working Capital, and certificate, collectively, are referred to herein as, the “Closing Statement”). The Closing Balance Sheet shall be prepared in conformity accordance with GAAP applied on a basis GAAP, consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methodspractices, policies, practicesestimates, assumptions and procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheetBase Balance Sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as The preparation of the Closing Statement shall be for the sole purpose of determining the Closing Working Capital Adjustment. The Sellers and its accountants and advisors shall be given full access to all of the Company’s books and records for purposes of evaluating the accuracy and completeness of the Closing Statement. The Sellers shall have twenty (giving effect 20) Business Days following their receipt of the Closing Statement (the “Review Period”) to review the same. On or before the expiration of the Review Period, the Sellers shall deliver to Buyers a written statement accepting or objecting to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) Closing Statement (the "IDB Buyer “Sellers Statement”). If the Sellers object to the Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance SheetStatement, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which Sellers Statement shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation include an itemization of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity Sellers’s objections and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is reasons therefore. If the Sellers do not deliver the Sellers Statement to measure Buyer within the amount of Available CashReview Period, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party Sellers shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a)Statement. (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Sale and Purchase Agreement (Pinnacle Entertainment Inc.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 days following Not later than the third Business Day after the date on which Final Net Working Capital, Final Closing DateCash Balance, Final Company Debt and Final Selling Expenses are finally determined pursuant to Section 2.3(c), Seller and Buyer shall prepare jointly determine the amount the Estimated Closing Date Consideration would have been (the “Adjusted Closing Date Consideration”) had Final Net Working Capital, Final Closing Cash Balance, Final Company Debt and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Final Selling Expenses been substituted for Estimated Net Working Capital, Estimated Closing Cash Balance, Estimated Company Debt and Estimated Selling Expenses as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common EquityClosing. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of If the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Adjusted Closing as provided in Date Consideration is greater than the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were Closing Date Consideration (such excess, the “Price Increase”), then, within two (2) Business Days from the date on which the Adjusted Closing Date Consideration is determined in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocationaccordance with this Section 2.3(e), then IDB Buyer shall (pay or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to be paid to Seller, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, an amount in cash equal to the Price Increase. (ii) if any of If the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in Adjusted Closing Date Consideration is less than the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were Closing Date Consideration (such deficit, the “Price Decrease”), then, within two (2) Business Days from the date on which the Adjusted Closing Date Consideration is determined in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocationaccordance with this Section 2.3(e), then Seller shall (pay or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount to be paid to Buyer, by wire transfer of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubtimmediately available funds, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of cash equal to the Excess Cash AmountPrice Decrease. (iii) If the Adjusted Closing Date Consideration is equal to the Estimated Closing Date Consideration, then no adjustment shall be made to the consideration payable hereunder pursuant to this Section 2.3(e).

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Stock Purchase Agreement (Blucora, Inc.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (ai) Within 90 ninety (90) days following after the Closing Date, Seller Seller, acting pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement, shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a statement (the “Closing Working Capital Statement”), certified by the chief financial officer of Seller, setting forth its calculation of Closing Working Capital, which statement shall contain an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Company as of the Closing Date (without giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (transactions contemplated herein). The Closing Working Capital Statement and the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which determinations and calculations contained therein shall be prepared calculated in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent accordance with the preparation of, Accounting Principles and using in the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods manner as those used set forth in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Sample Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as Statement. (ii) After receipt of the Closing Working Capital Statement, Buyer shall have thirty (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation30) days (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing “Review Period”) to review the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital Statement. During the Review Period, Buyer and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable Buyer’s Accountants shall have full access to the books and recordsrecords of the Company, the personnel of, and related work papers prepared by, Seller and/or Seller’s Accountants to the extent that they relate to the Closing Working Capital Statement and to such historical financial information (to the extent in Seller’s possession or under Seller’s control) relating to the Closing Working Capital Statement as Buyer may reasonably request for the purpose of reviewing the Closing Working Capital Statement and to prepare a Statement of Objections (defined below), provided, that such access shall be in a manner that does not interfere with the normal business operations of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review the Company. (iii) On or prior to the last day of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Review Period, Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide may object to the other Party Closing Working Capital Statement by delivering to Seller a notice written statement setting forth, forth Buyer’s objections in reasonable detail, any good faith dispute as to any indicating each disputed item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute Buyer’s disagreement therewith (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"“Statement of Objections”). Other than If Buyer fails to deliver the Disputed ItemsStatement of Objections before the expiration of the Review Period, each Party the Closing Working Capital Statement and the Closing Working Capital reflected in the Closing Working Capital Statement shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Buyer. If Buyer delivers the Statement of Objections before the expiration of the Review Period, Buyer and Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by shall negotiate in good faith to resolve such objections within 30 days after the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being delivery of the "Final Available Cash Allocation"Statement of Objections (the “Resolution Period”), and, if the following adjustments same are so resolved within the Resolution Period, the Closing Working Capital and the Closing Working Capital Statement with such changes as may have been previously agreed in writing by Buyer and Seller, shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Sellerfinal and binding. (iiiv) if any If Seller and Buyer fail to reach an agreement with respect to all of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided matters set forth in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess Statement of Objections before expiration of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash AllocationResolution Period, then any amounts remaining in dispute (“Disputed Amounts”, and any amounts not so disputed, the “Undisputed Amounts”) shall be submitted for resolution to an impartial nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants other than Seller’s Accountants or Buyer’s Accountants to be appointed by mutual agreement of Buyer and Seller (the “Independent Accountants”) who, acting as experts and not arbitrators, shall (or shall cause resolve the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay Disputed Amounts only and make any adjustments to the amount of such excess(es) to IDB BuyerClosing Working Capital and the Closing Working Capital Statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for For the avoidance of doubt, the Independent Accountants shall only consider and have authority to resolve the Disputed Amounts and shall have no other rights or obligations with respect to any Undisputed Amounts, including but not limited, audit rights. The parties hereto agree that all adjustments shall be made in accordance with the Accounting Principles and without regard to materiality. The Independent Accountants shall only decide the specific items under dispute by the parties and their decision for each Disputed Amount must be within the range of values assigned to each such item in the Closing Working Capital Statement and the Statement of Objections, respectively, the difference between which, in the aggregate, shall be referred to as the “Disputed Amount Range”. (v) Buyer and Seller shall each bear fifty percent (50%) of all fees and expenses of the Independent Accountants; provided, that, if the Independent Accountants determine the Disputed Amounts to be within ten percent (10% measured by the Disputed Amount Range) of Buyer’s calculations as set forth of the Statement of Objections, then Seller shall be responsible for all of the fees and expenses of Independent Accountants, and if the Independent Accountants determine the Disputed Amounts to be within ten percent (10% measured by the Disputed Amount Range) of the calculations set forth in the Closing Working Capital Statement, then Buyer shall bear all fees and expenses of the Independent Accountants. For purposes of clarification, if the Disputed Amount Range is $500,000 and the Independent Accountants’ determination of the Disputed Amounts is within $50,000 of the amounts reflected in the Statement of Objections, then the Seller shall be responsible for all of the fees of the Independent Accountants. If the Independent Accountants’ determination of the Disputed Amounts is within $50,000 of the amounts reflected in the Closing Working Capital Statement, then the Buyer shall be responsible for all of the fees of the Independent Accountants. (vi) The Independent Accountants shall make a determination as soon as practicable within 30 days (or such other time as the parties hereto shall agree in writing) after their engagement, and their resolution of the Disputed Amounts and their adjustments to the Closing Working Capital Statement and/or the Closing Working Capital shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties hereto. (vii) No later than five (5) Business Days after the expiration of the Review Period if Buyer does not dispute any items in the Closing Working Capital Statement or, if Buyer disputes items in the Closing Working Capital Statement, after all Disputed Items have been resolved in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.04(b): (A) if the Closing Working Capital is neither greater than the Working Capital Cap nor less than the Working Capital Threshold, and no event adjustment was effected pursuant to Section 2.04(a)(ii), then no amount shall be payable after Closing in respect of the Closing Working Capital; (B) if the Closing Working Capital is neither greater than the Working Capital Cap nor less than the Working Capital Threshold, and a Price Adjustment Increase was effected pursuant to Section 2.04(a)(ii), then Seller be required shall pay to pay Buyer an amount in excess equal to such Price Adjustment Increase; (C) if the Closing Working Capital is neither greater than the Working Capital Cap nor less than the Working Capital Threshold, and a Price Adjustment Decrease was effected pursuant to Section 2.04(a)(ii), then Buyer shall pay to Seller an amount equal to such Price Adjustment Decrease; (D) if the Closing Working Capital is greater than the Working Capital Cap, and no adjustment was effected pursuant to Section 2.04(a)(ii), then Buyer shall pay to Seller an amount equal to the difference between the Closing Working Capital and the Working Capital Cap; (E) if the Closing Working Capital is less than the Working Capital Threshold, and no adjustment was effected pursuant to Section 2.04(a)(ii), then Seller shall pay to Buyer an amount equal to the difference between the Closing Working Capital and the Working Capital Threshold; (F) if the Closing Working Capital is greater than the Working Capital Cap and a Price Adjustment Increase was effected pursuant to Section 2.04(a)(ii), then an amount equal to the result obtained by subtracting (x) the Price Adjustment Increase from (y) an amount equal to the difference between the Closing Working Capital and the Working Capital Cap, shall be paid (1) by Buyer to Seller if such amount is a positive number, or (2) by Seller to Buyer, if such amount is a negative number; (G) if the Closing Working Capital is greater than the Working Capital Cap and a Price Adjustment Decrease was effected pursuant to Section 2.04(a)(ii), then an amount equal to the sum of (x) the Excess Cash AmountPrice Adjustment Decrease plus (y) an amount equal to the difference between the Closing Working Capital and the Working Capital Cap, shall be paid by Buyer to Seller; (H) if the Closing Working Capital is less than the Working Capital Threshold and a Price Adjustment Decrease was effected pursuant to Section 2.04(a)(ii), then an amount equal to the result obtained by subtracting (x) the Price Adjustment Decrease from (y) an amount equal to the difference between the Closing Working Capital and the Working Capital Threshold, shall be paid (1) by Seller to Buyer if such amount is a negative number, or (2) by Buyer to Seller if such amount is a positive number; (I) if the Closing Working Capital is less than the Working Capital Threshold and a Price Adjustment Increase was effected pursuant to Section 2.04(a)(ii), then Seller shall pay to Buyer an amount equal to the sum of (x) the Price Adjustment Increase plus (y) an amount equal to the difference between the Closing Working Capital and the Working Capital Threshold. All payments under this Section 2.04(b) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Unit Purchase Agreement (Ennis, Inc.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 45 days following after the Closing Date, Buyer shall cause to be prepared and delivered to Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet statement (the “Closing Statement”), setting forth (i) the aggregate Net Working Capital (Adjusted) of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries ProjectCos as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet")Effective Time, which may be positive or negative, (ii) the Closing Indebtedness and (iii) the Adjusted Purchase Price resulting therefrom, together with materials showing in reasonable detail Buyer’s support and computations for the amounts included in the Closing Statement. The Closing Statement shall be prepared consistently with Disclosure Schedule 1.1, in conformity accordance with GAAP GAAP, as historically applied on a basis consistent with by Seller and the preparation ofProjectCos, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation applicable provisions of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common EquityAgreement. (b) Following delivery Buyer shall provide Seller and its representatives with reasonable access during normal business hours to the relevant records, personnel and work papers of Buyer and the ProjectCos used to prepare the Closing Statement to assist in Seller’s review of the Closing Statement and Buyer’s proposed calculations of Net Working Capital (Adjusted), Closing Indebtedness and Adjusted Purchase Price set forth therein (collectively, the “Final Calculations”) as reasonably requested by Seller to assist with Seller’s review of the Closing Balance Sheet Statement. If Seller disputes any of the Final Calculations as calculated by Buyer and set forth on the Closing Statement, within 30 days after Seller’s receipt of Buyer’s proposed Closing Statement and Final Calculations, Seller shall deliver to Buyer a written notice (a “Notice of Dispute”) setting forth in reasonable detail any changes or adjustments that Seller proposes to make to the Closing Statement or the Final Calculations. Seller’s failure to deliver a Notice of Dispute by the expiration of such 30 day period shall be deemed an acceptance by Seller of the Closing Statement and the IDB Final Calculations as submitted by Buyer. (c) In the event that Seller delivers to Buyer Closing Balance Sheet a Notice of Dispute, Buyer and prior Seller shall promptly consult and cooperate with each other in good faith with respect to the deadline for delivering a specified points of disagreement in an effort to resolve the dispute and upon such resolution, if any, any adjustments to the Closing Statement or Final Calculations shall be made as agreed upon by Seller and Buyer in writing. If any such dispute cannot be resolved by Buyer and Seller within 30 calendar days after Buyer receives the Notice of Dispute, Buyer and Seller shall jointly refer the dispute to the Independent Accounting Firm, as an expert to finally resolve, as soon as practicable, and in any event within 45 calendar days after such reference, all remaining points of disagreement stated in the Notice of Dispute Noticewith respect to the Final Calculations reflected on the Closing Statement. For purposes of making such determination, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide shall submit a proposed calculation of the other Party Final Calculations and its Representatives a written presentation in support of their respective calculations (each, a “Submission”). Each Party’s Submission must (i) in the case of Buyer, be consistent with reasonable access (including as to the books line items included and recordsamounts stated for each line item) the Closing Statement and (ii) in the case of Seller, personnel be consistent with the Notice of Dispute (including as to the line items included and related amounts stated for each line item); provided, that the foregoing may be modified to the extent provided in any written agreement of Buyer and Seller to reflect the resolution of any dispute prior to submission to the Independent Accounting Firm. The Independent Accounting Firm (i) shall apply the terms of this Section 2.4, (ii) may not assign a value to any item greater than the highest value claimed for such item or less than the lowest value claimed for such item by either Buyer or Seller in such Party’s Submission, (iii) shall restrict its decision to such items included in the Notice of Dispute which are then in dispute, and (iv) subject to the immediately following sentence, may review only (x) the terms of this Agreement and (y) the Submissions of Buyer and Seller provided pursuant to the following sentence in resolving any matter which is in dispute. Buyer and Seller shall each furnish the Independent Accounting Firm with such work papers of Seller or IDB Buyerand other documents and information relating to the disputed issues as the Independent Accounting Firm shall request, as applicableand, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheetsubject to Section 5.2, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide copies to the other Party a notice setting forthof any work papers, documents and information so furnished to the Independent Accounting Firm. Each of the Parties shall bear its own expenses in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in connection with producing its Submission and preparing and conducting the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered review by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after Independent Accounting Firm; provided, that the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs fees and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will Accounting Firm incurred in connection with the review of the Closing Statement and the Final Calculations shall be borne allocated between Buyer and Seller by Seller and IDB Buyer the Independent Accounting Firm in relative proportion to the amount by which extent either of such Parties did not prevail on items in dispute with respect to the aggregate calculation Final Calculations reflected on the Closing Statement; provided, that such fees and expenses so allocated shall not include, so long as a Party complies with the procedures of this Section, the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made other Party’s outside counsel or accounting fees. All determinations by the Independent Accountant ArbitratorAccounting Firm shall be final, conclusive and binding with respect to the Final Calculations and the allocation of expert fees and expenses, in the absence of fraud or manifest error. The earliest to occur of (i) the date upon which an agreement between Buyer and Seller with respect to the Final Calculations is reached, (ii) 30 days following the date the Closing Statement is delivered, if Seller fails to deliver a Notice of Dispute by such date and (iii) receipt of the determination of the Independent Accounting Firm pursuant to this Section 2.4(c) is herein called the “Final Settlement Date.” The Adjusted Purchase Price calculated using the Net Working Capital (Adjusted) and Closing Indebtedness as finally determined pursuant to this Section 2.4 is referred to herein as the “Final Purchase Price.” (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in Purchase Price is greater than the Final Available Cash AllocationPurchase Price, then IDB Seller shall pay to Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(esdifference, within ten (10) to Seller. (ii) if any of Business Days after the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in Final Settlement Date. If the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in Purchase Price is less than the Final Available Cash AllocationPurchase Price, then Buyer shall pay to Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(esdifference, within ten (10) to IDB BuyerBusiness Days after the Final Settlement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubtUnless otherwise agreed, payment shall be made by wire transfer in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amountimmediately available funds.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Membership Interest Purchase Agreement (New Jersey Resources Corp)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 days following As soon as practicable, but in no event later than March 31, 2003, Buyer shall deliver to Seller a calculation of the Closing Working Capital (the “Closing Working Capital Statement”), the Closing Net Indebtedness (the “Closing Net Indebtedness Statement”), the Franchisee Adjustment Amount (the “Franchisee Adjustment Amount Statement”), the Capex Payables (the “Capex Payables Statement”) and the Capex Adjustment (the “Capex Statement”, together with the Closing Working Capital Statement, the Closing Net Indebtedness Statement, the Franchisee Adjustment Amount Statement and the Capex Payables Statement, the “Calculation”). The Calculation shall also set forth the amount, if any, by which the calculation of the Cash Purchase Price differs from the Estimated Cash Purchase Price. The Calculation shall be set forth in sufficient detail to permit Seller to make any objections it may seek to have. Buyer shall cause a full closing of the financial statements in respect of the Company and its Subsidiaries to occur for the period from July 1, 2002 to the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of calculated on the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of basis that the Closing (giving effect was effective at 11:59 p.m. on the day prior to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) Closing Date as if such date were a fiscal year end and such that the unaudited financial statements produced with respect to the period ended on the day prior to the Closing Date are similar in all material respects to the U.K. GAAP Company Financial Statements (the "“Closing Date Financial Statements”). Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation ofshall, and using shall cause Diageo and its Affiliates, to provide Buyer with reasonable access to data within its control to the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used extent necessary in connection with the preparation of the balance sheet for Calculation and the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Closing Date Financial Statements, . Buyer shall provide the unaudited Closing Date Financial Statements to Seller together with reasonable back-up documentation reasonably necessary to evaluate or understand the Closing Date Financial Statements and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash the Calculation at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet time of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as delivery of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common EquityCalculation. (b) Following delivery During the period of the any review or dispute as provided in this Section 2.5, Buyer and Seller Closing Balance Sheet shall, and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, shall cause each of Seller and IDB Buyer will their Affiliates to: (i) provide the each other Party party and its Representatives representatives with reasonable access to its and its Affiliates’ relevant books, records and employees (to the books extent any of such books, records or employees relate to the Calculation) and records(subject, personnel and related in the case of accountant or auditor work papers, to providing any customary confidentiality, hold harmless or other agreements reasonably requested by the accountant or auditor) relevant work papers of Seller accountants or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection auditors and permit copies to be made of any of the foregoing documentation and (ii) cooperate fully with such other Party's review party and its authorized representatives, including the provision on a timely basis of all information relevant for purposes of the Calculation; provided that, without prejudice to any of Buyer’s other rights under this Agreement, after the submission of the Calculation, Seller Closing Balance Sheet or shall be required to provide such access and cooperation only to the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheetextent relevant to items disputed by Seller pursuant to Section 2.5(c). (c) After receipt of the Calculation, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 sixty (60) days to review the Calculation. Unless Seller delivers written notice to Buyer on or prior to the sixtieth (60th) day after the later Buyer’s delivery of the Calculation stating that Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide has objections to the other Party a notice setting forthCalculation, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained agreed to the Calculation. Matters included in the Calculation, which are not objected to in writing by Seller, shall be deemed to be accepted by Seller Closing Balance Sheet (“Resolved Items”) and any amounts included within such items shall be deemed to be final, binding and conclusive. If Seller notifies Buyer in writing of its objections to the Calculation, Buyer and Seller shall, within forty-five (45) days (or such longer period as Buyer and Seller may agree in writing) following such notice (the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet“Resolution Period”), attempt to resolve their differences, and any written resolution by them as applicableto any disputed amounts shall be final, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a)binding and conclusive. (cd) For 30 days after Any amounts remaining in dispute at the later delivery conclusion of the Dispute Notice Resolution Period (“Unresolved Items”) shall be submitted by Buyer and Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller to Deloitte and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (such firm being referred to as the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator"“CPA Firm”) to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that or, if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is such firm shall be unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then such capacity or if Seller and IDB Buyer shall otherwise mutually agree in writing, such other nationally recognized firm of independent accountants mutually agreed in writing by Seller and Buyer (and, in such case, such firm shall be deemed to be the CPA Firm), within 14 10 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules expiration of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be Resolution Period or as soon as practicable after Buyer and Seller have engaged the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunderCPA Firm. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion agree to use their commercially reasonable efforts to engage the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation CPA Firm as promptly as practicable. Each party agrees to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agreesexecute, if requested by the Independent Accountant ArbitratorCPA Firm, an engagement letter with the CPA Firm containing reasonable terms and to provide the CPA Firm such work papers and other documents and information related to the Unresolved Items as the CPA Firm may reasonably request if available to such party or its Affiliates (or their accountants or auditors). All fees and expenses relating to the work, if any, to execute a reasonable engagement letter be performed by the CPA Firm shall be borne 50% by Buyer and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary50% by Seller. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator CPA Firm shall act as an arbitrator and not as an expert, to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent reviewprovisions of this Section 2.5, only the Disputed Items Unresolved Items; provided, however, that the CPA Firm shall have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect authority to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one handdetermine, and the applicable Dispute Noticeterm “Unresolved Items” as used in this Section 2.5 shall mean, on only the amount(s) of the Calculation and no other handmatter whatsoever, absent an express written agreement to the contrary by Buyer and Seller. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct request that the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render CPA Firm provide its decision determination of the Unresolved Items within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award after the submission of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as Unresolved Items to the Disputed CPA Firm, and a calculation of the Closing Working Capital Statement, the Closing Net Indebtedness Statement, the Capex Statement, the Capex Payables Statement and the Franchisee Adjustment Amount Statement, based upon the amount of Resolved Items and the CPA Firm’s determination of the Unresolved Items, shall be final set forth in a written statement delivered to Seller and binding on, Buyer by the CPA Firm and shall not be subject to appeal byfinal, Seller binding and IDB conclusive on Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9Seller. (e) No later than 30 days Within five (5) Business Days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) an agreement or deemed agreement by Buyer and Seller as to the Closing Working Capital, the Closing Net Indebtedness, the Capex Adjustment and the Franchisee Adjustment Amount, or (ii) the CPA Firm’s determination of all Unresolved Items, Seller shall pay to Buyer the amount, if any any, by which the Estimated Cash Purchase Price exceeds the final calculation of the amounts that were transferred Cash Purchase Price, or retained Buyer shall pay to Seller the amount, if any, by which the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in final calculation of the Cash Purchase Price exceeds the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of Purchase Price (the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller“Post-Closing Adjustment”). (iif) if any Any payments made pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available U.S. Dollar funds to an account indicated by the party to receive such funds and shall be accompanied by interest at the Applicable Rate calculated on the basis of a year of 365 days for the actual number of days elapsed, accrued from the Closing Date up to and including the date of payment. (g) Any payments made in respect of the amounts that were transferred or retained by Post-Closing Adjustment shall be deemed to be adjustments to the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash AllocationBase Purchase Price pursuant to Section 2.2, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amountall tax purposes.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Stock Purchase Agreement (Diageo PLC)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 days As soon as reasonably practicable following the Closing Date, Seller and in any event no later than one hundred and five (105) days thereafter, the Buyer shall prepare cause to be prepared and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect delivered to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Share Sellers a Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on Sheet and a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include written statement setting out a calculation of Available Cash at (i) the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Closing Net Working Capital, (ii) the Closing Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following Adjustment, (iii) the Closing DateIndebtedness, IDB (iv) the Closing Cash, (v) the Closing Net Cash (altogether the “Final Purchase Price Statement”). During forty-five (45) days after the date the Share Sellers receive the Final Purchase Price Statement, upon reasonable notice, the Buyer shall, and shall prepare cause its officer, directors, employees and deliver accountants to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer afford the Share Sellers and their authorized representatives reasonable access to the IDB Subsidiaries as offices, books and records necessary for the assessment by the Share Sellers of the Closing Final Purchase Price Statement and to take copies of the same as the Share Seller may from time to time reasonably request, provided however that (giving effect i) any such access or furnishing of information shall be conducted during normal business hours and in such manner as not to interfere with the normal operations of the Business and (ii) the Share Sellers shall bear all of their own costs in connection with the assessment of the Final Purchase Price Statement. The Buyer will charge no additional cost to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (Share Sellers for the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" time spent by its officers, directors, employees and together accountants in connection with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equityforegoing. (b) Following delivery If the Share Sellers dispute any item of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and Final Purchase Price Statement as calculated by the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior Buyer, not more than forty-five (45) days after the date the Share Sellers receive the Final Purchase Price Statement, the Share Sellers shall deliver to the deadline for delivering Buyer a Dispute Noticewritten notice, each specifying in reasonable details all points of Seller disagreement with the Buyer’s Final Purchase Price Statement and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer setting out a revised Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each a revised Closing Net Cash, a revised Closing Working Capital Adjustment and a revised Final Purchase Price (the “Notice of Seller Dispute”), it being specified that all items and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected amounts in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), Final Purchase Price Statement not specifically referenced as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount being in dispute (in the "Notice of Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted been agreed upon for all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, purposes hereof. If no Notice of Dispute is delivered by the Share Sellers to the Buyer within such forty-five (45) day period, it shall be conclusively presumed that the Final Purchase Price Statement has been agreed upon for all purposes hereof. Upon the Buyer’s receipt of any Notice of Dispute, the Share Sellers and the Buyer shall promptly consult with each other Party pursuant with respect to Section 2.7(a). the specified points of disagreement set forth in the Notice of Dispute in an effort to resolve the dispute. If any such dispute cannot be resolved by the Share Sellers and the Buyer within thirty (c30) For 30 days after the later delivery Buyer receives the Notice of Dispute, the Share Sellers and the Buyer shall jointly refer the dispute to an international accounting firm that has no material relationship with either of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve Parties appointed by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer between the Parties or if the Parties are unable to resolve agree on such international accounting firm by the International Centre for Expertise of the International Chamber of Commerce in accordance with the provisions for the appointment of experts under the Rules for Expertise of the International Chamber of Commerce, upon the request of either Party (the “Expert”), to finally resolve, as soon as practicable, and in any Disputed Item event within sixty (60) days after such 30 day periodreference, Seller all unresolved points of disagreement with respect to the Final Purchase Price Statement. For purposes of such determination by the Expert, each of the Share Sellers and IDB the Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as submit to the Disputed Items; provided that if Expert a proposed calculation of each disputed issue and a written statement of its position. The Expert shall apply the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable terms of this Agreement governing the determination of the different components included in the Final Purchase Price Statement and in particular the Accounting Principles and shall otherwise make its determination in accordance with such procedures as the Parties may agree. In no event shall the Expert assign a value to any item greater than the greatest value for such item claimed by either Party or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after less than the end of smallest value for such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection item claimed by either Party. The Expert’s determination shall be made pursuant to based solely on written submissions by the rules Share Sellers and the Buyer (i.e., not an independent review) and on the definitions included herein. Each of the American Arbitration AssociationParties shall bear its own expenses in connection with any such dispute, which accounting firm shall be except that the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs fees and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will Expert shall be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made allocated by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested Expert. All determinations by the Independent Accountant ArbitratorExpert shall be final, to execute a reasonable engagement letter conclusive and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination binding with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation Final Purchase Price Statement, in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet absence of fraud or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9manifest error. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Stock Purchase Agreement (Mallinckrodt PLC)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 days following The Purchase Price will be further adjusted as follows: The amount that the Closing DateWorking Capital is greater than the Upper Expected Working Capital or less than the Lower Expected Working Capital (such excess or shortfall, Seller the “Closing Working Capital Adjustment”) will be determined based on the Closing Working Capital, as finally determined in accordance with Section 2.5. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Closing Working Capital is between the Upper Expected Working Capital and the Lower Expected Working Capital, then the Closing Working Capital Adjustment shall prepare and deliver be zero. If the Closing Working Capital Adjustment is different from the Estimated Working Capital Adjustment, there shall be a positive or negative adjustment to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Purchase Price, as the case may be, equal to the difference of the Closing (giving effect to Working Capital Adjustment minus the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) Working Capital Adjustment (the "Seller “Post-Closing Balance Sheet"Adjustment Amount”), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of If the Seller Post-Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB BuyerAdjustment Amount, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party determined pursuant to Section 2.7(a2.6(a), results in an increase in the Purchase Price, the Purchaser shall pay the Post-Closing Adjustment Amount together with interest on that amount as provided in Section 2.6(c) to the Vendors as an increase to the Purchase Price and in accordance with each Vendor’s Pro Rata Share, within 10 days of the date that the Closing Working Capital is finally determined. If the Post-Closing Adjustment Amount, as determined pursuant to Section 2.6(a), results in a decrease in the Purchase Price, the Vendors shall each pay their Pro- Rata Share of the Post-Closing Adjustment Amount together with interest on that amount as provided in Section 2.6(c) to the Purchaser as a decrease to the Purchase Price, within 10 days of the date that the Closing Working Capital is finally determined. The Purchaser or a Vendor, as the case may be, shall pay the Post-Closing Adjustment Amount together with interest on that amount as provided in Section 2.6(c) on the Adjustment Date by certified cheque, bank draft or wire transfer of immediately available funds to or to the order of the payee. (c) For 30 days after The Post-Closing Adjustment Amount will be paid together with interest on that amount calculated from the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as Closing Date to the Disputed Items; provided that if date of payment at the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant ArbitratorPrime Rate plus 1.0%. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Unit and Membership Interest Purchase Agreement

Post-Closing Adjustment. (ai) Within 90 twenty-four hours after the Closing, Buyer and Seller, together with Buyer’s independent auditors, will jointly conduct a physical inventory at the Facility. Buyer and Seller will conduct such physical inventory in accordance with the policies, procedures and practices specified on Exhibit E attached hereto. The results of such physical inventory will be as determined by the auditors and will be used to calculate the Closing Working Capital. (ii) Within sixty (60) days following after the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated statement setting forth its calculation of Closing Working Capital, which statement shall contain an unaudited balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries Company as of the Closing Date (without giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) transactions contemplated herein), a calculation of Closing Working Capital (the "IDB “Closing Working Capital Statement”) and a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer, or such other similar officer, of Buyer that the Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be Working Capital Statement was prepared in conformity accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures principles, policies and procedures, with consistent classifications, judgments and valuation and estimation methods as those methodologies that were used in the preparation of the balance sheet Year-End Financial Statements for the most recent fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on end as if such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount Statement was being prepared as of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equitya fiscal year end. (biii) Following delivery of the Seller The post-Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item adjustment shall be an amount within equal to the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in Closing Working Capital minus the Seller Target Working Capital (the “Post-Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Adjustment”). If the Post-Closing Balance SheetAdjustment is a positive number, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator pay to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as Seller an amount equal to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal byPost-Closing Adjustment. If the Post-Closing Adjustment is a negative number, Seller and IDB shall pay to Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect an amount equal to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Post-Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to SellerAdjustment. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Stock Purchase Agreement (Accuride Corp)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 No later than one hundred and twenty (120) days following after the Closing Date, Seller Purchaser shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated the Sellers’ Representative written notice in the same form as the Closing Cash Payment Statement (the “Adjustment Notice”) containing and setting forth (a) an unaudited balance sheet of with respect to the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Business (the “Closing Balance Sheet”), prepared as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared Effective Time in conformity accordance with GAAP applied and on a basis consistent with the preparation ofSeller Accounting Principles and (b) Purchaser’s good faith calculation of (i) Closing Cash (“Final Closing Cash”), Closing Indebtedness (“Final Closing Indebtedness”), Closing Transaction Expenses (“Final Closing Transaction Expenses”), Closing Net Working Capital (“Final Closing Net Working Capital”), Final Closing IBNR Obligations, Closing Fixed Bonus Obligations (“Final Closing Fixed Bonus Obligations”), Closing PTO Obligations (“Final Closing PTO Obligations”), Closing ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Retention Obligations (“Final Closing ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Retention Obligations”) and Closing ▇▇▇▇▇▇ Retention Obligations (“Final Closing ▇▇▇▇▇▇ Retention Obligations”), in each case (y) related to the Seller Parties, the Assets and/or the Business, and using (z) based on the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures Closing Balance Sheet and estimation methods as those used in reflecting the preparation exclusion of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial StatementsRetained Assets and Retained Liabilities, and which shall include a calculation (ii) based on the foregoing amounts, the amount of Available Cash at any payments required pursuant to Section 1.7(g) or Section 1.7(h) and calculated in accordance with Section 1.7(f) (collectively, the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and “Adjustment Amount”). The Final Closing Net Working Capital derived from calculation shall be prepared in accordance with the items Sample Net Working Capital Calculation, and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as each of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Final Closing Balance Sheets"), which Net Working Capital calculation and the Adjustment Amount calculation shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same without giving effect to any purchase accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived adjustments arising from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment transactions contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common EquityAgreement. (b) Following Within sixty (60) days after delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet Adjustment Notice, the Sellers’ Representative shall deliver to Purchaser a written response in which the Sellers’ Representative shall either: (i) agree in writing with Purchaser’s calculation of the Adjustment Amount, in which case such calculation will be final and binding on the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet parties for purposes of Section 1.7(g) and prior Section 1.7(h); or (ii) dispute Purchaser’s calculation of the Adjustment Amount by delivering to the deadline for delivering Purchaser a written notice (a “Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with ”) setting forth in reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and detail the basis for each such dispute together with disputed item and stating that all such Party's calculation of such item or amount disputed items are being disputed in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a)good faith. (c) For 30 If the Sellers’ Representative fails to take either of the foregoing actions within sixty (60) days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacityAdjustment Notice, then the Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator Parties will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion deemed to the amount by which the aggregate have irrevocably accepted Purchaser’s calculation of the Disputed Items Adjustment Amount, in which case the Adjustment Amount as calculated by each of them differs from Purchaser will be final and binding on the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitratorparties for all purposes hereunder. (d) If there is the Sellers’ Representative timely delivers a referral Dispute Notice to Purchaser, then Purchaser and the Independent Accountant ArbitratorSellers’ Representative will attempt in good faith, each for a period of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested thirty (30) days following delivery by the Independent Accountant ArbitratorSellers’ Representative of the Dispute Notice, to execute agree on the Adjustment Amount. Any written resolution executed by ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ and the Sellers’ Representative during such thirty (30) day period as to any disputed items will be final and binding on the parties for purposes of this Agreement. If Purchaser and the Sellers’ Representative do not resolve all disputed items by the end of thirty (30) days after the date of delivery of the Dispute Notice, then either Purchaser or the Sellers’ Representative may submit the remaining items in dispute (the “Disputed Items”) to BDO USA for resolution, or if that firm is unwilling or unable to serve, Purchaser and the Sellers’ Representative will engage another mutually agreeable independent accounting firm of recognized national standing, which firm is not as of the Signing Date or at any time between the Signing Date and the time of such engagement, the regular auditing firm or consulting firm of Purchaser or any of the Seller Parties (the “Independent Accounting Firm”). Purchaser and the Sellers’ Representative shall each have a reasonable engagement letter and shall opportunity to submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointmentAccounting Firm the Adjustment Notice, the Dispute Notice and a written statement summarizing its position on the of their respective views as to any Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The and will further instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator Accounting Firm to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and render its determination with respect to the Disputed Items in a written report that specifies the conclusions of the Independent Accounting Firm as to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Noticeresulting Adjustment Amount; provided, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct however, that the Independent Accountant Arbitrator Accounting Firm shall act as an expert and not an arbiter and will render a determination only as to the Disputed Items. Purchaser and the Sellers’ Representative will each use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Independent Accounting Firm to render its decision determination within 30 thirty (30) days after referral of its appointment the Disputed Items to such firm or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award Independent Accounting Firm’s determination of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall and the resulting Adjustment Amount in accordance with this Agreement as set forth in its report will be final and binding onon the parties for purposes of this Agreement; provided, however, that the Independent Accounting Firm may not assign a value to any Disputed Item submitted to the Independent Accounting Firm that is greater than the greatest value, or less than the smallest value, claimed for such Disputed Item by Purchaser and the Sellers’ Representative in the Adjustment Notice and Dispute Notice submitted to the Independent Accounting Firm. The fees and expenses of the Independent Accounting Firm will be paid by Purchaser and the Seller Parties in inverse proportion to the relative amounts of the Disputed Items determined to be for the account of Purchaser and the Seller Parties, respectively (such that, for illustrative purposes only, if 25% of the value of the Disputed Items are determined to be for the account of the first party, and shall not 75% of the value of the Disputed Items are determined to be subject to appeal byfor the account of the second party, Seller the first party will pay 75% of the fees and IDB Buyer or any other Person, expenses of the Independent Accounting Firm and may be entered the second party will pay 25% of the fees and enforced as provided in Section 9.9expenses of the Independent Accounting Firm). (e) No For purposes of complying with this Section 1.7, Purchaser and each Seller Party will furnish to each other, their respective Representatives (including accountants and other advisors) and to the Independent Accounting Firm such books, records, work papers and other documents and information relating to the Disputed Items as they or the Independent Accounting Firm may reasonably request and are available to that party (or its independent public accountants), and will be afforded the opportunity to discuss such items with the Independent Accounting Firm. Purchaser may require that the Independent Accounting Firm enter into a customary form of confidentiality agreement with respect to the work papers and other documents and information relating to the Business provided to the Independent Accounting Firm pursuant to this Section 1.7. None of the Seller Parties, Purchaser, the Sellers’ Representative or any of their respective Affiliates or Representatives shall have any ex parte communications or meetings with the Independent Accounting Firm regarding the subject matter hereof without the other party’s prior written consent. (f) The Adjustment Amount shall initially be zero and shall be increased or decreased as follows: (i) if the Final Closing Cash, as finally determined pursuant to this Section 1.7, is less than the Estimated Closing Cash, then the Adjustment Amount shall be decreased, dollar for dollar, by the absolute value of such shortfall; (ii) if the Final Closing Cash, as finally determined pursuant to this Section 1.7, is greater than the Estimated Closing Cash, then the Adjustment Amount shall be increased, dollar for dollar, by the amount of such excess; (iii) if the Final Closing Indebtedness, as finally determined pursuant to this Section 1.7, is less than the Estimated Closing Indebtedness, then the Adjustment Amount shall be increased, dollar for dollar, by the absolute value of such shortfall; (iv) if the Final Closing Indebtedness, as finally determined pursuant to this Section 1.7, is greater than the Estimated Closing Indebtedness, then the Adjustment Amount shall be decreased, dollar for dollar, by the amount of such excess; (v) if the Final Closing Transaction Expenses, as finally determined pursuant to this Section 1.7, are less than the Estimated Closing Transaction Expenses, then the Adjustment Amount shall be increased, dollar for dollar, by the absolute value of such shortfall; (vi) if the Final Closing Transaction Expenses, as finally determined pursuant to this Section 1.7, are greater than the Estimated Closing Transaction Expenses, then the Adjustment Amount shall be decreased, dollar for dollar, by the amount of such excess; (vii) if the Final Closing Net Working Capital, as finally determined pursuant to this Section 1.7, is less than an amount equal to ninety percent (90%) of the Target Net Working Capital, then the Adjustment Amount shall be decreased by an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Target Working Capital; provided, that the Adjustment Amount shall not be decreased pursuant to this subsection (vii) unless the Final Closing Net Working Capital, as finally determined pursuant to this Section 1.7, is less than an amount equal to ninety percent (90%) of the Target Net Working Capital; provided, further, that in no event shall the Adjustment Amount be decreased pursuant to this subsection (vii) by an amount greater than an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Target Net Working Capital; (viii) if the Final Closing Net Working Capital, as finally determined pursuant to this Section 1.7, is greater than an amount equal to one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Target Net Working Capital, then the Adjustment Amount shall be increased by an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Target Net Working Capital; provided, that the Adjustment Amount shall not be increased pursuant to this subsection (viii) unless the Final Closing Net Working Capital, as finally determined in accordance with this Section 1.7, is greater than an amount equal to one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Target Net Working Capital; provided, further, that in no event shall the Adjustment Amount be increased pursuant to this subsection (viii) by an amount greater than an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Target Net Working Capital; (ix) if the Final Closing IBNR Obligations, as finally determined pursuant to this Section 1.7, are less than the Estimated Closing IBNR Obligations, then the Adjustment Amount shall be increased, dollar for dollar, by the amount of such excess; (x) if the Final Closing IBNR Obligations, as finally determined pursuant to this Section 1.7, are greater than the Estimated Closing IBNR Obligations, then the Adjustment Amount shall be decreased, dollar for dollar, by the amount of such excess; (xi) if the Final Closing Fixed Bonus Obligations, as finally determined pursuant to this Section 1.7, are less than the Estimated Closing Fixed Bonus Obligations, then the Adjustment Amount shall be increased, dollar for dollar, by the amount of such excess; (xii) if the Final Closing Fixed Bonus Obligations, as finally determined pursuant to this Section 1.7, are greater than the Estimated Closing Fixed Bonus Obligations, then the Adjustment Amount shall be decreased, dollar for dollar, by the amount of such excess; (xiii) if the Final Closing PTO Obligations, as finally determined pursuant to this Section 1.7, are less than the Estimated Closing PTO Obligations, then the Adjustment Amount shall be increased, dollar for dollar, by the amount of such excess; (xiv) if the Final Closing PTO Obligations, as finally determined pursuant to this Section 1.7, are greater than the Estimated Closing PTO Obligations, then the Adjustment Amount shall be decreased, dollar for dollar, by the amount of such excess; (xv) if the Final Closing ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Retention Obligations, as finally determined pursuant to this Section 1.7, are less than the Estimated Closing ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Retention Obligations, then the Adjustment Amount shall be increased, dollar for dollar, by the amount of such excess; (xvi) if the Final Closing ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Retention Obligations, as finally determined pursuant to this Section 1.7, are greater than the Estimated Closing ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Retention Obligations, then the Adjustment Amount shall be decreased, dollar for dollar, by the amount of such excess; (xvii) if the Final Closing ▇▇▇▇▇▇ Retention Obligations, as finally determined pursuant to this Section 1.7, are less than the Estimated Closing ▇▇▇▇▇▇ Retention Obligations, then the Adjustment Amount shall be increased, dollar for dollar, by the amount of such excess; and (xviii) if the Final Closing ▇▇▇▇▇▇ Retention Obligations, as finally determined pursuant to this Section 1.7, are greater than the Estimated Closing ▇▇▇▇▇▇ Retention Obligations, then the Adjustment Amount shall be decreased, dollar for dollar, by the amount of such excess. (g) If the Adjustment Amount is a negative number pursuant to Section 1.7(f), then Purchaser and the Sellers’ Representative shall, no later than 30 days following five (5) Business Days after such determination, deliver joint written instructions to the later Escrow Agent instructing the Escrow Agent to pay from the Adjustment Escrow Amount then remaining in the Escrow Account (i) to an account designated in writing by Purchaser an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the absolute value of such negative Adjustment Amount and (B) the Adjustment Escrow Amount and (ii) to an account or accounts designated in writing by the Sellers’ Representative the amount, if any, by which the Adjustment Escrow Amount exceeds the absolute value of the final negative Adjustment Amount. To the extent that the Adjustment Escrow Amount is less than the absolute value of the negative Adjustment Amount (such amount, the “Excess Purchaser Recovery Amount”), then the Seller Parties shall, jointly and severally, no later than five (5) Business Days after the determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet Adjustment Amount, pay to Purchaser the Excess Purchaser Recovery Amount by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated in writing by Purchaser. (h) If the Adjustment Amount is a positive number pursuant to Section 1.7(f) then (i) Purchaser shall, no later than five (5) Business Days after such determination, deliver or cause to be delivered the amount of such Adjustment Amount by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account or accounts designated in writing by the Sellers’ Representative and (ii) Purchaser and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth thereinSellers’ Representative shall, no later than five (5) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (Business Days after such items being "final" after giving effect determination, deliver joint written instructions to the items and amounts accepted Escrow Agent instructing the Escrow Agent to pay from the Adjustment Escrow Amount to an account or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined accounts designated in writing by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being Sellers’ Representative an amount equal to the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected:Adjustment Escrow Amount. (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for For the avoidance of doubt, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, from and after the Closing, the provisions of this Section 1.7 (including the dispute resolution provisions contemplated in no event shall Seller be required this Section 1.7) and, with respect to enforcement of the obligation to pay an amount any Adjustment Amount payable in excess accordance with this Section 1.7, Article 7 shall be the exclusive remedy and forum of the Excess Cash Amountparties with respect to the matters that are or that may be addressed through the purchase price adjustments contemplated in this Section 1.7. (j) Any payment made pursuant to this Section 1.7 will be treated by the parties for all purposes as an adjustment to the Purchase Price to the extent permitted by applicable Law.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Asset Purchase Agreement (Sterling Infrastructure, Inc.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 days following During the period between the Effective Date and the Closing Date, Seller the Businesses shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of be operated as between the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect parties, to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (extent reasonably possible, as if the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common EquitySeparation had been completed. (b) Following delivery As soon as practicable after Closing, but in any event no later than January 30, 2003, Veraz U.S., together with its auditors, shall prepare a balance sheet with respect to the Businesses, as of December 31, 2002 (the Seller Closing Date Balance Sheet Sheet”), using the same principles and accounting policies under which the September 30 and Effective Date Balance Sheets were prepared, and related profit and loss and cash flow statements (the “Closing Date Income Statement” and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet Date Cash Flow Statement”, respectively, and prior to together with the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Date Balance Sheet, as applicablethe “Closing Date Financial Statements”) for the period between the Effective Date and December 31, 2002 (the “Interim Period”). Each The Closing Date Income Statement and Closing Date Cash Flow Statement shall each be prepared on the basis of Seller income and IDB Buyer shall expenses which would have 45 days after been incurred by Veraz U.S. had the later delivery of Closing occurred on the Seller Effective Date. In preparing the Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detailDate Financial Statements, any good faith dispute as inter-company financial transfers from Veraz to any item or amount reflected in Veraz U.S. during the Seller period between the Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash Date and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein)December 31, as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party 2002 shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a)disregarded. (c) For The Seller shall have a period of 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Effective Date Balance Sheet to present in writing to Veraz U.S. all objections the Seller may have to any of the matters set forth or IDB Buyerreflected therein. Similarly, the Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor have a period of 30 days after delivery of the Closing Date Financial Statements to present in good faith writing to resolve by mutual agreement Veraz U.S. all Disputed Itemsobjections the Seller may have to any of the matters set forth or reflected therein. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer If no objections are unable to resolve any Disputed Item raised within such 30 30-day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection Closing Date Financial Statements shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made deemed approved by the Independent Accountant ArbitratorSeller. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Itemsbasis of the Closing Date Cash Flow Statement, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator the Businesses generated a net increase in cash and cash equivalents during the Interim Period, NGTS U.S. shall act as an arbitrator transfer to determineVeraz U.S., based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 three business days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award approval of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding onsuch amount, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided cash in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if any the net increase in cash and cash equivalents generated by Veraz U.S. during the Interim Period. If on the basis of the amounts that were transferred or retained by Closing Date Cash Flow Statement, the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided Businesses generated a net decrease in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were cash and cash equivalents, Veraz U.S. shall transfer, within three business days of approval of such amount, cash to NGTS U.S. in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(esthe net decrease in cash and cash equivalents generated by Veraz U.S. during the Interim Period. The foregoing amounts to be transferred pursuant to this Section 9.2(d) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding shall be adjusted by the foregoing net amount of cash or cash equivalents actually received or paid by Veraz U.S. during the period between the Closing Date and for the avoidance of doubtDecember 31, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount2002.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Separation and Asset Purchase Agreement (Veraz Networks, Inc.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (aA) Within 90 Buyer shall cause to be prepared and, as soon as practical, but in no event later than one-hundred twenty (120) days following after the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver cause to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of be delivered to the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as Company, Buyer’s calculation of the Closing Date Balance Sheet (giving effect the “Buyer Closing Date Balance Sheet”), together with a calculation of the adjustment to the Estimated Available Cash AllocationClosing Payment by, as applicable (1) increasing the amount thereof by the excess, if any, of the Closing Working Capital shown on the Buyer Closing Date Balance Sheet over the Target Working Capital, or (2) decreasing the amount thereof by the excess, if any, of the Target Working Capital over the Closing Working Capital shown on the Buyer Closing Date Balance Sheet. (B) If the Company disagrees in whole or in part with the Buyer Closing Date Balance Sheet, then within thirty (30) days after its receipt thereof, the Company shall notify Buyer of such disagreement in writing (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"Notice of Disagreement”), which shall setting forth in reasonable detail the particulars of any such disagreement. To be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation ofeffective, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation any such Closing Notice of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which Disagreement shall include a copy of the Buyer Closing Date Balance Sheet marked to indicate the specific line items of the Buyer Closing Date Balance Sheet that are in dispute (the “Disputed Closing Date Balance Sheet Line Items”) and shall be accompanied by the Company’s calculation of Available Cash at each of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Disputed Closing Date Balance Sheet Line Items and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following Company’s calculation of the Closing DateDate Balance Sheet and its determination of the Closing Payment, IDB as adjusted in accordance with the preceding clause (i). All items that are not Disputed Closing Date Balance Sheet Line Items shall be final, binding and conclusive for purposes of determining the Closing Payment hereunder unless the resolution of a Disputed Closing Date Balance Sheet Line Item affects an undisputed item, in which case such undisputed item shall remain open and be considered a Disputed Closing Date Balance Sheet Line Item to the extent of such corresponding effect. In the event that the Company does not provide a Closing Notice of Disagreement within such thirty (30)-day period, the Company shall be deemed to have accepted in full the Buyer Closing Date Balance Sheet, and, for purposes of determining the Closing Payment, such Buyer Closing Date Balance Sheet shall prepare become final, binding and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB conclusive upon Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries Company. In the event any Closing Notice of Disagreement is properly and timely provided, Buyer and the Company shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts for a period of fifteen (15) days (or such longer period as of they may mutually agree) to resolve any Disputed Closing Date Balance Sheet Line Items. During the aforesaid thirty (30) day period and until the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Date Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which Sheet shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation offinally determined as provided herein, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity Buyer and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital Company shall cooperate with each other and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with shall have reasonable access to the books and records, working papers, schedules and calculations of the other, in order to prepare, or used in the preparation of, their respective Closing Date Balance Sheet. If, at the end of such period, Buyer and the Company are unable to resolve all Disputed Closing Date Balance Sheet Line Items, then any such remaining Disputed Closing Date Balance Sheet Line Items shall be referred to an independent accounting firm jointly designated by Buyer and the Company (the “Accounting Firm”); provided, however, that in the event Buyer and the Company cannot mutually agree as to the designation of the Accounting Firm, each such Party will designate an accounting firm, and the two accounting firms will designate a third accounting firm to act as the Accounting Firm. (C) Buyer and the Company will enter into reasonable and customary arrangements for the services to be rendered by the Accounting Firm under this Section 1.4(c), such services to be provided in the Accounting Firm’s capacity as an accounting expert and not an arbitrator. The Accounting Firm shall be directed to determine as promptly as practicable (and Buyer and the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such determination to occur within thirty (30) days) the resolution of the Disputed Closing Date Balance Sheet Line Items. In making any determination of the Disputed Closing Date Balance Sheet Line Items, the Accounting Firm may not assign a value greater than the greatest value for such item claimed by either Party or smaller than the smallest value for such item claimed by either Party, and the Accounting Firm may only make a determination regarding the matters in dispute between Buyer and the Company. Buyer and the Company shall each furnish to the Accounting Firm such work papers and other documents and information relating to the Disputed Closing Date Balance Sheet Line Items, and shall provide access to personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyeranswer questions, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review Accounting Firm may reasonably request. The determination of the Seller Disputed Closing Date Balance Sheet or Line Items by the IDB Accounting Firm shall be set forth in writing and shall be final, conclusive and binding on Buyer and the Company for purposes of determining the Closing Date Balance Sheet, as applicableabsent fraud or manifest error, and shall be based solely on the terms of this Agreement and the written submissions by Buyer and the Company and not by independent review or investigation. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after The Parties agree that judgment may be entered upon the later delivery award of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet Accounting Firm in which any court having jurisdiction pursuant to provide Section 8.15 hereof. (D) Subject to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Itemsnext sentence, each Party shall be deemed responsible for its own fees and expenses incurred in connection with this Section 1.4(c). Buyer and the Company shall each pay one half of the fees and expenses payable to have accepted all items and amounts contained the Accounting Firm in connection with resolving any dispute under this Section 1.4(c), except that in the Seller event that one Party’s determination of the Disputed Closing Date Balance Sheet Line Items as a whole varies by 20% or more from the IDB Buyer determination of the Disputed Closing Date Balance Sheet, Sheet Line Items as applicable, delivered a whole by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacityAccounting Firm hereunder, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection Party shall be made pursuant to solely responsible for the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs fees and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller Accounting Firm. (E) Promptly following (x) the Disputed Closing Date Balance Sheet Line Items have been finally determined or (y) the Closing Date Balance Sheet has been finally determined pursuant to Section 1.4(c)(ii)(B), Buyer shall prepare, and IDB Buyer in relative proportion deliver to the amount by which Company, the aggregate Closing Date Balance Sheet and the calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from Closing Payment, as adjusted by, as applicable (1) increasing the calculation to be made amount thereof by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agreesexcess, if requested any, of the Closing Working Capital shown on the Closing Date Balance Sheet over the Target Working Capital, or (2) decreasing the amount thereof by the Independent Accountant Arbitratorexcess, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to if any, of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position Target Working Capital over the Closing Working Capital shown on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Date Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or Closing Payment, as so adjusted, being hereinafter referred to as the IDB Buyer “Final Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"Payment”), whereupon the following adjustments payment shall be effectedmade as hereinafter provided: (i1) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash AllocationClosing Payment exceeds the Closing Payment by $50,000 or more, then IDB Buyer shall (or pay to the Company an amount in cash equal to such excess, in accordance with such payment instructions as the Company shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller.designate; or (ii2) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in Closing Payment exceeds the Final Available Cash AllocationClosing Payment by $50,000 or more, then Seller the Company shall pay to Buyer an amount in cash equal to such excess, in accordance with such payment instructions as Buyer shall designate; provided that, (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to3) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event payment shall Seller be required under this Section 1.4(c) if the difference between the Target Working Capital and the Closing Working Capital shown on the Closing Date Balance Sheet, as finally determined, is less than $50,000.00. (F) Any amount payable pursuant to pay an amount in excess Section 1.4(c) shall be paid within five (5) Business Days after the delivery of the Excess Cash AmountClosing Date Balance Sheet via wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated by the recipient thereof. (G) Payments pursuant to Section 1.4(c) shall be treated for all purposes as adjustments to the Purchase Price.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Asset Purchase Agreement (Pfsweb Inc)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 days following after the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB US Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller Parent a consolidated statement setting forth its calculation of the Closing Working Capital, Closing Cash, Closing Indebtedness, Transaction Expenses and all amounts owed to or from the LiveArea Companies and any Related Party or Sellers or their Affiliates (excluding the LiveArea Companies) pursuant to the agreements described in Section 7.02(m) or otherwise (and reasonable supporting documentation related thereto), which statement shall contain an unaudited balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries LiveArea Companies as of the Closing Date (without giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocationtransactions contemplated herein) (the "IDB “Closing Statement”) and a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of US Buyer that the unaudited balance sheet of the LiveArea Companies as of the Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be Date was prepared in conformity accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Exhibit A. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related post-closing adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within equal to the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award sum of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. following: (eA) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and if there was a Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (Reduction and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB BuyerClosing Working Capital exceeds Estimated Closing Working Capital, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) excess up to Seller. a maximum of the Working Capital Closing Reduction expressed as a positive number, (iiB) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the there was no Working Capital Closing Reduction and Closing Working Capital exceeds Target Working Capital, $0, (C) if there was a Working Capital Closing Reduction and Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash AllocationClosing Working Capital exceeds Closing Working Capital, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(esexcess expressed as a negative number, (D) if there was no Working Capital Closing Reduction and Target Working Capital exceeds Closing Working Capital, the amount of such excess expressed as a negative number, (E) Closing Cash minus Estimated Closing Cash, (F) Estimated Closing Indebtedness minus Closing Indebtedness,(G) Estimated Transaction Expenses minus Transaction Expenses, (H) all amounts owed to the LiveArea Companies from any Related Party or Sellers or their Affiliates (excluding the LiveArea Companies) pursuant to the agreements described in Section 7.02(m) or otherwise as of the Closing Date to the extent that the LiveArea Companies received one or more payments of cash for such amounts within 60 days after the Closing Date, subject to a cap of $1,000,000 and reduced by (I) fifty percent (50%) to IDB Buyerthe extent any of such amounts relate to receivables from parties domiciled in India, and (II) fourteen and one-half percent (14.5%) to the extent any of such amounts relate to receivables from parties domiciled in Bulgaria, expressed as a positive number, and (I) all amounts owed by the LiveArea Companies to any Related Party or Sellers or their Affiliates (excluding the LiveArea Companies) pursuant to the agreements described in Section 7.02(m) or otherwise as of the Closing Date , expressed as a negative number (collectively, the “Post-Closing Adjustment”). Notwithstanding If the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubtPost-Closing Adjustment is a positive number, in no event US Buyer shall Seller be required pay to pay Sellers (other than RevTech Solutions) an amount in excess equal to the Post-Closing Adjustment as an adjustment to the LA US Purchase Price. If the Post-Closing Adjustment is a negative number, Sellers (other than RevTech Solutions) shall pay to US Buyer an amount equal to the absolute value of the Excess Cash AmountPost-Closing Adjustment as an adjustment to the LA US Purchase Price (e.g., a ($100,000) Post-Closing Adjustment would result in a $100,000 payment to US Buyer).

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Stock Purchase Agreement (Pfsweb Inc)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 one-hundred twenty (120) days following after the Closing Date, Seller the Purchaser shall prepare (in accordance with US GAAP) and deliver cause to IDB Buyer be delivered to the Vendor a consolidated balance sheet of written statement (the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as “Final Closing Statement”) setting forth, in reasonable detail, the Purchaser’s good faith calculations of the Closing Working Capital, Indebtedness and Transaction Expenses and also setting forth the Purchaser’s good faith calculation of the Final Cash Consideration based on the foregoing, together with all supporting documentation required to support the calculations contained in the Final Closing Statement. (giving effect b) If the Estimated Cash Consideration is greater than the Final Cash Consideration (as finally determined in accordance with this Section 2.4), then the Vendor shall pay the amount of such excess to the Purchaser (a “Post-Closing Reduction Amount”) by way of wire transfer to an account designated by the Purchaser. If the Estimated Available Cash AllocationConsideration is equal to the Final Cash Consideration (as finally determined in accordance with this Section 2.4), there shall be no adjustment made to the Final Cash Consideration or otherwise pursuant to this Section 2.4). If the Estimated Cash Consideration is less than the Final Cash Consideration (as finally determined in accordance with this Section 2.4), then the Purchaser shall pay the amount of such difference to the Vendor (a “Post-Closing Increase Amount”). The parties agree however that any increase or decrease in the Final Cash Consideration attributable solely to an increase or decrease in Closing Working Capital shall not exceed $106,500. The parties agree to treat any Post-Closing Reduction Amount or any Post-Closing Increase Amount as an adjustment to the Final Cash Consideration unless otherwise required by applicable Law. Any payments or receipts made pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be treated as an adjustment to the Purchase Price by the parties for Tax purposes, unless otherwise required by Law. (c) After receipt of the Final Closing Statement, the Vendor shall have thirty (30) days (the "Seller “Review Period”) to review the Final Closing Balance Sheet")Statement. During the Review Period, which the Vendor and its accountant shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with have reasonable access upon reasonable prior written notice during normal business hours to the preparation of, personnel and using Representatives of the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used Purchaser involved in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial StatementsFinal Closing Statement, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Dateany documents, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those schedules or working papers used by them in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Final Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant ArbitratorStatement. (d) If there is a referral On or before the last day of the Review Period, the Vendor may object to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested Final Closing Statement by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit delivering to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointmentPurchaser a notice in writing setting forth the Vendor’s objections in reasonable detail, a written statement summarizing its position on indicating each disputed item or amount and the Disputed Itemsbasis for each such objection thereto (the “Objection Notice”). If the Vendor fails to deliver the Objection Notice within the Review Period, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item Purchaser’s Final Closing Statement shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation the Vendor and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of final and binding and used in computing the amounts that were transferred Post-Closing Reduction Amount or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Post-Closing Increase Amount, as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Sellerapplicable. (iie) if If the Purchaser and the Vendor are unable to resolve any Objection Notice within thirty (30) days after delivery of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash AllocationObjection Notice, then Seller the Purchaser and the Vendor shall (or shall cause follow the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.dispute resolution procedure set forth at Schedule B.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Share Purchase Agreement (Akerna Corp.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (ai) Within 90 As soon as practicable, but no later than ninety (90) days following after the Closing Date, Seller Buyer shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer Sellers a consolidated statement setting forth its calculation of Closing Working Capital (as measured against Target Working Capital), Indebtedness, Transaction Expenses, and the resulting calculation of the Closing Consideration, calculated in a manner consistent with the account categories used in the Estimated Closing Statement, which statement shall also contain a balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Business as of the Closing Effective Time (without giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocationtransactions contemplated herein) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"Statement”), which shall be together with reasonable supporting documentation and a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of Buyer that the Closing Statement was prepared in conformity good faith and in accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures principles, policies and procedures, in all material respects, with consistent classifications, judgments and estimation methods as those methodologies that were used in the preparation of the balance sheet Annual Financial Statements for the most recent fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included end (to the extent the same are in the GFI Financial Statements, accordance with GAAP) as if such accounts were being prepared and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries audited as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Sellerend. (ii) if any The post-closing adjustment shall be an amount equal to the aggregate Closing Consideration (as adjusted pursuant to the Closing Statement) minus the Estimated Closing Consideration (the “Post-Closing Adjustment”). If the Post-Closing Adjustment is a positive number, Buyer shall pay to Sellers an amount equal to the Post-Closing Adjustment. If the Post-Closing Adjustment is a negative number, Sellers shall pay to Buyer an amount equal to the Post-Closing Adjustment. Any payment of the amounts Post-Closing Adjustment shall (A) be due either (x) within five (5) Business Days of acceptance of the applicable Closing Statement or (y) if there are Disputed Amounts, then within five (5) Business Days of the resolution described in Section 2.06(c)(v) below; and (B) be paid by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account as is directed by Buyer or Sellers, as the case may be; provided, that were transferred or retained any Post-Closing Adjustment not paid by Sellers within five (5) Business Days shall be paid by wire transfer of immediately available funds by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in Escrow Agent from the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in Escrow Amount. If the Post-Closing Adjustment to be paid by the Sellers exceeds the Escrow Amount, the Sellers shall pay (or cause to be paid) an amount equal to such excess to Buyer not later than five (5) Business Days after final determination of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained Post-Closing Adjustment pursuant to this Section 2.06, by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account specified by Buyer. Buyer and Seller shall (or shall cause promptly deliver joint written instructions to the Escrow Agent instructing the Escrow Agent to deliver the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries toamounts due to the Buyer pursuant to this Section 2.03(b)(iii). Sellers shall promptly, and in any event within ten (10) pay Business Days, deposit with the Escrow Agent the amount of such excess(es) any Post-Closing Adjustment paid to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding Buyer from the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Escrow Amount.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Asset Purchase Agreement (Myers Industries Inc)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (ai) Within 90 forty-five (45) days following after the Closing DateDate (the “45-Day Period”), Seller Purchaser shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer the Seller Representative a consolidated balance sheet statement (the “Closing Purchase Price Statement”) setting forth Purchaser’s calculation of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries actual Closing Purchase Price and all components thereof, which shall include (a) the Closing Book Value as of the Closing (Reference Time without giving effect to any of the Estimated Available Cash Allocationtransactions contemplated by this Agreement (such amount as determined pursuant to this Section 2.03, the “Final Closing Book Value”) and the resulting Closing Book Value Shortage (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"if any), which and (b) the Company Expenses as of immediately prior to Closing (such amount as determined pursuant to this Section 2.03, the “Final Company Expenses”), in each case, as determined in accordance with the Accounting Principles, together with reasonably detailed related supporting schedules, calculations and documentation. The Closing Purchase Price Statement shall be prepared in conformity accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures principles, policies and procedures, with consistent classifications, judgments and valuation and estimation methods as those methodologies that were used in the preparation of the balance sheet Annual Financial Statements for the most recent fiscal year ended December 31end. If Purchaser does not deliver the Closing Purchase Price Statement to the Seller Representative within the 45-Day Period, 2013at the election of the Seller Representative, included (x) Purchaser will be deemed to have waived the right to object to any items set forth in the GFI Financial StatementsEstimated Purchase Price Statement and all such items will be deemed to be Final for purposes of determining the Post-Closing Adjustment, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at as described below in this Section 2.03, or (y) the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall Representative may prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and Purchaser, no later than fifteen (15) days after the IDB Subsidiaries as of 45-Day Period, the Closing Purchase Price Statement (giving effect to as prepared by Seller, the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer “Seller Closing Balance Sheet" and together with Purchase Price Statement”). The Seller Representative will include in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, Purchase Price Statement materials showing in reasonable detail the "Seller Representative’s support and calculations for the amounts included in the Seller Closing Balance Sheets"), which Purchase Price Statement. The Seller Closing Purchase Price Statement shall be prepared in conformity accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures principles, policies and procedures, with consistent classifications, judgments and valuation and estimation methods as those methodologies that were used in the preparation of the balance sheet Annual Financial Statements for the most recent fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Sellerend. (ii) if any In the event that the Closing Purchase Price as Finally determined pursuant to this Section 2.03 is greater than the Estimated Purchase Price, then Purchaser and the Seller Representative shall direct the Escrow Agent to pay to the Seller Representative the entirety of the amounts that were transferred or retained by Escrow Amount and Purchaser shall pay to the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Representative an amount equal to such excess, if any. If the Closing Purchase Price as provided in Finally determined pursuant to this Section 2.03 is equal to or less than the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by Purchase Price, then Purchaser and the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in Representative shall direct the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) Escrow Agent to pay to Purchaser the amount of such excess(es) difference (such difference, the “Return Amount”), up to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for amount of the avoidance of doubtEscrow Amount, in no event shall Seller be required and, simultaneously, to pay to the Seller Representative the remaining balance, if any, of the Escrow Amount after payment of the Return Amount. If the Escrow Amount is less than the amount due by Sellers under this Section 2.03 (such amount, the “Purchase Price Overage”), each Seller shall pay to Purchaser, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, to an account designated in writing by Purchaser, an amount in excess equal to such Seller’s Post-Closing Percentage of the Excess Cash AmountPurchase Price Overage within five (5) Business Days. The applicable adjusting payment to be made hereunder is the “Post-Closing Adjustment.” The Seller Representative shall promptly deliver to each Seller such Seller’s Post-Closing Percentage of any funds received by the Seller Representative pursuant to this Section 2.03(b)(ii).

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Membership Interest Purchase Agreement (Northrim Bancorp Inc)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (ai) Within 90 days following after the Closing Date, Seller shall New Holdco will prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer the ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇ Parties a consolidated statement setting forth its calculation of Closing Working Capital, which statement will contain a balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Remington Companies (other than Marietta Leasehold LP) on a consolidated basis as of the Closing Date (without giving effect to any of the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"Transactions), which shall be a balance sheet of Marietta Leasehold LP on a consolidated basis as of the Closing Date (without giving effect to any of the Transactions), the Non-Current Stock Plan Liability as of the Closing Date, the Closing Working Capital Statement and a certificate of the senior accounting officer of New Holdco that (x) the Closing Working Capital Statement (other than the Non-Current Stock Plan Liability and Estimated Pro Rated Incentive Fees) was prepared in conformity accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures principles, policies and procedures, with consistent classifications, judgments and valuation and estimation methods as those methodologies that were used in the preparation of the balance sheet for Audited 2018 Carve-Out Financial Statements (in the case Remington and its consolidated subsidiaries) and the Audited 2018 Marietta Financial Statements (in the case of Marietta Leasehold LP) as if such Closing Working Capital Statement were being prepared and audited as of a fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statementsend, and which shall include (y) the Non-Current Stock Plan Liability was calculated applying the same methods, practices, principles, policies and procedures, with consistent classifications, judgments and valuation and estimation methodologies that were used to calculate the Non-Current Stock Plan Liability set forth in Schedule 3.06(a) but with a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries determination date as of the Closing (giving effect to Date. For the avoidance of doubt, the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" Pro Rated Incentive Fees and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which Estimated Pro Rated Bonus Liabilities for this purpose shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methodsas the Estimated Pro Rated Incentive Fees and Estimated Pro Rated Bonus Liabilities, policiesrespectively, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party provided pursuant to Section 2.7(a2.06(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if any of If the amounts that were transferred or retained by Post-Closing Adjustment is a positive number, New Holdco will promptly pay to the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇ Parties in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay cash an amount equal to the Post-Closing Adjustment. Subject to Section 11.01, if the Post-Closing Adjustment is a negative number, the ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇ Parties will promptly pay to New Holdco in excess of cash an amount equal to the Excess Cash AmountPost-Closing Adjustment.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Combination Agreement (Ashford Inc.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (ai) Within 90 days following after the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller the Sellers’ Representative a consolidated statement setting forth its calculation of Closing Working Capital, which statement shall contain an audited balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries Company as of the Closing Date (without giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) transactions contemplated herein), a calculation of Closing Working Capital (the "IDB “Closing Working Capital Statement”) and a certificate executed by an executive officer of Buyer (solely in his or her capacity of such) that the Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be Working Capital Statement was prepared in conformity accordance with GAAP applied on a basis accounting principles consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used applied in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31Letter of Understanding dated November 3, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller2016. (ii) if any of The post-closing adjustment shall be an amount equal to the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in Closing Working Capital minus the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were Closing Working Capital (the “Post-Closing Adjustment”). The Escrow Agreement shall provide that if the Post-Closing Adjustment is a negative number then the Escrow Agent shall promptly, but in excess any event on or prior to the 5th Business Day following the receipt of written instructions to the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by Escrow Agent from the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash AllocationBuyer, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay release the amount of such excess(es) Post-Closing Adjustment from the escrow account to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing Buyer in immediately available funds and for the avoidance remaining Escrow Amount, if any, shall be reduced by the amount of doubtsuch Post-Closing Adjustment; provided, however, that any such Post-Closing Adjustment may, in no event the Buyer’s sole discretion, be set off against any Earnout Amounts earned pursuant to Section 2.08. If the Post-Closing Adjustment is a positive amount (any such positive amount, the “Working Capital Surplus”), then the Buyer shall pay directly to each Seller be required to pay an amount in excess equal to such Seller’s Pro Rata Share of the Excess Cash AmountWorking Capital Surplus (the “Sellers’ Working Capital Payment”).

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Share Purchase Agreement (AstroNova, Inc.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. Within one hundred twenty (a120) Within 90 days following after the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet reconciliation statement (the “Reconciliation Statement”) of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as Real Estate Taxes, Rent, Operating Expenses and Seller’s Utilities for the Property (collectively, the “Prorated Items”) for the period starting January 1 of the calendar year in which Closing occurs and ending on the Closing Date (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller “Seller’s Closing Balance Sheet"Year Ownership Period”), which Reconciliation Statement shall be prepared include reasonable back-up documentation for the Prorated Items attributable to Seller’s Closing Year Ownership Period (to the extent in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, Seller’s possession) and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation shall set forth calculations of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, Tenants’ payments made and which shall include outstanding amounts owed by such Tenants relative to such Prorated Items. For a calculation period of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 up to thirty (30) days following the Closing DateSeller’s delivery of such Reconciliation Statement, IDB Seller and Buyer shall prepare use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve any issues with respect to such Reconciliation Statement and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet agree upon such Reconciliation Statement. By not later than thirty (30) days after the agreement of IDB Buyer and Seller on the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheetfinalized Reconciliation Statement, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide remit to the other Party a notice setting forthparty any adjusting payment necessary to effectuate the intention of this Section 13 that the Prorated Items shall have been prorated as of the Closing Date, with Seller responsible for Real Estate Taxes, Operating Expenses and Seller’s Utilities and entitled to Rent attributable to the period prior to the Closing Date and ▇▇▇▇▇ responsible for Real Estate Taxes, Operating Expenses and Seller’s Utilities and entitled to Rent attributable to the period on and after the Closing Date, in detaileach case except as expressly provided by this Section 13. Thereafter, ▇▇▇▇▇ shall be solely responsible for performing any good faith dispute reconciliations with Tenants under the Leases, whether attributable to Seller’s Closing Year Ownership Period or otherwise. Except as to any item or amount reflected expressly provided in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth thereinthis Section 13(e), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later adjustment after Closing of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts prorations that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries made at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to SellerClosing. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Real Estate Purchase Agreement (Seritage Growth Properties)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 days following the The Post-Closing Date, Seller Adjustment shall prepare and deliver be paid to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect Parent or to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods Company Holders as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effectedfollows: (i) if If the Post-Closing Adjustment is a positive amount, then Parent shall promptly (and no later than five (5) Business Days following final determination thereof) pay to each Company Holder through the Paying Agent pursuant to the Paying Agent Agreement in cash an amount equal to the product of (A) the Post-Closing Adjustment multiplied by (B) such Company Holder’s Specified Percentage in accordance with the instructions provided in such Company Holder’s Letter of Transmittal; provided that, any amount to be paid to an Optionholder or to a holder of Company Restricted Stock pursuant to this paragraph shall instead be paid to the amounts that were transferred or retained Surviving Corporation and then promptly (but in no event later than four (4) Business Days after such determination) remitted by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess Surviving Corporation to any such Optionholder or holder of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred Company Restricted Stock by check, direct deposit or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount wire transfer of such excess(es) to Sellerimmediately available funds. (ii) if any If the Post-Closing Adjustment is a negative amount, then, subject to the Letter Agreement, Parent and the Company Holders’ Representative shall promptly (and no later than four (4) Business Days following the final determination thereof) provide a joint written instruction to the Escrow Agent to deliver promptly from the Adjustment Escrow Account to Parent an amount equal to the lesser of the amounts that were transferred or retained by Post-Closing Adjustment and the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in Adjustment Escrow Amount, up to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess full amount of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by Adjustment Escrow Amount. (iii) If the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided Post-Closing Adjustment is zero, no payment in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall respect thereof will be made. (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries toiv) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess Payments of the Excess Cash AmountPost-Closing Adjustment as a result of this Section 3.13 will be deemed adjustments to the Merger Consideration.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Merger Agreement (National General Holdings Corp.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 As soon as practicable, but no later than sixty (60) days following after the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller Parent a consolidated balance sheet statement (the “Closing Statement”) setting forth Buyer’s calculation of IDB Buyer (i) the Closing Date Cash, (ii) the Closing Date Indebtedness, (iii) the Closing Date Working Capital and (iv) the IDB Subsidiaries as “Final Purchase Price”, which shall equal (A) the Base Payment, plus (B) the amount of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Date Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure minus (C) the amount of Available Cashthe Closing Date Indebtedness, plus (D) the Closing Date Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgmentsAdjustment (which, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, may be a positive or negative number). Buyer’s calculations set forth in no event the Closing Statement (collectively, the “Proposed Purchase Price Calculations”) shall Seller be required delivered with reasonable supporting detail with respect to pay an amount the calculation of such amounts. If Buyer does not deliver a Closing Statement to Parent within such sixty (60)-day period, the Closing Notice and applicable calculations set forth therein shall conclusively be deemed to be the Closing Statement; it being understood that Parent shall have the right to deliver a Purchase Price Dispute Notice and exercise its rights set forth in excess this Section 2.08 in respect of such deemed Closing Statement to reflect a more accurate calculation of the Excess Cash AmountFinal Purchase Price as compared to the calculation of the Estimated Purchase Price as set forth in the Closing Notice. (b) Within forty-five (45) days of receipt of the Closing Statement, Parent may provide written notice to Buyer disputing all or a part of the Proposed Purchase Price Calculations (such notice, a “Purchase Price Dispute Notice”). If Parent does not provide a Purchase Price Dispute Notice to Buyer within such forty-five (45)-day period, then the parties agree that the Proposed Purchase Price Calculations set forth in the Closing Statement shall be deemed final and binding on the parties hereto. If a Purchase Price Dispute Notice is provided to Buyer, then Buyer and Parent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve the disputed items during the thirty (30)-day period commencing on the date of Buyer’s receipt of the Purchase Price Dispute Notice (the “Resolution Period”). In the event that Buyer and Parent resolve in writing all disputed items within the Resolution Period, such amounts so agreed in writing by Buyer and Parent will be final and binding on the parties hereto. (c) If Parent and Buyer do not agree upon a final resolution with respect to any disputed items within the Resolution Period, then the remaining items in dispute shall be submitted immediately to a mutually agreeable accounting firm to be determined by Parent and Buyer, or, if such firm declines to be retained to resolve the dispute, another nationally recognized, independent accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Buyer and Parent (in either case, the “Accounting Firm”). The parties agree to instruct the Accounting Firm to render a determination of the applicable dispute within forty-five (45) days after referral of the matter to such Accounting Firm, which determination must be in writing and must set forth, in reasonable detail, the basis therefor. The terms of appointment and engagement of the Accounting Firm shall be as agreed upon between Parent and Buyer as promptly as reasonably practicable, acting reasonably and in good faith, and any associated engagement fees shall be initially borne fifty percent (50%) by Parent and fifty percent (50%) by Buyer; provided that such fees shall ultimately be borne by Parent and Buyer in inverse proportion as they may prevail on matters resolved by the Accounting Firm, which proportionate allocations shall also be determined by the Accounting Firm at the time the determination of the Accounting Firm is rendered on the merits of the disputed items. For example, should the items in dispute total in amount to $1,000 and the Accounting Firm awards $600 in favor of Parent’s position, sixty percent (60%) of the costs of its review would be borne by Buyer and forty percent (40%) of the costs would be borne by Parent. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, all other costs and expenses incurred by the parties hereto in connection with resolving any dispute hereunder before the Accounting Firm shall be borne by the party incurring such cost and expense. In resolving the disputed items, the Accounting Firm (A) shall be bound by the provisions of this Section 2.08, (B) shall act as expert and not as arbitrator, (C) may not assign a value to any item greater than the greatest value claimed for such item or less than the smallest value for such item claimed by either Buyer or Parent and (D) shall limit its decision to such items as are in dispute and to only those adjustments as are necessary for the Proposed Purchase Price Calculations to comply with the provisions of this Agreement. Such determination of the Accounting Firm shall, absent manifest error or fraud, be conclusive, final and binding upon the parties hereto. (d) The parties agree that they will, and agree to cause their respective Representatives to, cooperate and assist in the calculation of the Final Purchase Price and in the conduct of the review by the Accounting Firm of any proposed calculations of the Final Purchase Price or the components thereof, including the making available, to the extent necessary, of books, records, work papers and personnel. (e) If the Final Purchase Price is equal to or greater than the Estimated Purchase Price, then Buyer shall promptly (but in any event within ten (10) Business Days after the date on which the Final Purchase Price is determined pursuant to this Section 2.08) pay to Parent or any other Affiliate of Parent as designated by Parent in writing, an aggregate cash amount equal to such excess (if any), by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account or accounts as directed by Parent in the Closing Notice (or such other accounts as Parent shall designate in writing to Buyer). (f) If the Estimated Purchase Price is greater than the Final Purchase Price, then Parent shall promptly (but in any event within ten (10) Business Days after the date on which the Final Purchase Price is determined pursuant to this Section 2.08) pay to Buyer an aggregate cash amount equal to such excess (if any), by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account or accounts as Buyer shall designate in writing to Parent. (g) Any amount paid pursuant to this Section 2.08 shall be treated as an adjustment to the Closing Payment for tax reporting purposes.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement (Campbell Soup Co)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 ninety (90) days following after the Closing Date, Seller Sellers shall prepare prepare, or cause to be prepared, and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries calculation as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet")Date, which statement shall be prepared in conformity accordance with GAAP GAAP, consistently applied on a basis consistent with the preparation ofby Sellers, except as otherwise required by this Agreement, and using shall set forth the same accounting methodsCurrent Assets and Current Liabilities of Sellers as of the Closing Date and the Average Eight Month EBUs as of the Closing Date (the "Preliminary Closing Adjustment Statement"), policiestogether with a copy of any working papers relating to such Preliminary Closing Adjustment Statement and such other supporting evidence as Buyer may reasonably request either prior to or after the delivery thereof. Buyer shall cooperate in providing to Sellers all relevant books, practices, procedures records and estimation methods as those used personnel of the CATV Business in order to facilitate the preparation of the balance sheet for Preliminary Closing Adjustment Statement and shall have the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in right to examine all records used to prepare the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Preliminary Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common EquityAdjustment Statement. (b) Following delivery In the event that Sellers fail to deliver to Buyer the Preliminary Closing Adjustment Statement within such 90-day period, then Buyer shall be entitled to deliver to Sellers the Preliminary Closing Adjustment Statement, in which case the provisions of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior this Section 2.05 relating to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected parties' roles in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash preparation and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party review process shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a)reversed. (c) For 30 In the event Buyer determines that the Preliminary Closing Adjustment Statement does not accurately reflect the final calculation of the Purchase Price or the adjustments and prorations to be made to the Base Price in accordance with this Agreement, Buyer shall, within forty-five (45) days after the later delivery receipt of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Preliminary Closing Adjustment Statement, so inform Sellers in writing (the "Buyer's Objection"), Seller setting forth the basis of the Buyer's Objection. In the event of the Buyer's Objection, Buyer and IDB Buyer Sellers shall endeavor in good faith attempt to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Itemsthe differences underlying the Buyer's Objection within thirty (30) days of Sellers' receipt thereof. If, for any reason, Seller If Sellers and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item all their differences within such 30 thirty (30) day period, Seller they shall refer their remaining differences to Ernst & Young, certified public accountants, or such other nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants as to which Buyer and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP Sellers may mutually agree (the "Independent Accountant ArbitratorCPA Firm"), who shall, acting as experts and not as arbitrators, determine on the basis of the standard set forth in Section 2.04(a) hereof and only with respect to the remaining differences so submitted, whether and to what extent, if any, the Preliminary Closing Adjustment Statement requires adjustment. The CPA Firm will base its determination only on evidence brought to it by the parties and shall not conduct an audit, but may conduct such testing procedures as it determines are appropriate to make a such determination as on the evidence brought to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling it. The CPA Firm shall deliver its written determination to serve in this capacity, then Seller Buyer and IDB Buyer shall within 14 Sellers no later than 60 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection remaining differences underlying the Buyer's Objection are referred to the CPA Firm. The CPA Firm's determination shall be made pursuant to conclusive and binding upon the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunderparties. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Asset Purchase Agreement (Frontiervision Capital Corp)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (ai) Within 90 sixty (60) days following after the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated statement (the “Closing Working Capital Statement”), which includes the final balance sheet of IDB Buyer Seller as of immediately prior to the Closing (the “Closing Balance Sheet”), together with a statement setting forth Buyer’s calculation of Closing Working Capital. The Closing Working Capital Statement shall be determined in accordance with the Closing Working Capital Methodology. (ii) The Preliminary Purchase Price shall be adjusted consistent with Section 2.05 based on the Estimated Closing Capital and shall be subject to further adjustment after the IDB Subsidiaries Closing as set forth in this Section 2.07, based upon the Closing Working Capital. Upon determination by the Parties of the Closing (giving effect Working Capital, pursuant to this Section 2.07, the Preliminary Purchase Price shall be increased by the amount, if any, by which the Closing Working Capital exceeds the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated or decreased by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of Estimated Closing Working Capital exceeds the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessaryClosing Working Capital. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item “Post-Closing Adjustment” shall be an amount within equal to the range established Closing Working Capital minus the Estimated Closing Working Capital. If the Post-Closing Adjustment is a positive number, Buyer shall pay to Seller an amount equal to the Post-Closing Adjustment. If the Post-Closing Adjustment is a negative number, Seller Parties shall pay to Buyer an amount equal to the Post-Closing Adjustment. The Preliminary Purchase Price as so adjusted pursuant to this Section 2.07, plus any amount released to Seller from the Escrow Fund in accordance with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, this Agreement and the applicable Dispute NoticeEscrow Agreement, on is referred to as the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9“Purchase Price. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Asset Purchase Agreement (Intellinetics, Inc.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (ai) Within 90 45 days following after the Closing Date, Seller Purchaser shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer the Member Representative a statement, which statement shall be substantially in the form of Section 2.07 of the Disclosure Schedules (the “Closing Statement”), attaching the following items and certifying as to Purchaser’s good faith preparation and calculation of the following items: (A) an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Target as of 11:59 P.M., Dallas, Texas time, on the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) Date (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with ; (B) the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Closing Working Capital derived from based on the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity together with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries variance between the Estimated Closing Working Capital and Tangible Common EquityClosing Working Capital; (C) the Closing Accrued Tax Amount (including each component item), together with a calculation of the variance between the Estimated Closing Accrued Tax Amount and the Closing Accrued Tax Amount; (D) the Closing Indebtedness (including each component item), together with a calculation of the variance between the Estimated Closing Indebtedness and the Closing Indebtedness; and (E) a calculation of the Post-Closing Adjustment. (ii) After each of the Closing Working Capital, Closing Accrued Tax Amount, and Closing Indebtedness has been finally determined in accordance with this Section 2.07 (the Closing Working Capital, Closing Accrued Tax Amount and Closing Indebtedness, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyercase, as applicableso finally determined being referred to herein as the “Final Closing Working Capital”, in connection with such other Party's review of “Final Closing Accrued Tax Amount”, and “Final Closing Indebtedness”), the Seller Aggregate Merger Consideration shall be, if necessary, further adjusted to reflect the Post-Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance SheetAdjustment, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller follows: The “Final Post-Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item Adjustment Amount” shall be an amount within equal to the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in Final Closing Working Capital, minus the Seller Final Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one handAccrued Tax Amount, and minus the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicableFinal Closing Indebtedness. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items “Estimated Post-Closing Adjustment Amount” shall be final and binding onan amount equal the Estimated Closing Working Capital, minus the Estimated Closing Accrued Tax Amount, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in minus the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in Closing Indebtedness. If the Final Available Cash AllocationPost-Closing Adjustment Amount is greater than the Estimated Post-Closing Adjustment Amount, then IDB Buyer Purchaser shall pay (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(esSurviving Corporation to pay) to Seller. the Members (iion a pro rata basis in accordance with their respective Post-Closing Participating Percentages) if any an amount equal to the absolute value of the amounts that were transferred or retained by difference between the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in Final Post-Closing Adjustment Amount and the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of Post-Closing Adjustment Amount (the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in “Post-Closing Adjustment”). If the Final Available Cash AllocationPost-Closing Adjustment Amount is less than the Estimated Post-Closing Adjustment Amount, then Seller Purchaser shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount be entitled to payment of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount equal to the Post-Closing Adjustment in excess of the Excess Cash Amountaccordance with Section 2.07(d)(vi) below.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Merger Agreement (Teladoc, Inc.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 one hundred twenty (120) days following after the Closing Date, Seller shall Purchaser will prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a the Company Representative (i) an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Company as of the Closing (giving effect to Adjustment Time, prepared in accordance with the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) Accounting Principles (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be and (ii) a statement, prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent good faith and in accordance with the preparation ofAccounting Principles and the applicable definitions contained in this Agreement, setting forth Purchaser’s good faith calculations of Closing Indebtedness, Closing Net Working Capital, Transaction Expenses, Closing Cash, the Deferred Cash Amount and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures resulting Cash Adjustment Amount and estimation methods as those used in the preparation resulting calculation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing final Merger Consideration (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"Statement”), which shall be prepared in conformity together with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet reasonable supporting documentation for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or Statement. If Purchaser fails to deliver the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Statement in accordance with this Section 2.7(a). 2.14(a) within one hundred twenty (c120) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacityClosing Date, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator Purchaser will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion deemed to have irrevocably accepted the amount by which the aggregate Company’s calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant ArbitratorEstimated Closing Indebtedness, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agreesEstimated Closing Net Working Capital, if requested by the Independent Accountant ArbitratorEstimated Transaction Expenses, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, Cash Adjustment Amount and the applicable Dispute Noticeresulting Estimated Merger Consideration, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall in which case, all such amounts will be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in on the parties for purposes of this Section 9.9. 2.14. (eb) No later than 30 Within forty-five (45) days following the later after delivery of the Closing Statement, the Company Representative may dispute Purchaser’s calculation of Closing Indebtedness, Closing Net Working Capital, Transaction Expenses or the resulting final determination Merger Consideration by delivering to Purchaser a written notice (a “Dispute Notice”) setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for each such disputed item. The Company Representative may not in its Dispute Notice change the calculation of any line item included in the Seller calculation of Estimated Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Net Working Capital (as set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (iiClosing Statement) if any such change would, taken on an individual basis, have the result of increasing the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided Estimated Merger Consideration compared to what was reflected in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were Closing Statement, other than to respond to changes in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided such line items set out in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall Closing Statement. Purchaser will (or shall and will cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries Surviving Company to) pay furnish to the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.Company Representative and

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Merger Agreement (Alkami Technology, Inc.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 one hundred twenty (120) days following after the Closing Date, Seller shall Purchaser shall, at its expense, prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer Sellers Representative a consolidated balance sheet of statement (the Seller Retained Subsidiaries “Closing Statement”) calculating the Net Working Capital as of the Closing (giving effect immediately prior to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet")Closing, which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis manner consistent with Schedule 2.3(a) (the preparation of“Closing Net Working Capital”); provided, and using however, that a failure by Purchaser to deliver the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used Closing Statement within such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall not impair Purchaser’s rights under this Section 2.4. Sellers Representative shall reasonably cooperate with Purchaser in the its preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31Closing Statement, 2013, included including by making available individuals and such information as may be reasonably requested by Purchaser in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as connection with Purchaser’s preparation of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common EquityStatement. (b) Following delivery If Sellers Representative disputes any amounts as shown on the Closing Statement, Sellers Representative shall deliver to Purchaser within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet Statement a notice (the “Dispute Notice”) setting forth Sellers Representative’s calculation of Closing Net Working Capital and describing in reasonable detail the basis (including for each component, the difference and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet amount thereof and prior to reasons therefor) for the deadline for delivering determination of such different amount. If Sellers Representative does not deliver a Dispute NoticeNotice to Purchaser within such thirty (30) day period, each the Closing Statement (and the determination of Seller Closing Net Working Capital therein) prepared and IDB Buyer will provide delivered by Purchaser shall be deemed to be the other Party Final Closing Statement and its Representatives the Final Closing Net Working Capital. Any such disputes shall be limited to assertions that the Closing Statement (and the determination of Closing Net Working Capital therein) was not calculated in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Any component not disputed in the Dispute Notice shall be treated as final and binding. Sellers Representative and Purchaser shall use commercially reasonable access efforts to the books and records, personnel and related work papers resolve such differences within a period of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 thirty (30) days after Sellers Representative has given the later delivery of Dispute Notice. If Sellers Representative and Purchaser resolve such differences, the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Statement and the Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Net Working Capital set forth therein) or agreed to by Sellers Representative and Purchaser shall be deemed to be the IDB Buyer Final Closing Balance Sheet (including Statement and Final Closing Net Working Capital. If Sellers Representative and Purchaser do not reach a final resolution on the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, Closing Statement and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute Closing Net Working Capital within thirty (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on 30) days after Sellers Representative has delivered the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"unless Sellers Representative and Purchaser mutually agree to continue their efforts to resolve such differences, the Neutral Accountant shall resolve such differences with respect to the applicable adjustment under this Section 2.4 pursuant to an engagement agreement among Sellers Representative, Purchaser, and the Neutral Accountant (which Sellers Representative and Purchaser agree to execute promptly), in the manner provided in Section 2.6. Other than the Disputed Items, each Party Each of Sellers Representative and Purchaser shall be deemed to have accepted all items executed such engagement agreement if it fails to do so within twenty (20) days of receiving a draft thereof. The Closing Statement and amounts contained in the Seller determination of Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered Net Working Capital therein determined by the other Party pursuant Neutral Accountant shall be deemed to Section 2.7(a)be the Final Closing Statement and the Final Closing Net Working Capital. (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB BuyerPromptly, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not but no later than ten (10) Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of thereof, if the Seller Final Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Net Working Capital set forth therein) or in the IDB Buyer Final Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: Statement: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in exceeds the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash AllocationNet Working Capital, then IDB Buyer Purchaser shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in cash equal to such excess amount to Sellers (in the proportions and to the account or accounts specified in writing by the Sellers Representative); or (ii) is less than the Estimated Net Working Capital, Sellers Representative, on behalf of the Excess Cash AmountSellers, shall pay or cause to be paid an amount in cash equal to such shortfall to Purchaser.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Equity Interest Purchase Agreement (Tetra Technologies Inc)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 forty-five (45) days following the Closing DateClosing, Seller Parent shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer the Escrow Representative (i) a consolidated balance sheet statement (the “Closing Net Debt Statement”), setting forth a calculation of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Net Debt as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation“Closing Net Debt”) and (ii) a schedule (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"Net Working Capital Schedule”), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include setting forth a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Net Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (“Closing Net Working Capital”). The Closing Net Debt Statement and the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which Net Working Capital Schedule shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a the same form and basis using accounting principles, practices and methods consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, preparing Schedules 2.8(d)(i) and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity(ii). (b) Following The Escrow Representative shall have thirty (30) days after the delivery of by Parent to review the Seller Closing Balance Sheet Net Debt Statement and Closing Net Working Capital Schedule. Parent shall, from and after the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute NoticeDate, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party Escrow Representative and its Representatives accountants with reasonable all data and financial statements reasonably requested by the Escrow Representative, and full access to the books and records, personnel any other information, including work of its accountants, and related work papers to any employees to the extent necessary for the Escrow Representative to review the Closing Net Debt Statement and Closing Net Working Capital Schedule. In the event that the Escrow Representative believes in good faith that the Closing Net Debt Statement or Closing Net Working Capital Schedule is not accurate or has not been determined on the basis set forth in Section 2.8(a), the Escrow Representative shall inform Parent in writing (the “Escrow Representative’s Objection”), setting forth a specific description of Seller the basis of the Escrow Representative’s Objection and the adjustments to the Closing Net Debt or IDB BuyerClosing Net Working Capital which the Escrow Representative believes should be made, on or before the last day of such thirty (30) day period. Failure to notify Parent within such thirty (30) day period shall constitute acceptance and approval by the Escrow Representative of Parent’s Closing Net Debt Statement and Closing Net Working Capital Schedule. If the Escrow Representative objects to the Closing Net Debt Statement or Closing Net Working Capital Schedule, Parent shall then have fifteen (15) days to review and respond to the Escrow Representative’s Objection. If any proposed change set forth in the Escrow Representative’s Objection is not accepted by Parent, then Parent shall within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the Escrow Representative’s Objection give written notice to the Escrow Representative of Parent’s objection to such change (the “Parent’s Objection”). Failure to so notify the Escrow Representative within such fifteen (15) day period shall constitute acceptance and approval by Parent of the Escrow Representative’s Objection. Parent’s Closing Net Debt Statement and Closing Net Working Capital Schedule, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, adjusted for any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected matter included in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein)Escrow Representative’s Objection that is not disputed in Parent’s Objection, as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have conclusively accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant Escrow Representative and Parent, except in respect of those matters still in dispute in accordance herewith. For a period of fifteen (15) days after Parent’s Objection (the “Negotiation Period”), the Escrow Representative and Parent shall negotiate in good faith to Section 2.7(a)resolve any remaining disputes as expeditiously as possible. (c) For 30 days after If Parent and the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer Escrow Representative are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day periodall of their disagreements with respect to the determination of Closing Net Debt or Closing Net Working Capital after the expiration of the Negotiation Period, Seller and IDB Buyer they shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP refer their remaining differences to a mutually agreeable nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator"Accounting Firm”), which shall determine solely on the basis of the standard set forth in Section 2.8(a) hereof, and only with respect to the remaining differences and objections so submitted, whether and to what extent, if any, the Closing Net Debt or Closing Net Working Capital requires adjustment. Each of Parent and the Escrow Representative shall make complete submissions to the Independent Accounting Firm within ten (10) days following the engagement of the Independent Accounting Firm. Failure by either party to make a determination as complete submission prior to the Disputed Items; provided that if ten (10) day period will be deemed to be a waiver of such party’s right to make a submission. The parties shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling Accounting Firm to serve deliver its written determination to the Escrow Representative and Parent no later than the twentieth (20th) day after the remaining differences underlying the Escrow Representative’s Objection and Parent’s Objection are referred to the Independent Accounting Firm. The Independent Accounting Firm shall resolve the dispute and determine the Closing Net Debt and Closing Net Working Capital, not on the basis of an independent review, but only within the disputed range and based on the standard set forth in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection Agreement. Such resolution shall be made pursuant set forth in a written statement delivered to Parent and the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm Escrow Representative. The Independent Accounting Firm’s determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunderEscrow Representative and Parent. The fees, costs fees and expenses disbursements of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will Accounting Firm shall be borne shared equally by Seller Parent and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant ArbitratorEscrow Representative. (d) If there is Within ten (10) Business Days following determination of the Closing Net Debt and the Closing Net Working Capital (as finally determined pursuant to this Section 2.8) Parent shall make an adjustment to, and publicly disclose in a referral Form 8-K filed with the SEC its determination of, the maximum number of Earnout Shares issuable pursuant to Section 2.9(b), (c), (d) or (e), as follows: (i) for every dollar by which (a) the Independent Accountant Arbitratornet debt included in Schedule 2.8(d)(i) exceeds the Closing Net Debt and/or (b) the Closing Net Working Capital exceeds the net working capital included in Schedule 2.8(d)(ii), each the Earnout Shares issuable upon the achievement of Seller and IDB Buyer agreesthe First Target, or, if requested the First Target is not achieved, the Second Target, under Section 2.9(b), (c), (d) or (e), as the case may be, shall be increased (without duplication) by an amount equal to (x) $1 divided by (y) the Independent Accountant ArbitratorTrust Value Per Share, and (ii) for every dollar by which (a) the Closing Net Debt exceeds the net debt included in Schedule 2.8(d)(i) and/or (b) the net working capital included in Schedule 2.8(d)(ii) exceeds the Closing Net Working Capital, the Earnout Shares issuable upon the achievement of the First Target, or, if the First Target is not achieved, the Second Target, under Section 2.9(b), (c), (d) or (e), as the case may be, shall be decreased (without duplication) by an amount equal to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit (x) $1 divided by (y) the Trust Value Per Share (the amount of the increase or decrease pursuant to clause (i) or clause (ii) of this Section 2.8 being referred to as the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment“Earnout Adjustment”), a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Itemsin either case, together with interest on the Earnout Adjustment at the rate designated by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as its prime rate in effect on the Closing Date for the period from and including the Closing Date to, but excluding, the date of such supporting documentation as it deems necessaryissuance of such Earnout Shares. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator adjustment to the maximum number of Earnout Shares issuable shall act be treated for all Tax purposes as an arbitrator adjustment to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations Merger Consideration. No fraction of a share of Parent Common Stock will be issued by Seller and IDB Buyervirtue of Section 2.8(d), and not by independent revieweach holder of shares of Company Common Stock and Company Preferred Stock who would otherwise be entitled to a fraction of a share of Parent Common Stock (after aggregating all fractional shares of Parent Common Stock which such holder would otherwise receive) shall, only the Disputed Items subject to compliance with Section 2.10 hereof, receive from Parent, in lieu of such fractional share, a number of shares that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as rounded up to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9next whole number. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Merger Agreement (Columbus Acquisition Corp)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 Buyer shall prepare or cause to be prepared an unaudited balance sheet of Seller as of 12:01 a.m. EST on the Closing Date (the “Closing Balance Sheet”). Buyer shall deliver to Seller, no later than 60 days following after the Closing Date, Seller the Closing Balance Sheet, accompanied by a statement (“Adjusted Working Capital Statement”) setting forth Seller’s adjusted working capital as of 12:01 EST on the Closing Date as calculated by Buyer from the Closing Balance Sheet and in accordance with this Section 3.2.2 and Schedule 3.2.2(a) (“Seller’s Adjusted Working Capital”), which Adjusted Working Capital Statement shall prepare include a detailed calculation of Seller’s Adjusted Working Capital. Except as set forth in this Section 3.2.2 or on Schedule 3.2.2(a), the Closing Balance Sheet and deliver to IDB Buyer the Adjusted Working Capital Statement shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP and in a consolidated balance sheet manner consistent with the preparation of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the Closing (Financial Statements and without giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment transactions contemplated by this Section 2.7 is Agreement. No year-end adjustments shall be made to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Date Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common EquitySheet. (b) Following delivery Seller shall provide written notice to Buyer of any objections to the Adjusted Working Capital Statement (which may include objections to the Closing Balance Sheet) within 30 days after Seller receives the Adjusted Working Capital Statement and the Closing Balance Sheet. If Seller does not provide such written notification to Buyer of any such objections by the end of that 30 day period, then the Adjusted Working Capital Statement and the Closing Balance Sheet, as prepared by Buyer, shall be considered final on the last day of that 30 day period. If Seller does provide such written notification to Buyer of any such objections by the end of that 30 day period, and Buyer and Seller are unable to resolve their differences within 30 days thereafter, then the disputed items on the Adjusted Working Capital Statement shall be submitted to a nationally recognized independent accounting firm as mutually agreed upon by Buyer and Seller for resolution, or if Buyer and Seller are unable to agree on such independent accounting firm, to a certified public accountant selected in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (the accounting firm or certified public accountant making such determination being herein after referred to as the “Arbiter”). The Arbiter shall afford each of Buyer and its representatives and Seller Closing Balance Sheet and its representatives up to 15 days in the aggregate to present their positions as to the disputed items. If either party fails to make such a presentation on a timely basis, the Arbiter shall be required to decide without further delay or extension on the basis of the submissions made to it and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet terms of this Agreement. The Arbiter shall resolve all disputed items in a written determination to be delivered within 15 days following the end of the submission period, provided, however, that any delay in delivering such determination shall not invalidate the award or otherwise deprive the Arbiter of jurisdiction. Such resolution shall be final and prior binding upon the parties and shall be reflected in any necessary revisions to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, Adjusted Working Capital Statement (as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will Arbiter shall be borne paid by Buyer and Seller in inverse proportion as they may prevail on the disputed items resolved by the Arbiter, utilizing the values of such items as initially submitted by the parties to the Arbiter. Such proportional allocations shall be determined by the Arbiter at the time its determination is rendered on the disputed items. (c) To the extent that Seller’s Adjusted Working Capital as of the Closing Date, as finally determined in accordance with Section 3.2.2 (“Final Adjusted Working Capital”), is less than the Estimated Adjusted Working Capital (such difference referred to as the “Working Capital Deficit”), the Purchase Price shall be decreased, dollar for dollar, by the Working Capital Deficit. To the extent that the Final Adjusted Working Capital is more than the Estimated Adjusted Working Capital (such difference referred to as the “Working Capital Surplus”), the Purchase Price shall be increased, dollar for dollar, by the Working Capital Surplus. If applicable, Buyer shall pay to Seller via wire transfer in immediately available funds to an account identified in writing by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion an amount equal to the Working Capital Surplus within 5 Business Days after the Final Adjusted Working Capital has been determined. If applicable, Seller shall pay to Buyer via wire transfer in immediately available funds to an account identified in writing by Buyer an amount equal to the Working Capital Deficit within 5 Business Days after the Final Adjusted Working Capital has been determined. Seller, Nexus and Homeland shall be jointly and severally liable for any adjustment amount owed by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs Seller pursuant to this Section 3.2.2(c) and Seller shall not rely on using any funds from the calculation Escrow Deposit to satisfy such obligation (it being clarified that the foregoing shall in no way limit any of Buyer’s rights in the event of Seller’s breach or failure to comply with its obligations pursuant to this Section 3.2.2(c)). Buyer’s and Seller’s rights to indemnification pursuant to Section 9 (and any limitations on such rights) shall not be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitratordeemed to limit, supersede or otherwise affect Buyer’s or Seller’s rights pursuant to this Section 3.2. (d) If there is a referral Each party shall make available to the Independent Accountant Arbitratorother party its (and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause its accountants’) work papers, each of Seller schedules and IDB Buyer agrees, if other supporting data as may reasonably be requested by such party to enable such party to verify the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation calculations of Adjusted Working Capital as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation set forth in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Adjusted Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to SellerStatement. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Asset Acquisition Agreement (Homeland Security Capital CORP)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 days following [*] Fortis shall provide to FibroGen an estimated Closing Balance Sheet (the “Estimated Closing Date, Seller shall prepare Balance Sheet”) and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as statement that sets forth its good faith calculations of the Closing Liability Amount (giving effect the “Estimated Closing Liability Amount”), including each component thereof, the Cash Amount (the “Estimated Closing Cash Amount”), and Closing Working Capital Adjustment (the “Estimated Closing Working Capital Adjustment”), and the resulting calculation of the Closing Payment (“Estimated Closing Payment”), each of which shall be determined in accordance with GAAP, and, to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) extent in conformance with GAAP, applied in a manner consistent with the principles, practices, procedures, policies and methods used by Fortis in the preparation of the Latest Balance Sheet (the "Seller “Estimated Closing Statement”). [*] of the Estimated Closing Statement, Fortis shall provide to FibroGen, and its authorized representatives, reasonable access to all records used in preparing such Estimated Closing Statement (and employees of Fortis who can adequately answer questions on the Estimated Closing Statement) and, if applicable, Fortis’ outside accountants and their work papers and other documents used in preparing such Estimated Closing Statement, subject to FibroGen’s execution of customary access and non-reliance letters. (b) [*] FibroGen shall prepare or cause to be prepared and delivered to the Sellers’ Representative a Closing Balance Sheet")Sheet and a statement (the “Adjusted Closing Statement”) setting forth FibroGen’s good faith calculation of the Closing Liability Amount, including each component thereof, the Cash Amount, and the Closing Working Capital Adjustment, and the resulting calculation of the Closing Payment, which shall be prepared determined in conformity accordance with GAAP GAAP, applied on in a basis manner consistent with the preparation ofpreparation, assumptions and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those estimates made or used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Latest Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after The Sellers’ Representative will have a period [*] (the later delivery “Objection Period”) to notify FibroGen of any disagreements with FibroGen’s Adjusted Closing Statement. Any such notice shall be accompanied by supporting documentation containing reasonable detail. Failure to notify FibroGen within the Objection Period shall be deemed acceptance of FibroGen’s Adjusted Closing Statement, and upon the expiration of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (Objection Period the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection Adjusted Closing Statement shall be made pursuant to final, conclusive and binding on the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunderParties. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator[*]. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9[*]. (e) No later than 30 days following [*] (the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have “Negative Adjustment Amount”). [*] = Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: omitted because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would likely cause competitive harm to the company if any of publicly disclosed. 129433662_24 (f) If the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Aggregate Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash AllocationMerger Consideration Adjustment Amount is positive, then IDB Buyer the Sellers shall be entitled (or shall cause after complying with the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(esrequirements described in Section 2.11(a)) to Sellerreceive, pursuant to Section 2.15(g), their Pro Rata Percentages of an aggregate amount equal to the Aggregate Closing Merger Consideration Adjustment Amount (the “Positive Adjustment Amount”). (iig) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.[*]

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Option Agreement and Plan of Merger (Fibrogen Inc)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (ai) Within 90 sixty days following after the Closing Date, the Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB the Buyer a consolidated statement setting forth its calculation of Closing Working Capital, which statement shall contain a balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Business as of the Closing Date (without giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocationtransactions contemplated herein except that the $56,000 of inventory discussed in Section 2(g) below shall be reduced from Closing Working Capital) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be a calculation of Closing Working Capital (the “Closing Working Capital Statement”) and a certificate of the Seller that the Closing Balance Sheet and Closing Working Capital Statement were prepared in conformity accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, principles, policies and procedures used by the Seller, including consistent classifications, judgments and valuation and estimation methods as those methodologies that were used in the preparation of the balance sheet Most Recent Financial Statements for the most recent fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on end as if such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and Closing Working Capital Statement were being prepared as of a fiscal year end. Upon receipt, the IDB Buyer shall have twenty days to review the Closing Balance Sheet and prior Closing Working Capital Statement and either approve or dispute the Seller’s calculations. In the event the Buyer approves the calculations, the Buyer shall determine the Post-Closing Adjustment and deliver to the deadline for delivering a Dispute NoticeSeller. In the event the Buyer disputes the calculations, each of the Buyer and the Seller and IDB shall have up to ten Business Days from the date Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of notifies Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller dispute to cooperate to mutually determine an acceptable Closing Balance Sheet or and Closing Working Capital Statement calculation. Upon such determination, the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after determine the later delivery of the Seller Post-Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide Adjustment and deliver to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if any If the Post-Closing Adjustment is a positive number, the Buyer shall pay to the Seller an amount equal to the Post-Closing Adjustment. If the Post-Closing Adjustment is a negative number, the Seller shall pay to Buyer an amount equal to the Post-Closing Adjustment. (iii) Any payment of the amounts that were transferred or retained Post-Closing Adjustment, together with interest calculated as set forth below, shall be due within ten Business Days of the delivery of the Post-Closing Adjustment and shall be paid by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account as is directed by B▇▇▇▇. The amount of any Post-Closing Adjustment shall bear interest from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the date of payment at a rate per annum equal to 8%. Such interest shall be calculated daily on the basis of a 365-day year and the actual number of days elapsed. In the event the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in does not make a required Post-Closing Adjustment payment, such amount (including any accrued but unpaid interest) shall be reduced from the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Escrow Amount.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Asset Purchase Agreement (Nexgel, Inc.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 days following After the Closing Date, Seller and Buyer shall prepare cooperate and deliver provide each other access to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries their respective books, records and employees as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared are reasonably requested in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent connection with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used matters addressed in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheetthis Section 2.6. Within 90 days following after the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer determine the Effective Date Debt Balance, the Effective Date Net Working Capital, the Effective Date Cash and the IDB Subsidiaries as Cash Adjustment Amount and shall provide Seller with written notice of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) such determination, along with reasonable supporting information and calculations (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"“Buyer’s Determination”), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the If Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB objects to Buyer’s Determination, then Seller shall provide Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of written notice thereof within 30 days after receiving Buyer’s Determination. Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted agreed upon all items and amounts contained that are not disputed by Seller in such written notice. If the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or Parties are unable to agree on the IDB Buyer Closing Balance SheetEffective Date Debt Balance, as applicablethe Effective Date Net Working Capital, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 Effective Date Cash and the Cash Adjustment Amount, within 120 days after the later delivery of Closing Date, the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer Parties shall endeavor in good faith refer such dispute to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable a nationally recognized independent public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP the parties (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to Accountants”), which firm shall make a determination final and binding determination, absent manifest error, as to only those matters in dispute with respect to this Section 2.6(b) on a timely basis and promptly shall notify the Disputed Items; provided that if Parties in writing of its resolution. The Independent Accountants shall not have the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable power to modify or unwilling amend any term or provision of this Agreement or modify previously agreed to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after items among the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunderParties. The fees, expenses and costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will Accountants in connection with such review and report shall be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Noticeby Buyer, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct , based upon the Independent Accountant Arbitrator percentage that the amount not awarded to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as such Party bears to the Disputed Items amount actually contested by such Party. If Seller does not object to Buyer’s Determination within the time period and in the manner set forth in the first sentence of this Section 2.6(b) or if Seller accepts Buyer’s Determination, then the Effective Date Debt Balance, the Effective Date Net Working Capital, the Effective Date Cash and the Cash Adjustment Amount, as set forth in Buyer’s Determination, shall be become final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9upon the Parties for all purposes hereunder. (ec) No later than 30 days following If the later net effect of the final determination of Effective Date Debt Balance, the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (Effective Date Net Working Capital, the Effective Date Cash and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) Adjustment Amount (as agreed between the Parties or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally as determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being Accountants or otherwise) (the "Final Available Cash Allocation"Adjustment”) would result in a net positive adjustment to the Base Purchase Price relative to that set forth in the Adjustment Estimate, then Buyer shall pay Seller, within 5 Business Days after all amounts are agreed or determined pursuant to Section 2.6(b), by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by Seller, the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) difference between the Final Adjustment and the Adjustment Estimate and if any the net effect of the amounts Final Adjustment would result in a net negative adjustment to the Base Purchase Price relative to that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided set forth in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash AllocationAdjustment Estimate, then Seller shall (pay Buyer, within 5 Business Days after all amounts are agreed or shall cause determined pursuant to Section 2.6(b), by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by Buyer, the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay difference between the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding Final Adjustment and the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash AmountAdjustment Estimate.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Purchase and Sale Agreement (Macquarie Infrastructure Corp)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (ai) Within 90 days following twenty-five Business Days after the Closing Date, the Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB the Buyer a consolidated statement setting forth its calculation of Closing Working Capital, which statement shall contain a balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Target as of the Closing Date (without giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocationtransactions contemplated herein) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be a calculation of Closing Working Capital (the “Closing Working Capital Statement”) and a certificate of the Seller that the Closing Balance Sheet and Closing Working Capital Statement were prepared in conformity accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, principles, policies and procedures used by the Seller and the Target, including consistent classifications, judgments and valuation and estimation methods as those methodologies that were used in the preparation of the balance sheet Most Recent Financial Statements for the most recent fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on end as if such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and Closing Working Capital Statement were being prepared as of a fiscal year end. Upon receipt, the IDB Buyer shall have ten Business Days to review the Closing Balance Sheet and prior Closing Working Capital Statement and either approve or dispute the Seller’s calculations. In the event the Buyer approves the calculations, the Buyer shall determine the Post-Closing Adjustment and deliver to the deadline for delivering a Dispute NoticeSeller. In the event the Buyer disputes the calculations, each of Seller the Buyer and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller shall have to ten Business Days to cooperate to mutually determine an acceptable Closing Balance Sheet or and Closing Working Capital Statement calculation. Upon such determination, the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after determine the later delivery of the Seller Post-Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide Adjustment and deliver to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if If the Post-Closing Adjustment is a positive number, Buyer shall not owe any additional consideration to the Seller. If the Post-Closing Adjustment is a negative number, the Seller shall pay to Buyer an amount equal to the Post-Closing Adjustment. (iii) Any payment of the amounts that were transferred or retained Post-Closing Adjustment, together with interest calculated as set forth below, shall be due within ten Business Days of the delivery of the Post-Closing Adjustment and shall be paid by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account as is directed by Buyer. The amount of any Post-Closing Adjustment shall bear interest from and including the Closing Date to but excluding/and including the date of payment at a rate per annum equal to 8%. Such interest shall be calculated daily on the basis of a 365-day year and the actual number of days elapsed. In the event the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in does not make a required Post-Closing Adjustment payment, such amount (including any accrued but unpaid interest) shall be reduced from the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Escrow Amount.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Stock Purchase Agreement (Issuer Direct Corp)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (ai) Within 90 Not earlier than two (2) calendar days following before the Closing Date, Seller Representatives of Sellers and Buyer shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer have jointly conducted a consolidated balance sheet count of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the Inventory (“Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash AllocationInventory”) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial StatementsPurchased Assets (the “Closing Inventory Count”), based on the mutually agreed process and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at methodology for the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Closing Inventory Count included in Exhibit B hereto. (ii) Within 90 ninety (90) days following after the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller Sellers a consolidated statement (the “Final Closing Statement”) setting forth its calculation of (A) Closing Debt, (B) all Closing Inventory (based on the Closing Inventory Count), (C) Closing Transaction Expenses, and (D) the Post-Closing Adjustment (as defined below), which statement will contain an unaudited balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries Business as of the Closing Date (without giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocationtransactions contemplated herein other than payment of Debt and Transaction Expenses actually paid as contemplated by Section 2.06) (the "IDB Buyer and calculations of Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Debt, Closing Balance SheetTransaction Expenses, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity Inventory and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Post-Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common EquityAdjustment. (biii) Following delivery Within thirty (30) days after the Buyer delivers the Final Closing Statement to the Sellers (the “Review Period”), the Sellers may deliver to the Buyer a written notice specifying in reasonable detail any objections thereto and the Sellers’ proposed calculation of any item to which the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and so objects (an “Objection Notice”). During the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to Review Period, the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer Sellers will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable have access to the Buyer’s work papers, books and recordsrecords to the extent as they relate to the Final Closing Statement for purposes of review under this Section, personnel and related work papers provided that such request does not unreasonably interfere with the normal business operations of Seller or IDB the Buyer. Failure of the Sellers to duly deliver such an Objection Notice within such thirty (30)-day period will constitute acceptance by Sellers, as applicablefinal, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Final Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, Statement as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered proposed by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a)Buyer. (civ) For 30 days after If the later delivery of Seller so timely delivers an Objection Notice, the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller Buyer and IDB Buyer shall endeavor the Sellers will attempt in good faith to resolve by mutual reach an agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller as to the matter in dispute. (v) If the Buyer and IDB Buyer the Sellers are unable to resolve any Disputed Item disagreement with respect to the Final Closing Statement within such 30 day periodthirty (30) days following the Buyer’s receipt of the Objection Notice, Seller then any disputed items will be submitted to and IDB determined by an independent accounting firm mutually selected by the Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP and the Sellers (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator"Accountant”) to make a determination acting as to the Disputed Itemsexperts and not arbitrator; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacityprovided, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of however, such 30 day period parties may mutually agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof extended period to resolve any such selection shall be made pursuant dispute before submitting it to the rules Independent Accountant. The Independent Accountant will be given reasonable access to all of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall records of the Sellers and the Buyer to resolve any disputed item regarding the Final Closing Statement and will be instructed to submit its determination in writing with respect to any disputed matters to Buyer and the "Sellers within twenty (20) days after such submission. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunderwill only decide the specific items under dispute by the parties and its decision for each disputed amount in the Objection Notice must be within the range of values assigned to each such item in the Final Closing Statement and the Objection Notice, respectively. The feesSellers and the Buyer will be entitled to present any materials they deem appropriate to the Independent Accountant, costs including a meeting, with all parties present (to the extent such parties desire to be present in such meeting), to discuss their position. (vi) The fees and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne paid by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable▇▇▇▇▇▇▇, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Noticeby ▇▇▇▇▇, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct , in inverse proportion based upon the Independent Accountant Arbitrator percentage that the disputed amounts in the Objection Notice awarded to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award Sellers under Section 2.07(b)(iv) bear to the aggregate amount of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to disputed amounts in the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9Objection Notice. (evii) No later than 30 days following The Final Closing Statement (properly disputed under this Section) will, after resolution of such dispute pursuant to this Section, be final, binding and conclusive on all parties for the later of the final determination of the Seller Post-Closing Balance Sheet Adjustment Base (as defined below) and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Post-Closing Balance Sheet Adjustment (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"as defined below), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Asset Purchase Agreement (Hudson Technologies Inc /Ny)

Post-Closing Adjustment. Within three (a3) Within 90 days following Business Days after the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver earliest to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of occur of: (A) the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as expiration of the Closing Cash Balance Adjustment Period, (giving effect B) the expiration of the Objection Deadline Date, if no Objection Notice is delivered by said date, (C) delivery by the Seller Representative of the Acceptance Notice to Buyer and (D) the Estimated Available mutual or final resolution of any Unresolved Objections pursuant to Section 3.2(b) above, the “Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which Adjustment Amount” shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied calculated and distributed to Buyer or the Paying Agent (on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation behalf of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth thereinSellers), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effectedfollows: (i) if any of If the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Final Closing as provided in Cash Balance is equal to the Estimated Available Closing Cash Allocation were in excess of Balance the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer Adjustment Amount shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) be deemed to Sellerequal $0.00. (ii) if any If (A) an Estimated Closing Cash Balance Deficit existed at the Closing and (B) the Final Closing Cash Balance is less than the Estimated Closing Cash Balance, then the Cash Adjustment Amount shall be payable to Buyer and shall equal the amount of such shortfall. (iii) If (A) an Estimated Closing Cash Balance Deficit existed at the Closing and (B) the Final Closing Cash Balance is greater than the Estimated Closing Cash Balance, then the Cash Adjustment Amount shall be payable to the Paying Agent (on behalf of the amounts Sellers) and shall equal the amount of such excess less the amount, if any, by which the Final Closing Cash Balance exceeds the Closing Cash Balance Cap. (iv) If (A) an Estimated Closing Cash Balance Surplus existed at the Closing and (B) the Final Closing Cash Balance is less than the Estimated Closing Cash Balance, then the Cash Adjustment Amount shall be payable to Buyer and shall equal the amount of such shortfall less the amount, if any, by which the Estimated Closing Cash Balance exceeded the Closing Cash Balance Cap; provided, however, that were transferred if the Final Closing Cash Balance and the Estimated Closing Cash Balance are each greater than the Closing Cash Balance Cap, then the Cash Adjustment Amount shall be deemed to equal $0.00. (v) If (A) an Estimated Closing Cash Balance Surplus existed at the Closing and (B) the Final Closing Cash Balance is greater than the Estimated Closing Cash Balance, then the Cash Adjustment Amount shall be payable to the Paying Agent (on behalf of the Sellers) and shall equal the amount of such excess less the amount, if any, by which the Final Closing Cash Balance exceeds the Closing Cash Balance Cap; provided, however, that if the Final Closing Cash Balance and the Estimated Closing Cash Balance are each greater than the Closing Cash Balance Cap, then the Cash Adjustment Amount shall be deemed to equal $0.00. Any Cash Adjustment Amount payable to the Sellers shall be increased by the amount of any VAT attributable to the Seller Parties Transaction Expenses actually recovered by the Company prior to the date of payment, if any, and the resulting amount shall be paid by Buyer in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Paying Agent or retained to the account or accounts otherwise designated by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided Representative in writing within three (3) Business Days after the Estimated Available date on which the Final Closing Cash Allocation were Balance Statement is finally determined. Any Cash Adjustment Amount payable to Buyer shall be decreased by the amount of any VAT attributable to the Seller Parties Transaction Expenses actually recovered by the Company prior to the date of payment, if any, and the resulting amount shall be set-off against the amount of the Closing Cash Balance Set-Off Amount in accordance with Section 2.5(b) of this Agreement; provided, however, that to the extent any Cash Adjustment Amount payable to Buyer is in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Closing Cash AllocationBalance Set-Off Amount, then Seller any such excess shall (or shall cause be set-off against the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries toGeneral Set-Off Amount in accordance with Section 2.5(b) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amountthis Agreement.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Share Purchase Agreement (Allscripts Healthcare Solutions, Inc.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Prior to the Closing, Seller and Purchaser shall have agreed on an estimate of the Net Working Capital as of the Effective Time on the Closing Date (the “Preliminary Net Working Capital”), which Preliminary Net Working Capital is set forth as Schedule 2.2(a) hereto and reflects each of the components to be included in the Net Working Capital calculation as agreed to by the Parties. The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that the Closing Consideration has been decreased by an amount equal to the Preliminary Net Working Capital. (b) Within 90 60 days following the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer Purchaser shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet statement setting forth in reasonable detail its calculation of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries Net Working Capital as of the Effective Time on the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) Date (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Net Working Capital”). The Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which Net Working Capital shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent accordance with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used methodology set forth in the preparation Schedule (c) If Seller in good faith disagrees with any portion of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Net Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cashcalculation, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgmentsSeller may, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 within 30 days after receipt of such statement (the later delivery of “Objection Period”), deliver a written notice to Purchaser setting forth Seller’s objections thereto (the Seller Closing Balance Sheet “Objection Notice”). Any Objection Notice shall specify in reasonable detail those items or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute amounts as to any item or amount reflected in the which Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, disagrees and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's disagreement and, if the disagreement relates to the calculation of amounts, Seller’s calculation of such item or amount in dispute (amounts. If an Objection Notice is not timely received by Purchaser within the "Dispute Notice"Objection Period, and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party Seller shall be deemed to have accepted agree in all items respects with the Closing Net Working Capital as prepared by Purchaser, and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection calculation shall be made pursuant to final and binding on the rules of Parties and the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm Closing Consideration shall be adjusted, if at all, in accordance with the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunderprovisions of Section 2.2(g). The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there an Objection Notice is a referral timely received by Purchaser within the Objection Period, the Parties shall, during the 30 days following Purchaser’s receipt of such notice, use their good faith, reasonable efforts to reach an agreement on the Independent Accountant Arbitratordisputed terms. If such an agreement is reached, each the Closing Net Working Capital as so agreed shall be final and binding on the Parties and the Closing Consideration shall be adjusted, if at all, in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.2(g). If the Parties are unable to reach such an agreement, Purchaser and Seller shall jointly retain PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or, if the Parties agree, another mutually acceptable independent accounting firm (the “Accountant”) to resolve any remaining disagreements. Purchaser and IDB Buyer agreesthe Seller Parties shall execute, if requested by the Independent Accountant ArbitratorAccountant, to execute a reasonable engagement letter letter, including customary indemnification provisions in favor of the Accountant. Purchaser and Seller shall submit direct the Accountant to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days render a determination in writing as promptly as practicable and in any event within 30 days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing retention and the Parties shall cooperate with the Accountant during its position on engagement and make available the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessaryrecords and workpapers necessary for its review. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted consider only those items and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation amounts set forth in the Objection Notice that Purchaser and Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one handhave been unable to resolve, and the applicable Dispute NoticeAccountant shall review only the records and workpapers submitted and base its determination solely on such submissions and the related computational materials. In resolving any disputed item, the Accountant may not assign a value to any item greater than the greatest value of such item claimed by either Party or less than the smallest value for such item claimed by either Party. The Accountant’s determination shall be based on the other hand. Seller definitions included herein and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicableotherwise be made in accordance with this Agreement. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (Accountant shall be conclusive and binding upon the Parties and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments Consideration shall be effected: (i) adjusted, if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubtall, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess accordance with the provisions of the Excess Cash AmountSection 2.2(g).

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Asset Purchase Agreement (MVB Financial Corp)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Not fewer than three Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall deliver to Parent the Estimated Closing Statement and the Closing Payment Schedule accompanied by reasonable supporting detail relating to each component (including bank statements dated as of the date that the Estimated Closing Statement is provided, a reconciliation between any differences in the Estimated Closing Date Cash Amount and the bank statement, debt payoff letters (including Payoff Letters) and invoices). Upon the delivery of the Estimated Closing Statement, the Company will reasonably make available to Parent and its representatives the work papers and other books and records used in preparing the Estimated Closing Statement and to the employees of the Company, who are knowledgeable about the preparation of the Estimated Closing Statement, in each case, for the purpose of assisting Parent and its representatives in their review of the Estimated Closing Statement and the calculations contained therein. The Company shall consider in good faith any potential adjustments to the Estimated Closing Statement and Closing Payment Schedule raised by Parent prior to the Closing and, make any corresponding changes to the Estimated Closing Statement and the Closing Payment Schedule that the Company reasonably deems appropriate based on Parent’s proposed adjustments and shall reissue the Estimated Closing Statement and each component thereof along with an updated Closing Payment Schedule prior to the Closing Date with any such revisions that the Company has determined are appropriate. (b) Within 90 days following the Closing DateClosing, Seller Parent shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer the Securityholders’ Representative a consolidated balance sheet written statement (the “Closing Statement”) setting forth (i) an unaudited Closing Date Balance Sheet and (ii) in reasonable detail its calculation of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of (A) the Closing Date Net Working Capital and the Final Net Working Capital Adjustment, (giving effect B) the Closing Date Cash Amount, (C) the Closing Date Indebtedness and (D) the Closing Date Transaction Expenses. Subject to applicable Laws relating to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) exchange of information and except as required to comply with any COVID-19 Measures, following the Closing, Parent shall provide to the Securityholders’ Representative and its representatives reasonable access, during regular business hours, in such a manner as to not interfere with the normal operation of Parent, the Merger I Surviving Corporation or the Merger II Surviving Company, as applicable (subject to the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"execution of customary work paper access letters, if requested), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, to work papers and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures books and estimation methods as those used in records relating to the preparation of the balance sheet for Closing Statement and to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as employees of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance SheetCompany, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in who are knowledgeable about the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common EquityClosing Statement, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cashcase, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies solely for the purpose of preparing assisting the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party Securityholders’ Representative and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, representatives in connection with such other Party's their review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller Statement and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth contained therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days If the Securityholders’ Representative disagrees with the calculations in the Closing Statement, the Securityholders’ Representative shall notify Parent of such disagreement in writing (the “Dispute Notice”) no later than the 30th day after the later delivery of the Closing Statement. The Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller must set forth in reasonable detail (i) any item on the Closing Statement which the Securityholders’ Representative believes has not been prepared in accordance with this Agreement and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a Securityholders’ Representative’s determination as to of the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end amount of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to item and (ii) the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate Securityholders’ Representative’s alternative calculation of the Disputed Items by each Closing Date Net Working Capital and Final Net Working Capital Adjustment, the Closing Date Cash Amount, the Closing Date Indebtedness or the Closing Date Transaction Expenses, as the case may be. The Dispute Notice shall include only disagreements based on mathematical errors or the failure of them differs from the calculation Closing Date Net Working Capital, Final Net Working Capital Adjustment, the Closing Date Cash Amount, the Closing Date Indebtedness or the Closing Date Transaction Expenses to be made by calculated in accordance with this Section 1.17 (Post-Closing Adjustment), the Independent Accountant ArbitratorAccounting Principles and the definitions contained in this Agreement (including the inclusion or exclusion of items in the definition and the magnitude of the included or excluded items). Any item or amount that the Securityholders’ Representative does not dispute in the Dispute Notice within such period shall be final, binding and conclusive for all purposes hereunder. (d) If there In the event any such Dispute Notice is timely provided, Parent and Securityholders’ Representative shall use commercially reasonable efforts for a referral period of 30 days after the date of such Dispute Notice (or such longer period as they may mutually agree in writing) to resolve any disagreements with respect to the Independent Accountant Arbitratorcalculations included in the Closing Statement that were disputed in the Dispute Notice and all such discussions and negotiations related thereto shall (unless otherwise agreed in writing by Parent and the Securityholders’ Representative) be governed by Rule 408 of the Federal Rules of Evidence (as in effect as of the date of this Agreement) and any applicable similar state rule. If, each at the end of Seller such 30-day period (or such longer period as mutually agreed in writing), the Securityholders’ Representative and IDB Buyer agreesParent remain unable to resolve the dispute in its entirety, if requested by then the Independent Accountant Arbitratorunresolved items and amounts thereof in dispute shall be submitted to a nationally recognized financial services firm, reasonably acceptable to execute a reasonable engagement letter Parent and the Securityholders’ Representative, which shall submit to not be the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on independent accountants or auditors of Parent or the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessaryCompany (the “Dispute Auditor”). The Independent Accountant Arbitrator Dispute Auditor shall act as an expert and not an arbitrator in resolving the matters submitted to it. The Dispute Auditor shall determine, based solely on the materials submitted provisions of this Section 1.17 (Post-Closing Adjustment), the Accounting Principles and the written presentations by Seller the Securityholders’ Representative and IDB BuyerParent, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items those items and amounts that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation remain then in dispute as set forth in the Seller Dispute Notice. (e) The Dispute Auditor’s determination of the Closing Balance Sheet Date Net Working Capital, the Final Net Working Capital Adjustment, the Closing Date Cash Amount, the Closing Date Indebtedness or IDB Buyer the Closing Balance SheetDate Transaction Expenses, as applicable, shall be made within 30 days after the dispute is submitted for its determination and shall be set forth in a written statement delivered to the Securityholders’ Representative and Parent. A judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction selected pursuant to Section 10.5 (Applicable Law; Jurisdiction) hereof may be entered following the Dispute Auditor’s determination solely for the purposes of enforcing the payment of the specific amount provided by the Dispute Auditor; provided that no party shall make any filing to obtain such judgment unless (i) the payment required by such determination shall not have been made and (ii) 15 days shall have elapsed following delivery of the Dispute Auditor’s determination. The Dispute Auditor has exclusive jurisdiction over, and resorting to the Dispute Auditor as provided in this Section 1.17 (Post-Closing Adjustment) shall be the only recourse and remedy of the parties against one another with respect to, those items and amounts that remain in dispute under this Section 1.17 (Post-Closing Adjustment). The Dispute Auditor shall allocate its fees and expenses between Parent and the Securityholders’ Representative (on behalf of the Participating Securityholders) in the proportion that Parent’s position, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute NoticeSecurityholders’ Representative, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct hand (based on the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days aggregate of its appointment or all differences taken as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as a whole), bear to the Disputed Items shall be final resolution as determined by the Dispute Auditor. (f) The Securityholders’ Representative and binding onParent shall, and shall not be subject to appeal bycause their respective Affiliates and representatives to, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Personcooperate in good faith with the Dispute Auditor, and may be entered shall give the Dispute Auditor access to all data and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount other information it reasonably requests for purposes of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyerresolution. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in In no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess the decision of the Excess Cash AmountDispute Auditor assign a value to any item greater than the larger value for such item claimed by either Parent or Securityholders’ Representative or lesser than the smaller value for such item claimed by either Parent or Securityholders’ Representative. Any determinations made by the Dispute Auditor pursuant to this Section 1.17 (Post-Closing Adjustment) shall be final, binding and conclusive on the parties hereto, absent manifest error or fraud.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Agreement and Plan of Merger (Bionano Genomics, Inc)

Post-Closing Adjustment. If (a) Within 90 days following the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of Net Working Capital on the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to Conclusive Net Working Capital Statement plus the Estimated Available Cash AllocationRebate Amount exceeds (b) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Estimated Net Working Capital derived from Amount plus the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing DateConclusive Rebate Amount, IDB then U.S. Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure pay Sellers the amount of Available Cash, such excess by wire transfer of immediately available funds to Sellers’ Accounts. If (a) the Estimated Net Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit Amount plus the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. Conclusive Rebate Amount exceeds (b) Following delivery the Net Working Capital on the Conclusive Net Working Capital Statement plus the Estimated Rebate Amount, then Sellers shall, and Sellers and U.S. Buyer shall provide written instructions to the Escrow Agent to, remit to U.S. Buyer the amount of such excess out of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and Net Working Capital Escrow Amount and, in the IDB event such excess, if any, exceeds the Net Working Capital Escrow Amount held in the Escrow Account, then Sellers shall pay U.S. Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and the amount of such excess by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by U.S. Buyer in writing at least three Business Days prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation date of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item")payment. Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed All payments to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to this Section 2(h)(vi) shall be made no later than the rules second Business Day following the date on which U.S. Buyer and Sellers agree, or are deemed to have agreed to, or the Neutral Arbitrator delivers, the Conclusive Net Working Capital Statement and the Conclusive Rebate Amount. Following the determination of the American Arbitration AssociationConclusive Net Working Capital Statement and the Conclusive Rebate Amount and the payment of any amount required pursuant to this Section 2(h)(vi), which accounting firm the Parties shall be cause the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The feesEscrow Agent to remit to Sellers the remaining balance, costs and expenses if any, of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to Net Working Capital Escrow Amount remaining under the amount by which Net Working Capital Escrow Agreement (i.e., the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agreesremaining Net Working Capital Escrow Amount, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Itemsany, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely all accrued investment income or interest on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB BuyerNet Working Capital Escrow Amount), and not by independent review, only all in accordance with the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award provisions of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Net Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to SellerEscrow Agreement. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Asset and Equity Purchase Agreement (Huntsman International LLC)

Post-Closing Adjustment. Not later than the third (a3rd) Within 90 days following Business Day after the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet date on which all of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of items on the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Final Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Final Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party Date Statement are finally determined pursuant to this Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer2.3, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to jointly determine the amount by which the aggregate calculation of Estimated Closing Date Consideration would have been adjusted pursuant to Section 2.1 had the Disputed Items by each of them differs from Final Closing Date Net Working Capital, the calculation to be made by Final Closing Cash Balance, the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to Final Company Debt, the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one handFinal Selling Expenses, and the applicable Dispute NoticeFinal Closing Taxes Payable, on in each case, as finally determined pursuant to this Section 2.3, been substituted for the other hand. Seller Estimated Closing Date Net Working Capital, the Estimated Closing Cash Balance, the Estimated Company Debt, the Estimated Selling Expenses, and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or Estimated Closing Taxes Payable respectively, as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9Closing. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if If such substitution would have resulted in a Closing Date Consideration that is greater than the Estimated Closing Date Consideration (any such excess, the “Price Increase”), then Buyer shall pay or cause to be paid to Seller, within three (3) Business Days from the date on which the Final Closing Date Statement is finally determined pursuant to this Section 2.3, by wire transfer of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided immediately available funds pursuant to Seller’s wire transfer instructions set forth in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were Closing Date Statement, an aggregate amount in excess of cash equal to the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by Price Increase and Buyer and Seller shall execute joint written instructions directing the IDB Subsidiaries as provided Escrow Agent to release to Seller all funds in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to SellerAdjustment Escrow Account. (ii) if any of the amounts If such substitution would have resulted in a Closing Date Consideration that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in is less than the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of Closing Date Consideration (the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount absolute value of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubtdeficit, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.the

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Securities Purchase Agreement (Hormel Foods Corp /De/)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 days following Subject to the resolution of all disputes, if any, regarding the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare Statement and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Date Balance Sheet in which to provide accordance with Section 1.6(b) above, the Consideration shall be further adjusted to the other Party a notice setting forth, extent that the final Net Working Capital Amount as determined in detail, any good faith dispute clause “(b)” above is: (i) less than Estimated Net Working Capital Amount minus $100,000 (the “Target Working Capital Minimum”) or (ii) greater than Estimated Net Working Capital Amount plus $100,000 (the “Target Working Capital Maximum” and such adjustment as to any item or amount reflected in clauses “(i)” and “(ii)”, the Seller “Post-Closing Balance Sheet (including Adjustment”). If the calculations of Available Cash and Net Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other Amount is less than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacityTarget Working Capital Minimum, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator Consideration will be borne decreased on a dollar-for-dollar basis by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation Target Working Capital Minimum exceeds the final Net Working Capital Amount (the “Shortfall Post-Closing Adjustment”) and the Escrow Agent shall release the amount of the Disputed Items by each of them differs Shortfall Post-Closing Adjustment to Buyer from the calculation to be made by Escrow Funds in satisfaction thereof; provided, however, that notwithstanding the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral foregoing, to the Independent Accountant Arbitratorextent the Shortfall Post-Closing Adjustment exceeds the lesser of (i) $200,000 or (ii) the amount of the remaining Escrow Funds, each of Seller and IDB shall pay such excess amount in cash funds to Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten within five (5) Business Days after its appointmentthe date on which the Closing Statement and the Closing Date Balance Sheet are determined to be final pursuant to Section 1.6(b) above. If the Net Working Capital Amount is greater than the Target Working Capital Maximum, then the Consideration will be increased on a written statement summarizing its position on dollar-for-dollar basis by the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on amount by which the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyerfinal Net Working Capital Amount exceeds the Target Working Capital Maximum (the “Surplus Post-Closing Adjustment”), and not by independent reviewBuyer shall, only within five (5) Business Days after the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiationdate on which the Closing Statement and the Closing Date Balance Sheet are determined to be final pursuant to Section 1.6(b) above, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be pay cash funds in an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as equal to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Surplus Post-Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) Adjustment to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Asset Purchase Agreement (Scynexis Inc)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 The Final Total Adjusted Book Value, Final RLI Required Initial Premium, the Final RLI Transferred Asset Value, the Final RLINY Required Initial Premium, the Final RLINY Transferred Asset Value, the Final VRIAC Required Initial Premium, the Final VRIAC Transferred Asset Value, the Final RLI-Buyer Lifeco Required Initial Premium and the Final RLI-Buyer Lifeco Transferred Asset Value shall be determined as set forth in this Section ‎2.6. (i) If the Final Total Adjusted Book Value exceeds the Estimated Total Adjusted Book Value, Buyer shall pay or cause to be paid to Seller or its designee, within ten (10) Business Days after the final determination of the Final Total Adjusted Book Value, an amount equal to such excess. If the Estimated Total Adjusted Book Value exceeds the Final Total Adjusted Book Value, then Seller shall pay or cause to be paid to Buyer or its designee, within ten (10) Business Days after the final determination of the Final Total Adjusted Book Value, an amount equal to such excess. (ii) If the RLI Reinsurance True-Up Amount is a positive number, Buyer shall cause SLD to pay to RLI, within ten (10) Business Days after the final determination of the RLI Reinsurance True-Up Amount, cash or (if mutually agreed by the parties hereto) Investment Assets having a Fair Market Value as of the date of payment equal to the RLI Reinsurance True-Up Amount. If the RLI Reinsurance True-Up Amount is a negative number, Seller shall cause RLI to transfer to the RLI Trust Account, within ten (10) Business Days after the final determination of the RLI Reinsurance True-Up Amount, cash or (if mutually agreed by the parties hereto) additional Investment Assets that have an aggregate Fair Market Value as of the date of such transfer equal to the absolute value of the RLI Reinsurance True-Up Amount. (iii) If the RLINY Reinsurance True-Up Amount is a positive number, Buyer shall cause SLD to pay to RLINY, within ten (10) Business Days after the final determination of the RLINY Reinsurance True-Up Amount, cash or (if mutually agreed by the parties hereto) Investment Assets having a Fair Market Value as of the date of payment equal to the RLINY Reinsurance True-Up Amount. If the RLINY Reinsurance True-Up Amount is a negative number, Seller shall cause RLINY to transfer to the RLINY Trust Account, within ten (10) Business Days after the final determination of the RLINY Reinsurance True-Up Amount, cash or (if mutually agreed by the parties hereto) additional Investment Assets that have an aggregate Fair Market Value as of the date of such transfer equal to the absolute value of the RLINY Reinsurance True-Up Amount. (iv) If the VRIAC Reinsurance True-Up Amount is a positive number, Buyer shall cause SLD to pay to VRIAC, within ten (10) Business Days after the final determination of the VRIAC Reinsurance True-Up Amount, cash or (if mutually agreed by the parties hereto) Investment Assets having a Fair Market Value as of the date of payment equal to the VRIAC Reinsurance True-Up Amount. If the VRIAC Reinsurance True-Up Amount is a negative number, Seller shall cause VRIAC to transfer to the VRIAC Trust Account, within ten (10) Business Days after the final determination of the VRIAC Reinsurance True-Up Amount, cash or (if mutually agreed by the parties hereto) additional Investment Assets that have an aggregate Fair Market Value as of the date of such transfer equal to the absolute value of the VRIAC Reinsurance True-Up Amount. (v) If the RLI-Buyer Lifeco Reinsurance True-Up Amount is a positive number, Buyer shall permit RLI to withdraw from the Funds Withheld Account within ten (10) Business Days after the final determination of the RLI-Buyer Lifeco Reinsurance True-Up Amount, cash or (if mutually agreed by the parties hereto) Investment Assets having a Statutory Carrying Value (as determined by Seller in good faith) equal to the RLI-Buyer Lifeco Reinsurance True-Up Amount. If the RLI-Buyer Lifeco Reinsurance True-Up Amount is a negative number, Seller shall cause RLI to transfer to the Funds Withheld Account, within ten (10) Business Days after the final determination of the RLI-Buyer Lifeco Reinsurance True-Up Amount, cash or (if mutually agreed by the parties hereto) additional Investment Assets that have an aggregate Statutory Carrying Value (as determined by Seller in good faith) equal to the absolute value of the RLI-Buyer Lifeco Reinsurance True-Up Amount. Any cash payment required to be made by any Person pursuant to this Section ‎2.6(a) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the recipient thereof. (b) No later than one hundred eighty (180) days following after the Closing Date, Seller Buyer shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer Seller (a) a consolidated statement (the “Closing Statement”) setting forth balance sheet sheets of each of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Acquired Companies, in each case, as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be Effective Time prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, Reference Closing Statement and using in accordance with the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures Accounting Principles and estimation methods as those used in the preparation showing Buyer’s good faith calculation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries Total Adjusted Book Value as of the Closing Effective Time derived therefrom, (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocationb) a statement (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be Net Settlement Statement”) prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation ofReference Net Settlement Statement and in accordance with the Settlement Methodologies setting forth Buyer’s calculations as of the Effective Time of the RLI Required Initial Premium, the RLINY Required Initial Premium, the VRIAC Required Initial Premium and the RLI-Buyer Lifeco Required Initial Premium and (c) a statement (the “Closing Fair Value Statement”, and using together with the same accounting methodsClosing Statement and the Closing Net Settlement Statement, policiesthe “Closing Settlement Statements”) of the RLI Transferred Asset Value, practicesRLINY Transferred Asset Value, procedures the VRIAC Transferred Asset Value and estimation methods as those used in the RLI-Buyer Lifeco Transferred Asset Value. In connection with Buyer’s preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, Closing Statement and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available CashNet Settlement Statement, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB shall provide Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable such access to the books employees and recordsRepresentatives of Seller and its Affiliates and to such documentation, personnel records and related work papers other information of Seller or IDB Buyerany of its Affiliates as Buyer or any of its Representatives may reasonably request; provided, as applicable, in connection that such access does not unreasonably interfere with such other Party's review the conduct of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each business of Seller or its Affiliates; provided, further, that the independent accountants of Seller will not be obligated to make any work papers available to Buyer or its Representatives, unless and IDB until Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet has signed a customary agreement relating to such access to work papers in which form and substance reasonably acceptable to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a)accountants. (c) For 30 Seller shall have sixty (60) days after the later delivery date on which the Closing Settlement Statements are delivered to it to review the Closing Settlement Statements and the calculations set forth therein (the “Review Period”). In furtherance of such review, Buyer shall, and shall cause the Acquired Companies to, provide Seller and its Representatives with such access to the employees and Representatives of Buyer and the Acquired Companies and to such documentation, records and other information of Buyer or the Acquired Companies as Seller or any of its Representatives may reasonably request; provided, that such access does not unreasonably interfere with the conduct of the business of Buyer or the Acquired Companies; provided, further, that the independent accountants of Buyer and the Acquired Companies will not be obligated to make any work papers available to Seller or its Representatives, unless and until Seller has signed a customary agreement relating to such access to work papers in form and substance reasonably acceptable to such accountants. (i) If Seller disagrees with the Closing Settlement Statements (including any amount or computation set forth therein) in any respect and on any basis, Seller may, on or prior to the last day of the Review Period, deliver a notice to Buyer setting forth, in reasonable detail, each disputed item or amount and the basis for Seller’s disagreement therewith (the “Dispute Notice”). The Dispute Notice shall set forth, with respect to each disputed item or amount, Seller’s position as to the correct amount or computation that should have been included in the Closing Settlement Statements, as applicable. (ii) If no Dispute Notice is received by Buyer with respect to any matter in the Closing Settlement Statements on or prior to the last day of the Review Period, the amount or computation with respect to such matters as set forth in the Closing Settlement Statements shall be deemed accepted by Seller, whereupon the amount or computation of such matter or matters shall be final and binding on the parties. (iii) For a period of thirty (30) days beginning on the date that Buyer receives a Dispute Notice, if any, Buyer and Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Itemsmatters identified in the Dispute Notice. IfIf Buyer and Seller reach agreement with respect to any such disagreements, for Buyer shall revise the Closing Settlement Statements to reflect such agreement. In the event that the parties do not resolve by mutual agreement any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item matter in the Dispute Notice within such 30 thirty (30) day period, Buyer and Seller and IDB Buyer shall jointly engage Deloitte & Touche LLP an accounting firm of national reputation or any other Person, as mutually agreed by the parties hereto (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") Accounting Firm”), to make a determination as with respect to all matters in dispute; provided, that, if such firm is unwilling or unable to serve, unless otherwise agreed by the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacityparties, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection dispute shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer resolved in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitratoraccordance with Section ‎10.7. (div) If there is a referral to Buyer and Seller will direct the Independent Accountant ArbitratorAccounting Firm to render a determination within thirty (30) days after its retention, each of and Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by their respective employees and Representatives will cooperate with the Independent Accountant ArbitratorAccounting Firm during its engagement. Buyer, to execute a reasonable on the one hand, and Seller, on the other hand, shall promptly (and in any event within ten (10) Business Days) after the Independent Accounting Firm’s engagement letter and shall each submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than Accounting Firm their respective computations of the disputed items or amounts identified in the Dispute Notice and information, arguments and support for their respective positions, and shall concurrently deliver a copy of such materials to the other party. Each party shall then be given an opportunity to supplement the information, arguments and support included in its initial submission with one additional submission to respond to any arguments or positions taken by the other party in such other party’s initial submission, which supplemental information shall be submitted to the Independent Accounting Firm (with a copy thereof to the other party) within ten (10) Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position the first date on which both parties have submitted their respective initial submissions to the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessaryIndependent Accounting Firm. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator Accounting Firm shall act as an arbitrator thereafter be permitted to request additional or clarifying information from the parties, and each of the parties shall cooperate and shall cause their Representatives to cooperate with such requests of the Independent Accounting Firm. The Independent Accounting Firm shall determine, based solely on the materials submitted so presented by the parties and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, upon information received in response to such requests for additional or clarifying information and not by independent review, only those issues that remain in dispute specifically set forth in the Disputed Items Dispute Notice and shall render a written report to Buyer and Seller (each, an “Adjustment Report”) in which the Independent Accounting Firm shall, after considering all matters set forth in the Dispute Notice, determine what adjustments, if any, should be made to the amounts and computations set forth in the Closing Settlement Statements solely as to the disputed items or amounts set forth in the Dispute Notice and shall determine the appropriate Total Adjusted Book Value, RLI Required Initial Premium, RLI Transferred Asset Value, RLINY Required Initial Premium, RLINY Transferred Asset Value, VRIAC Required Initial Premium, VRIAC Transferred Asset Value, RLI-Buyer Lifeco Required Initial Premium and RLI-Buyer Lifeco Transferred Asset Value on that have not been settled by negotiationbasis. (v) The Adjustment Report shall set forth, and its in reasonable detail, the Independent Accounting Firm’s determination with respect to each Disputed Item of the disputed items or amounts specified in the Dispute Notice, and the revisions, if any, to be made to the Closing Settlement Statements, together with supporting calculations. In resolving any disputed item or amount, the Independent Accounting Firm (A) shall be an amount within bound to the range established principles of this Section ‎2.6 and the terms of this Agreement, including whether the Closing Settlement Statements were prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles and Settlement Methodologies (as applicable), (B) shall limit its review to matters specifically set forth in the Dispute Notice and (C) shall not assign a value to any matter higher than the highest value for such matter claimed by either party or less than the lowest value for such matter claimed by either party. (vi) All fees and expenses relating to the work of the Independent Accounting Firm shall be paid by the party (that is, Buyer or Seller) whose position with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation the matter in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct dispute is furthest from the Independent Accountant Arbitrator Accounting Firm’s final determination. Each Adjustment Report, absent fraud or manifest error, shall be expert determinations under New York law governing expert determination and appraisal proceedings. Any claim, dispute or controversy arising out of or relating to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award the final determinations of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items Accounting Firm, including enforcement of such final determinations, shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided resolved in accordance with Section 9.9‎10.7. (evii) No later than 30 days following the later The final form of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items Settlement Statements as finally determined by pursuant to this Section ‎2.6 are referred to herein as the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being “Final Settlement Statements”. The Total Adjusted Book Value calculated therefrom is referred to as the "Final Available Cash Allocation"Total Adjusted Book Value,” the RLI Required Initial Premium calculated therefrom is referred to as the “Final RLI Required Initial Premium,” the RLI Transferred Asset Value calculated therefrom is referred to as the “Final RLI Transferred Asset Value”), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any RLINY Required Initial Premium calculated therefrom is referred to as the “Final RLINY Required Initial Premium”), the RLINY Transferred Asset Value calculated therefrom is referred to as the “Final RLINY Transferred Asset Value”), the VRIAC Required Initial Premium calculated therefrom is referred to as the “Final VRIAC Required Initial Premium”), the VRIAC Transferred Asset Value calculated therefrom is referred to as the “Final VRIAC Transferred Asset Value”), the RLI-Buyer Lifeco Required Initial Premium calculated therefrom is referred to as the “Final RLI-Buyer Lifeco Required Initial Premium” and the RLI-Buyer Lifeco Transferred Asset Value calculated therefrom is referred to as the “Final RLI-Buyer Lifeco Transferred Asset Value”. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the provisions of this Section ‎2.6 represent the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in sole and exclusive method for determining the Final Available Cash AllocationTotal Adjusted Book Value, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in Final RLI Required Initial Premium, the Final Available Cash AllocationRLI Transferred Asset Value, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay Final RLINY Required Initial Premium, the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding Final RLINY Transferred Asset Value, the foregoing Final VRIAC Required Initial Premium, the Final VRIAC Transferred Asset Value, the Final RLI-Buyer Lifeco Required Initial Premium and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash AmountFinal RLI-Buyer Lifeco Transferred Asset Value.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Master Transaction Agreement (Voya Financial, Inc.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 30 days following after the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer Date Purchaser shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet statement (the “Closing Date Statement”) setting forth (i) the Repaid Principal Amount for each Company Loan; (ii) the Accrued Interest Amount for each Company Loan; (iii) the Accrued Fee Amount for each Company Loan; (iv) Accrued Payables; (v) the Purchase Price calculated based on each of IDB Buyer the foregoing amounts and the IDB Subsidiaries other definitions herein (the final determination of Purchase Price under this Section 1.3 is referred to as “Final Purchase Price”); (vi) the Transferred Loan Debt Repayment (the final determination of the Transferred Loan Debt Repayment under this Section 1.3 is referred to as the “Final Transferred Loan Debt Repayment”); (vii) the Outstanding Debt Amount (the final determination of the Outstanding Debt Amount under this Section 1.3 is referred to as the “Final Outstanding Debt Amount”); and (viii) the Closing Payment calculated based on each of the foregoing estimates and the other definitions herein (the final determination of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by Payment under this Section 2.7 1.3 is referred to measure as the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the “Final Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common EquityPayment”). (b) Following delivery The Closing Date Statement and the Final Purchase Price, Final Transferred Loan Debt Repayment, Final Outstanding Debt Amount and Final Closing Payment shall become final and binding upon the Parties and their Affiliates on the 30th day following receipt thereof by Seller, unless Seller gives written notice of its disagreement (“Notice of Disagreement”) to Purchaser before such date. The Notice of Disagreement must set forth and specify in reasonable detail the nature of the Seller disagreement with Purchaser’s determination, on an account by account basis, with Final Purchase Price, Final Transferred Loan Debt Repayment, Final Outstanding Debt Amount and Final Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet Payment (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation Seller’s determination of such item or amount in dispute (dispute) as the "Dispute Notice"case may be, and each set forth in the Closing Date Statement. Any item or amount on in the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than Closing Date Statement that is not objected to in the Disputed Items, each Party Notice of Disagreement shall be deemed final and binding and non-appealable upon the Parties and their Affiliates. If a Notice of Disagreement is received by the Purchaser within such 30-day period, then the Closing Date Statement, Final Purchase Price, Final Transferred Loan Debt Repayment, Final Outstanding Debt Amount and Final Closing Payment shall become final and binding upon the Parties and their Affiliates on the earlier of (i) the date the Parties resolve in writing any differences they have with respect to have accepted all items and amounts contained matters specified in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or Notice of Disagreement and (ii) the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered date any disputed matters are finally resolved in writing by the other Party pursuant to Arbitrator in accordance with this Section 2.7(a)1.3. (c) For 30 days after During the later 30-day period following the delivery of the Dispute a Notice by Seller or IDB Buyerof Disagreement, Seller and IDB Buyer Purchaser shall endeavor seek in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Itemsin writing any differences that they may have with respect to any matter specified in the Notice of Disagreement. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within at the end of such 30 30-day period, Seller and IDB Buyer Purchaser have not reached agreement on all such matters, then the matters that remain in dispute shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP be promptly (and in any event no later than five Business Days after the last day of such 30-day period) submitted to an arbitrator (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator"”) for review and resolution. The Arbitrator shall be one of the “Big Four” independent accounting firms or, if none of such firms agrees to serve as an arbitrator hereunder, another nationally recognized independent public accounting firm as shall be mutually agreed upon by the Parties in writing. The procedures for the arbitration shall be determined by the Arbitrator in accordance with this Section 1.3; provided, that the Arbitrator may provide no longer than a 30-day period for the Parties to make complete submissions to the Arbitrator. Seller and Purchaser agree (i) to execute, if requested by the Arbitrator, a reasonable engagement letter in customary form consistent with the terms of this Section 1.3, (ii) that ex-parte communications shall be prohibited during the Arbitrator’s determination period, and (iii) to cooperate fully with the Arbitrator and promptly provide all documents and information requested by the Arbitrator so as to enable it to make a such determination as quickly and as accurately as practicable. The Arbitrator shall render a decision resolving the matters in dispute within 30 days following completion of the submissions to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs Arbitrator shall only resolve items disputed in the Notice of Disagreement and expenses of shall do so only by choosing the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne amounts submitted by either Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitratoror Purchaser or amounts in-between. (d) If there is The fees and expenses of the Arbitrator shall be paid by the Party with the greater total difference (based on the aggregate of all differences taken as a referral whole) between such Party’s initial position presented to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller Arbitrator and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested the final resolution as determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following If the later determination of the Final Closing Payment in accordance with this Section 1.3 is greater than the Estimated Closing Payment, within 15 Business Days of such determination, Purchaser shall pay to Seller an amount equal to the Final Closing Payment Adjustment to the account designated in writing by Seller. (f) If the determination of the Final Closing Payment in accordance with this Section 1.3 is less than the Estimated Closing Payment, within 15 Business Days of such determination, Seller shall pay to Purchaser an amount equal to the Final Closing Payment Adjustment by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated in writing by Purchaser. (g) Following delivery of the Closing Date Statement, Seller and its accountants, lawyers and other representatives shall be given reasonable access during regular business hours to the books and records of the Company and to applicable personnel of Purchaser, the Company, CVC Credit Partners, LLC and their respective Affiliates for the purpose of evaluating and, if necessary, objecting to the Closing Date Statement and otherwise working towards a final determination of the Seller Final Purchase Price, Final Transferred Loan Debt Repayment, Final Outstanding Debt Amount and Final Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to SellerPayment. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Membership Interest Purchase Agreement (Resource Capital Corp.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 days following As soon as practicable, but in no event more than sixty (60) days, after the Closing Date, Seller Purchaser shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a Seller (i) an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Company and the Purchased Subsidiaries as of the close of business on the day immediately preceding the Closing Date (but giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash AllocationPre-Closing Restructuring) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be ”) and (ii) a statement (the “Preliminary Closing Statement”) prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on good faith and in a basis manner consistent with the preparation of, Agreed Accounting Principles and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for Pre-Closing Statement, setting forth the fiscal year ended December 31calculation of (A) the Closing Cash, 2013(B) the Closing Indebtedness, included in (C) the GFI Financial StatementsCompany Transaction Expenses, (D) the Closing Working Capital Amount based on the Closing Balance Sheet and either the resulting Closing Working Capital Excess or Closing Working Capital Shortfall, as the case may be, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at (E) the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from Estimated Adjustment Amount calculated in accordance with Section 1.3(b), using the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance SheetIndebtedness, the "Closing Balance Sheets")Cash, which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation ofCompany Transaction Expenses and the Closing Working Capital Excess or Closing Working Capital Shortfall, and using the same accounting methodsas applicable, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation instead of the balance sheet respective estimated amounts for the fiscal year ended December 31each such item, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on along with reasonable supporting detail to evidence such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equitycalculation. (b) Following delivery Seller shall have sixty (60) days to review the Preliminary Closing Statement from the date of its receipt thereof (the “Review Period”). Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with shall have reasonable access during normal business hours to the books and records, personnel and related work papers advisors of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, the Company and the Purchased Subsidiaries in connection with such other Party's review review. If Seller objects to any component of the Preliminary Closing Statement, Seller Closing Balance Sheet or must deliver a written notice of objection (the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after “Objection Notice”) to Purchaser before the later delivery expiration of the Review Period, and a reasonably detailed explanation describing such objections; provided that the only bases on which an objection may be set forth in the Objection Notice is that any component of the Preliminary Closing Statement was not calculated in accordance with this Agreement or there was a mathematical or other error in calculation. If Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet delivers an Objection Notice to Purchaser before the expiration of the Review Period as provided in which to provide to this Section 1.4(b), Purchaser and Seller shall, for a period of thirty (30) days thereafter (the other Party a notice setting forth“Resolution Period”), attempt in detail, any good faith dispute to resolve the matters contained therein, and any written resolution, signed by each of Purchaser and Seller, as to any item or amount reflected such matter shall be final, binding, conclusive and non-appealable for all purposes hereunder. If Seller does not deliver an Objection Notice to Purchaser as provided in this Section 1.4(b) before the expiration of the Review Period, Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted agreed to the Preliminary Closing Statement in its entirety and the Preliminary Closing Statement shall be final, binding, conclusive and non-appealable for all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a)purposes hereunder. (c) For 30 days after If, by the later delivery end of the Dispute Notice by Resolution Period, Purchaser and Seller have not reached agreement with respect to all disputed matters set forth in the Objection Notice, then within thirty (30) days thereafter, Purchaser and Seller shall submit for resolution such matters remaining in dispute to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within if such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator firm is unable unavailable or unwilling to serve in this capacityso serve, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate to a nationally-recognized independent accounting or financial consulting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne selected by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion reasonably acceptable to Purchaser (the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant “Neutral Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary”). The Independent Accountant Neutral Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, resolve (based solely on the materials written presentations of Purchaser and Seller and not on independent review) only those matters submitted to it in accordance with the first sentence of this Section 1.4(c). Purchaser and presentations Seller shall direct the Neutral Arbitrator to render a resolution of all such disputed matters within thirty (30) days after its engagement or such other period agreed upon in writing by Purchaser and Seller. In resolving the disputed matters, the Neutral Arbitrator shall be bound by, and resolve the disputed items in accordance with, the provisions of this Section 1.4(c) and may not assign a value to any item greater than the greatest value claimed for such item or less than the smallest value claimed for such item either by Purchaser in the Preliminary Closing Statement or by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only in the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item Objection Notice. The resolution of the Neutral Arbitrator shall be an amount within set forth in a written statement delivered to Purchaser and Seller and, absent Fraud, intentional misconduct or arithmetical error, shall be final, binding, conclusive and non-appealable for all purposes hereunder. The Preliminary Closing Statement, once modified and/or finally agreed to in accordance with Section 1.4(b) and/or this Section 1.4(c), shall become the range established with respect “Final Statement” and the Estimated Adjustment Amount shall become the “Final Adjustment Amount”. (d) All fees and expenses relating to such Disputed Item the work performed by the Neutral Arbitrator shall be allocated equally between Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute NoticePurchaser, on the other hand. Seller , and IDB Buyer shall instruct all other costs and expenses incurred by the Independent Accountant Parties in connection with resolving any dispute hereunder before the Neutral Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer borne by the Party incurring such cost or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9expense. (e) No later than 30 days following Amounts payable pursuant to the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and Final Adjustment Amount on the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall Statement will be effectedpaid as follows: (i) if any of If the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in Final Adjustment Amount is less than the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of Adjustment Amount, then Seller shall, within three (3) Business Days after the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by date on which the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in Preliminary Closing Statement becomes the Final Available Cash AllocationStatement, then IDB Buyer shall pay or cause to be paid to Purchaser the difference between the Estimated Adjustment Amount and the Final Adjustment Amount by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account or accounts designated in writing by Purchaser at least two (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to2) pay the amount of Business Days prior to such excess(es) to Sellerpayment date. (ii) if If the Final Adjustment Amount is greater than the Estimated Adjustment Amount, then Purchaser shall, within three (3) Business Days after the date on which the Preliminary Closing Statement becomes the Final Statement, pay or cause to be paid to Seller the difference between the Final Adjustment Amount and the Estimated Adjustment Amount, in the same manner as Seller received the Closing Cash Payment Amount or in such other manner as Seller may direct in writing. (f) Any payments made under this section shall be treated as an adjustment to the Purchase Price for all U.S. federal and state income tax purposes, and all Parties shall file all Tax Returns and take all positions for tax purposes consistent with the foregoing. (g) If any payment required to be made to a Party under this Agreement is made after the date on which such payment is due, interest shall accrue on such amount from (but not including) the due date of the amounts that were transferred or retained by payment to (and including) the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided date such payment is actually made at five percent (5.0%) per annum. All computations of interest pursuant to this Agreement shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 days, in each case, for the actual number of days from (but not including) the first day to (and including) the last day occurring in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of period for which such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amountinterest is payable.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Purchase and Sale Agreement (VEREIT Operating Partnership, L.P.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (ai) Within 90 days following Following the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet determination of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as components of the Closing Date Statement, if the result of (giving effect to x) the Final Working Capital minus the Estimated Available Cash AllocationWorking Capital plus (y) the Estimated Assumed Indebtedness minus the Final Assumed Indebtedness is an amount greater than zero (the "“Net Positive Purchase Price Adjustment Amount”) then (A) Buyer shall pay the Net Positive Purchase Price Adjustment Amount in cash to Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which and (B) Buyer and Seller shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on deliver a basis consistent with joint direction instructing the preparation of, and using Escrow Agent to release the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used then available funds in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Post-Closing Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) Escrow Fund to Seller. (ii) if any Following the determination of the amounts that were transferred or retained by components of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided Closing Date Statement, if the result of (x) the Final Working Capital minus the Estimated Working Capital plus (y) the Estimated Assumed Indebtedness minus the Final Assumed Indebtedness is an amount less than zero (the “Net Negative Purchase Price Adjustment Amount”) then (A) Buyer shall be entitled to receive a payment in cash out of the then available funds in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were Post-Closing Working Capital Escrow Fund in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then such amount and Buyer and Seller shall (or shall cause deliver a joint direction instructing the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay Escrow Agent to make such payment to Buyer. If the amount of such excess(es) the Post-Closing Working Capital Escrow Fund is greater than the absolute value of the Net Negative Purchase Price Adjustment Amount, then Buyer and Seller shall deliver a joint direction instructing the Escrow Agent to IDB Buyermake a payment to Seller equal to the amount of remaining funds in the Post-Closing Working Capital Escrow Fund after the distribution of the Net Negative Purchase Price Adjustment Amount to Buyer in accordance with this Section 2.06(d). Notwithstanding If the foregoing amount of the Post-Closing Working Capital Escrow Fund is less than the absolute value of the Net Negative Purchase Price Adjustment Amount, Buyer and for Seller shall deliver a joint direction instructing the avoidance of doubt, Escrow Agent to make a payment to Buyer in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount equal to such shortfall from the Post-Closing Indemnification Escrow Fund. Set forth in excess Section 2.06(d)(ii) of the Excess Cash Disclosure Schedules are examples of the determination of the post-Closing adjustments contemplated in Sections 2.06(d)(i) and (ii), demonstrating both a Net Positive Purchase Price Adjustment Amount and a Net Negative Purchase Price Adjustment Amount. (iii) All payments pursuant to this Section 2.06(d) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated in advance by Seller or Buyer, as applicable, and shall be made on or prior to the fifth (5th) Business Day following: (A) the thirty (30)-day period following Buyer’s delivery of the Closing Date Statement pursuant to Section 2.06(b) if Seller does not timely dispute such amounts pursuant to Section 2.06(c)(ii); (B) the date of Seller’s and Buyer’s mutual determination of Final Working Capital and Final Assumed Indebtedness in the event Seller timely disputes such amounts pursuant to Section 2.06(c)(ii) and Seller’s and Buyer’s differences are resolved without the engagement of an Independent Accountant pursuant to Section 2.06(c)(iii); and (C) the date of the Independent Accountant’s determination of Final Working Capital and/or Final Assumed Indebtedness pursuant to Section 2.06(c)(iii) in the event Seller timely disputes such amounts pursuant to Section 2.06(c)(ii) and Seller and Buyer are unable to resolve their differences pursuant to Section 2.06(c)(ii). (iv) The amount of any Net Positive Purchase Price Adjustment Amount or any Net Negative Purchase Price Adjustment Amount, as the case may be, shall bear interest from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the date of payment at a rate per annum equal to the rate of interest published by The Wall Street Journal as the “prime rate” at large U.S. money center banks on the Closing Date, calculated on the basis of a 365 day year and the actual number of days elapsed, without compounding.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Asset Purchase Agreement (MWI Veterinary Supply, Inc.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. After the Final Purchase Price is determined in accordance with the Purchase and Sale Agreement, (a) Within 90 days following if GRDA’s Estimated Purchase Price is less than thirty-six percent (36%) of the Final Purchase Price, then GRDA shall pay Seller within four (4) Business Days by wire transfer of immediately available funds, the difference between thirty-six percent (36%) of the Final Purchase Price and GRDA’s Estimated Purchase Price plus interest thereon at the Interest Rate from the Closing DateDate through and including the date of such payment. If GRDA’s Estimated Purchase Price is greater than thirty-six percent (36%) of the Final Purchase Price, then Seller shall prepare pay GRDA within six (6) Business Days by wire transfer of immediately available funds, the difference between GRDA’s Estimated Purchase Price and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet thirty-six percent (36%) of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of Final Purchase Price plus interest thereon at the Interest Rate from the Closing Date through and including the date of such payment. In each case, the recipient Party or Parties, as applicable, shall designate the account or accounts to which such payments are to be made at least two (giving effect 2) Business Days prior to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on date such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes payments are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equitydue. (b) Following delivery if OMPA’s Estimated Purchase Price is less than thirteen percent (13%) of the Final Purchase Price, then OMPA shall pay Seller within four (4) Business Days by wire transfer of immediately available funds, the difference between thirteen percent (13%) of the Final Purchase Price and OMPA’s Estimated Purchase Price plus interest thereon at the Interest Rate from the Closing Balance Sheet Date through and including the IDB Buyer date of such payment. If OMPA’s Estimated Purchase Price is greater than thirteen percent (13%) of the Final Purchase Price, then Seller shall pay OMPA within six (6) Business Days by wire transfer of immediately available funds, the difference between OMPA’s Estimated Purchase Price and thirteen percent (13%) of the Final Purchase Price plus interest thereon at the Interest Rate from the Closing Balance Sheet Date through and prior to including the deadline for delivering a Dispute Noticedate of such payment. In each case, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other recipient Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB BuyerParties, as applicable, in connection with shall designate the account or accounts to which such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer payments are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. at least two (d2) If there is a referral Business Days prior to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with date such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9payments are due. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Asset Purchase Agreement (Oge Energy Corp)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 Not later than ninety (90) days following after the Closing DateDate or such other time as is mutually agreed by the Parties, Seller Purchaser shall prepare or cause to be prepared, and deliver to IDB Buyer Parent a consolidated balance sheet revised Closing Date Statement and a revised statement of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Adjustment Amount as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) Date (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"“Revised Adjustment Amount”), which together with such reasonably detailed data appropriate to support such revised Closing Date Statement and Revised Adjustment Amount. The Revised Adjustment Amount shall be prepared in conformity accordance with GAAP applied on a basis GAAP, consistent with the Accounting Principles. In connection with the preparation ofof such revised Closing Date Statement and the calculation of the Revised Adjustment Amount, Sellers shall: (A) provide Purchaser and using its Affiliates (including the same accounting methodsAcquired Subsidiaries) and their authorized representatives with reasonable access, policiesduring normal business hours, practicesupon reasonable notice and without unreasonably interfering with Sellers’ operations of their businesses, procedures to the relevant books, records and estimation methods as those used facilities of the Business and the relevant employees, consultants and representatives of Parent or its Affiliates who were involved in the preparation of the balance sheet for Closing Date Statement and Revised Adjustment Amount; and (B) cooperate in good faith with Purchaser and its Affiliates (including the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, Acquired Subsidiaries) and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equitytheir authorized representatives, in each case derived from the items case, as reasonably requested by Sellers to evaluate, assess and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing prepare the Closing Balance Sheets Date Statement and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common EquityRevised Adjustment Amount. (b) Following For thirty (30) days following the delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet Revised Adjustment Amount, Purchaser shall provide Sellers and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet their Affiliates and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives their authorized representatives with reasonable access to the books and relevant books, records, personnel facilities, employees and related work papers representatives of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review Purchaser reasonably requested by Sellers to evaluate and assess the preparation of the Seller revised Closing Balance Sheet or Date Statement and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery calculation of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet Revised Adjustment Amount. (c) Within thirty (30) days following receipt of the Revised Adjustment Amount, Parent shall deliver to Purchaser in which to provide writing either its (i) agreement as to the other Party a notice setting forthcalculation of the Revised Adjustment Amount or (ii) dispute thereof, specifying in detailreasonable detail the nature of its dispute. To be effective, any good faith such notice of dispute as shall include a copy of the Revised Adjustment Amount, marked to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount indicate those specific line items that are in dispute (the "Dispute Notice"“Disputed Line Items”) and shall be accompanied by Parent’s calculation of the Revised Adjustment Amount. In the event that Parent does not provide a notice of dispute within such thirty (30) day period, and each item or amount Parent, on the Dispute Noticebehalf of Sellers, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items in full the Revised Adjustment Amount as prepared by Purchaser, which shall be final and amounts contained in binding for the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or purposes hereunder. During the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). thirty (c30) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyersuch dispute notice to Purchaser, Seller Purchaser and IDB Buyer Parent shall endeavor attempt in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Itemsany such dispute and finally determine the final Adjustment Amount. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after at the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate thirty (30)-day period, Purchaser and Parent have failed to reach agreement with respect to the final Adjustment Amount, the matter shall be submitted to KPMG LLP, which shall act as arbitrator. If KPMG LLP is unable to serve, Purchaser and Parent shall jointly select another nationally recognized accounting firm that is not the independent auditor for either Parent or Purchaser and is otherwise neutral and impartial; provided, however, that if Parent and Purchaser are unable to select such other accounting firm within thirty (30) days after delivery of written notice of a disagreement, each of Purchaser and Parent shall cause its respective selected nationally recognized accounting firm to select another firm meeting the requirements set forth above or a neutral and impartial certified public accountant with significant relevant experience. The accounting firm or in default thereof such selection accountant so selected shall be made pursuant referred to herein as the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm “Accountant.” The Accountant shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of determine the final Adjustment Amount in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. In making such determination, the Accountant may only consider Disputed Line Items and must resolve the matter in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement; provided that the determination of the Seller Accountant will neither be more favorable to Purchaser than reflected in the Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) Date Statement or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (Revised Adjustment Amount nor more favorable to Parent than reflected in Parent’s dispute notice. The Accountant shall deliver to Parent and the calculations of Available Cash Purchaser, as promptly as practicable and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if in any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.within thirty

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Purchase Agreement (BGC Partners, Inc.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. The Purchase Price set forth in Section 2.2 shall be subject to adjustment after the Closing Date as follows: (a) Within 90 forty-five (45) days following after the Closing Date, Seller the Buyer shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet"), which . The Buyer shall be prepared prepare the Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet in conformity accordance with GAAP Tax Accounting applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in application of Tax Accounting to the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at set forth the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common EquityNet Book Value. (b) Following The Seller may request in writing all additional supporting Information as reasonably may be necessary to verify the Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet, and the Buyer shall promptly (but in no event more than three (3) business days following such request) provide to the Seller any such Information that is in the possession or control of the Buyer, provided that any delay in providing such Information shall extend the Objection Deadline Date by the number of days any such delivery of Information by the Buyer is delayed beyond such three (3) business day period. The Seller shall deliver to the Buyer, by the Objection Deadline Date, either a notice indicating that the Seller accepts the Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet or a reasonably detailed statement describing its objections (if any) to the Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet. If the Seller delivers to the Buyer a notice accepting the Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet, or the Seller does not deliver a written objection to the Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet by the Objection Deadline Date, then, effective as of either the date of delivery of such notice of acceptance or as of the close of business on the Objection Deadline Date, the Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet shall be deemed to be the Final Closing Balance Sheet and shall be final and binding on the IDB Parties. If the Seller timely objects to the Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet, such objections shall be resolved as follows: (i) The Buyer and the Seller shall first use Reasonable Best Efforts to resolve such objections. (ii) If the Buyer and the Seller do not reach a resolution of all objections set forth on the Seller’s statement of objections within thirty (30) days after delivery of such statement of objections, the Buyer and the Seller shall, promptly, but in no event more than thirty (30) days following the expiration of such thirty (30) day period, engage the Accountant, pursuant to an engagement agreement executed by the Buyer, the Seller and the Accountant, to resolve any remaining objections set forth on the Seller’s statement of objections (the “Unresolved Objections”). (iii) The Buyer and the Seller shall jointly submit to the Accountant, within ten (10) days after the date of the engagement of the Accountant (as evidenced by the date of the engagement agreement), a copy of the Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet, a copy of the statement of objections delivered by the Seller to the Buyer, and a statement setting forth the resolution of any objections agreed to by the Buyer and the Seller. Each of the Buyer and the Seller shall submit to the Accountant (with a copy delivered to the other Party on the same day), within fifteen (15) days after the date of the engagement of the Accountant, a memorandum (which may include supporting exhibits) setting forth their respective positions on the Unresolved Objections. Each of the Buyer and the Seller may (but shall not be required to) submit to the Accountant (with a copy delivered to the other Party on the same day), within thirty (30) days after the date of the engagement of the Accountant, a memorandum responding to the initial memorandum submitted to the Accountant by the other Party. Unless requested by the Accountant in writing, neither Party may present any additional information or arguments to the Accountant, either orally or in writing. (iv) The Buyer and the Seller shall jointly instruct the Accountant that (A) within forty-five (45) days after the date of its engagement hereunder, the Accountant shall determine whether the objections raised by the Seller are appropriate and shall issue a ruling which shall include a balance sheet, comprised of the Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet as adjusted pursuant to any resolutions to objections agreed upon by the Buyer and the Seller and pursuant to the Accountant’s resolution of the Unresolved Objections, (B) in resolving any Unresolved Objection, the Accountant shall select a value for such item that is equal to or between the value for such item proposed by the Buyer in the Preliminary Balance Sheet or by the Seller in its statement of objections, and (C) the scope of the Accountant’s review shall be limited to resolving the Unresolved Objections. The balance sheet issued by the Accountant pursuant to the foregoing sentence shall be deemed to be the Final Closing Balance Sheet and prior shall be final and binding on the Parties. (v) The resolution by the Accountant of the Unresolved Objections shall be final and binding upon the Buyer and the Seller. The Buyer and the Seller agree that the procedure set forth in this Section 2.5(b) for resolving disputes with respect to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet or shall be the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller sole and IDB Buyer exclusive method for resolving any such disputes; provided that this provision shall have 45 days after not prohibit either Party from instituting litigation to enforce the later delivery ruling of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Accountant. (vi) The Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in and the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including shall share the calculations fees and expenses of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a)Accountant equally. (c) For 30 If the Net Book Value as shown on the Final Closing Balance Sheet is less than the Target Amount, the Purchase Price shall be reduced by such deficiency and the Seller shall pay to the Buyer, by wire transfer or other delivery of immediately available funds, within three (3) business days after the later delivery of date on which the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator Final Closing Balance Sheet is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made finally determined pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Associationthis Section 2.5, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion an amount equal to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitratorsuch deficiency. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position Net Book Value as shown on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Final Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheetexceeds the Target Amount, as applicable, on the one hand, Purchase Price shall be increased by such excess amount and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as pay to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding onSeller, and shall not be subject to appeal byby wire transfer or other delivery of immediately available funds, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. within three (e3) No later than 30 business days following after the later of date on which the final determination of the Seller Final Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items is finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation")pursuant to this Section 2.5, the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amountequal to such excess.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Asset Purchase Agreement (Constant Contact, Inc.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 sixty (60) calendar days following the Closing Date, Seller SBI at its own expense, shall prepare and deliver cause PricewaterhouseCoopers ("SBI's Accountant") to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) audit (the "Seller Post-Closing Balance SheetAudit") the books of AGI to determine the accuracy of the information set forth in the AGI Closing Financial Certificate (as defined in Section 9.2(j) herein). In the course of the Post-Closing Audit, SBI's Accountant shall apply generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied throughout the periods involved ("GAAP"), which subject to the treatment of contingencies and direct ▇▇▇▇ receivables required by Section 7.9(d) of this Agreement. The Shareholders shall be prepared cooperate with SBI and SBI's Accountant in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with furnishing information, documents, evidence and other assistance to SBI's Accountant to facilitate the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation completion of the balance sheet for Post-Closing Audit. In the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in event that SBI's Accountant determines that (i) the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and actual Working Capital derived from (as defined below) of AGI on the items and amounts Closing Date was less than $1,000, (ii) AGI had long term liabilities on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet or (iii) the actual Tangible Net Worth (as defined below) of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of AGI on the Closing Date was less than $100,000 (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocationeach of (i) - (the iii) a "IDB Buyer Closing Balance SheetFinancial Requirement Deficiency" and together with "Financial Requirement Deficiencies") or that the Seller actual Tangible Net Worth of AGI on the Closing Balance Sheet, Date was greater than $100,000 (such difference the "Closing Balance SheetsExcess Tangible Net Worth"), which then SBI shall be prepared in conformity promptly deliver a written notice to that effect with GAAP applied supporting documentation to the Shareholder Representative setting forth such Financial Requirement Deficiency or Deficiencies of AGI and/or any Excess Tangible Net Worth, as the case may be, on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. Date (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute "Adjustment Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve As used in this capacityagreement, then Seller "Working Capital" means current assets less current liabilities and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant "Tangible Net Worth" means total assets (excluding all intangible items) less total liabilities; also provided that, any receivables relating to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator loans to employees will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs excluded from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitratorassets. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Stock Purchase Agreement (Susquehanna Bancshares Inc)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 As soon as practicable, but no later than seventy-five (75) days following after the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller Sellers’ Representative, a consolidated balance sheet statement (the “Closing Statement”) setting forth Buyer’s calculation of IDB (i) Closing Date Working Capital, (ii) Closing Date Cash, (iii) Closing Date Debt, and (iv) the Transaction Expenses paid at Closing as provided in Section 2.05(f) and any additional Transaction Expenses identified by Buyer that constitute Transaction Expenses and the IDB Subsidiaries as of were not included on the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and Schedule, together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, Final Purchase Price based on the foregoing amounts. Buyer’s calculations set forth in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets Statement (collectively, the “Proposed Purchase Price Calculations”) shall be delivered with such schedules and determining data with respect to the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and determination thereof as may be appropriate to support the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equitycalculations set forth therein. (b) Following delivery Within sixty (60) days of receipt of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet Statement, Sellers’ Representative may provide one written notice to Buyer disputing all or a part of the Proposed Purchase Price Calculations, which notice shall set forth in reasonable detail each such disagreement and the IDB amount thereof with reasonable support for such disagreement (such notice, a “Purchase Price Dispute Notice”, and such disagreements and related amounts set forth therein, the “Disputes”). Any amount(s) set forth on the Closing Statement not included in a timely delivered Purchase Price Dispute Notice as the subject of a Dispute shall be treated as final, binding and non-appealable by the Parties. If Sellers’ Representative does not so provide such a Purchase Price Dispute Notice to Buyer within such sixty (60)-day period, then the Proposed Purchase Price Calculations set forth in the Closing Balance Sheet Statement shall be deemed final and prior binding on the Parties. If such a Purchase Price Dispute Notice is so provided to Buyer, then Buyer and Sellers’ Representative shall use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve the Disputes during the thirty (30)-day period commencing on the date of Buyer’s receipt of the Purchase Price Dispute Notice. If such negotiations result in a written resolution executed by Buyer and Sellers’ Representative as to any Dispute, such written resolution shall be final, binding and non-appealable by the Parties. (c) If Sellers’ Representative and Buyer do not agree upon a final resolution with respect to any Dispute within such thirty (30)-day period, then Buyer or Sellers’ Representative may, at any time thereafter, require that the remaining Disputes be submitted to Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited, or, if such firm declines to be retained to resolve the Disputes, another internationally recognized, independent accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Buyer and Sellers’ Representative (in either case, the “Accounting Firm”). The Parties shall instruct the Accounting Firm to render a determination of the applicable Disputes, in accordance with the Agreed Accounting Principles, within forty-five (45) days (or such longer period as the Accounting Firm may reasonably require) after referral of the matter to such Accounting Firm, which determination must be in writing and must set forth, in reasonable detail, the basis therefor. The terms of appointment and engagement of the Accounting Firm shall be as agreed upon between Sellers’ Representative and Buyer, and any associated engagement fees shall be initially borne fifty percent (50%) by Sellers and fifty percent (50%) by Buyer; provided, however, that such fees shall ultimately be borne by Sellers and Buyer in inverse proportion as they may prevail on matters resolved by the Accounting Firm, which proportionate allocations shall also be determined by the Accounting Firm at the time the determination of the Accounting Firm is rendered on the merits of the disputed items. For example, should the items in dispute total $1,000 and the Accounting Firm awards $600 in favor of Sellers’ Representative’s position, sixty percent (60%) of the costs of its review would be borne by Buyer and forty percent (40%) of the costs would be borne by Sellers. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, all other costs and expenses incurred by the Parties in connection with resolving any dispute hereunder before the Accounting Firm shall be borne by the Party incurring such cost and expense (in the case of the Sellers’ Representative, on behalf of the Sellers). In resolving the disputed items, the Accounting Firm (i) shall be bound by the provisions of this Section 2.06, (ii) may not assign a value to any item greater than the greatest value claimed for such item or less than the smallest value for such item claimed by Buyer or Sellers’ Representative and (iii) shall limit its decision to the deadline for delivering unresolved Disputes. Such determination of the Accounting Firm shall be conclusive and binding upon the Parties. (d) The Parties shall, and shall cause their respective Representatives to, cooperate and assist in the calculation of the Final Purchase Price and in the conduct of the review by the Accounting Firm of any proposed calculations of the Final Purchase Price or the components thereof, including the making available, to the extent necessary, of books, records, work papers and personnel. (e) If the Final Purchase Price, as finally determined in accordance with this Section 2.06, is greater than the Closing Payment (such difference, the “Excess Amount”), then (i) the Sellers’ Representative shall and Buyer shall, or Parent shall cause Buyer to, promptly (but in any event within five (5) Business Days after the date on which the Final Purchase Price is determined pursuant to this Section 2.06), jointly direct the Escrow Agent in writing to pay to the Sellers all of the funds in the Post-Closing Adjustment Escrow Account and (ii) Buyer shall, or Parent shall cause Buyer to, promptly (but in any event within five (5) Business Days after the date on which the Final Purchase Price is determined pursuant to this Section 2.06) pay, seventy percent (70%) of the Excess Amount to Holdings Sellers and thirty percent (30%) of the Excess Amount to Sunshine SPV Shares Seller, in each case, in the same manner and to the same accounts as the Holdings Shares Closing Payment and the Sunshine SPV Shares Closing Payment were made (or in such other amounts, or to such other accounts as Sellers’ Representative shall designate in writing to Buyer). (f) If the Closing Payment is greater than the Final Purchase Price, as finally determined in accordance with this Section 2.06 (such difference, the “Shortfall Amount”), then (i) Buyer and the Sellers’ Representative shall promptly (but in any event within five (5) Business Days after the date on which the Final Purchase Price is determined pursuant to this Section 2.06), jointly direct the Escrow Agent in writing to pay to Buyer from the Post-Closing Adjustment Escrow Account, the Shortfall Amount, in accordance with the Escrow Agreement and (ii) if the Shortfall Amount is greater than the funds in the Post-Closing Adjustment Escrow Account, Buyer and the Sellers’ Representative shall promptly (but in any event within five (5) Business Days after the date on which the Final Purchase Price is determined pursuant to this Section 2.06), jointly direct the Escrow Agent in writing to pay to Buyer from the Tax Indemnity Escrow Accounts an aggregate cash amount equal to the difference between Shortfall Amount and the Post-Closing Adjustment Escrow Amount (such amount to be paid thirty percent (30%) from the Sunshine SPV Shares Seller Tax Indemnity Escrow Account and seventy percent (70%) from the Holdings Sellers Tax Indemnity Escrow Account), in accordance with the Escrow Agreement and (iii) if the Shortfall Amount is greater than the funds in the Post-Closing Adjustment Escrow Account and the Tax Indemnity Escrow Accounts, Sellers shall promptly (but in any event within five (5) Business Days after the date on which the Final Purchase Price is determined pursuant to this Section 2.06) pay, on a Dispute Noticepro rata basis (based on the percentage of the Closing Payment received by each Seller on the Closing Date), each to Buyer an aggregate cash amount equal to the difference between the Shortfall Amount and (x) the Post-Closing Adjustment Escrow Amount plus (y) the Holdings Sellers Tax Indemnity Amount, plus (z) the Sunshine SPV Shares Seller Tax Indemnity Amount, by wire transfer of Seller immediately available funds to the account or accounts, and IDB in the amounts as Buyer will provide designate in writing to Sellers’ Representative, in addition to causing payment from the other Party Post-Closing Adjustment Escrow Account and the Tax Indemnity Escrow Accounts pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above. If the Shortfall Amount is less than the amount of the funds in the Post-Closing Adjustment Escrow Account, then Buyer and the Sellers’ Representative shall promptly (but in any event within five (5) Business Days after the date on which the Final Purchase Price is determined pursuant to this Section 2.06), jointly direct the Escrow Agent in writing to pay to the Sellers from the Post-Closing Adjustment Escrow Account the difference between the Shortfall Amount and the amount of funds in the Post-Closing Adjustment Escrow Account (following payment of the Shortfall Amount) in accordance with the Escrow Agreement. (g) Any amounts paid pursuant to this Section 2.06 shall be treated as an adjustment to the Final Purchase Price. (h) During the period of time from and after Sellers’ Representative’s receipt of the Closing Statement through the determination of the Final Purchase Price in accordance with this Section 2.06, Buyer shall, and shall cause the Companies and their respective Representatives to (i) reasonably cooperate with Sellers’ Representative and its Representatives in connection with their review of the Closing Statement (including by providing Sellers’ Representative and its Representatives with reasonable access during business hours and under reasonable circumstances to the books employees of the Companies who are knowledgeable about the information contained in, and recordsthe preparation of, personnel the Closing Statement) and related work papers of Seller (ii) provide reasonable access during business hours and under reasonable circumstances to any books, records and other information reasonably requested by Sellers’ Representative or IDB Buyer, as applicableits Representatives, in connection with such other Party's each case, to the extent relevant to Sellers’ Representative’s review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller Statement and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) Final Purchase Price or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Sellercomponent thereof. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Share Purchase Agreement (Thryv Holdings, Inc.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (ai) Within 90 seventy-five (75) days following after the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated statement setting forth its calculation of Closing Working Capital, Closing Indebtedness, and Closing Transaction Expenses, which statement shall contain a balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries Company Group as of the Closing Date (without giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) transactions contemplated herein), a calculation of Closing Working Capital, Closing Indebtedness, and Closing Transaction Expenses (the "IDB “Closing Statement”) and a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of Buyer certifying that the Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be Statement was prepared in conformity accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures principles, policies and procedures, with consistent classifications, judgments and valuation and estimation methods as those methodologies that were used in the preparation of the balance sheet Annual Financial Statements for the most recent fiscal year ended December 31end as if such Closing Statement was being prepared as of a fiscal year end, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts as adjusted as set forth on such balance sheet. The Parties agree Schedule B; provided that the purpose of preparing if Buyer does not deliver the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. Statement within seventy-five (b75) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of Closing Date, then the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party Statement shall be deemed to have accepted all items be the Estimated Closing Statement and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant Purchase Price shall be deemed to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as be equal to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunderClosing Date Payment. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller.Securities Purchase Agreement 19 Project Acorn (ii) After the Closing, the adjustment to the Purchase Price shall be redetermined in the following manner: (A) either (1) an increase by the amount, if any any, by which the Closing Working Capital (as finally determined pursuant to Section 2.04(c)) is greater than the top of the amounts that were transferred range of the Target Working Capital, or retained (2) a decrease by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in amount, if any, by which the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess Closing Working Capital is less than the bottom of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by range of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as Target Working Capital; provided that, in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubteach case, in no event shall Seller the absolute value of the adjustment to the Purchase Price attributable solely to the Closing Working Capital exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000); (B) a decrease by the Closing Indebtedness (exclusive of the Akerna Loan); and (C) a decrease by the amount of Closing Transaction Expenses. (iii) The post-closing adjustment shall be required to pay an amount in excess of equal to the Excess Cash AmountPurchase Price (as finally determined pursuant to Section 2.04(c)) minus the Closing Date Payment (the “Post-Closing Adjustment”).

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Securities Purchase Agreement (Akerna Corp.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 As soon as reasonably practicable, but in no event later then one hundred and twenty (120) days following after the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and Buyer will deliver to IDB Buyer Seller a consolidated balance sheet preliminary closing statement (the “Preliminary Closing Statement”) setting forth Buyer’s good faith estimate of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Working Capital of the Companies, together with supporting records as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) Date (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"Date Working Capital”), which . This calculation shall be prepared in conformity accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using in the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods manner as those the statement of Estimated Working Capital that was used in the preparation for purposes of the balance sheet for Closing pursuant to Section 2.4 and the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation Example Calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from set forth on in Schedule 2.4(a) and shall be updated to reflect receipts, disbursements and other activity based on the items Records, data and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following information received subsequent to the Closing Date covering the period prior to the Closing Date, IDB . Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect will make available to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Seller and its Representatives, as reasonably requested by Seller, all Records and other documents used by Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Preliminary Closing Balance Sheets Statement and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital personnel of Buyer responsible for preparing or maintaining such Records and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equitydocuments. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute NoticeAs soon as reasonably practicable, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, but in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 no event later than thirty (30) days after the later delivery of Seller receives the Preliminary Closing Statement (the “Objection Period”), the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB shall deliver to Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in written report containing all changes (if any) that the Seller proposes to be made to such Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet Statement (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein“Objection Notice”). Such changes shall be specified in reasonable detail with reasonable supporting documentation, as if applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's include Seller’s calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount Closing Date Working Capital. All items on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than Preliminary Closing Statement for which Seller does not propose changes in the Disputed Items, each Party Objection Notice shall be deemed to have accepted all items be final and amounts contained in binding on the Parties. If the Seller fails to deliver to Buyer the Objection Notice within the Objection Period, the Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, Statement as applicable, delivered by Buyer will be deemed to be final and binding on the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a)Parties. (c) For 30 As soon as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than fifteen (15) days after Buyer receives the Objection Notice, the senior management of Buyer and Seller shall meet and undertake to agree on the final adjustments to the Preliminary Closing Statement and, specifically, the Closing Date Working Capital. If the Buyer and Seller fail to agree on the final adjustments within fifteen (15) days after Buyer’s receipt of the Objection Notice, the Buyer or the Seller may submit the disputed items to the Independent Accountant for resolution. The Buyer and Seller shall direct the Independent Accountant to resolve the disputes within thirty (30) days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by relevant materials are submitted for review. Buyer and Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller shall each be entitled to submit supporting arguments and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith work papers to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable in support of their respective positions. The Independent Accountant shall consider only those items or unwilling amounts in the Preliminary Closing Statement as to serve which Seller proposed changes in the Objection Notice and that remain in dispute between the Buyer and Seller, shall render its decision based solely on written materials submitted by the Buyer and Seller and the terms of this Agreement, and shall not assign a value to any item greater than the greatest value for such item claimed by the Buyer or Seller or less than the smallest value for such item claimed by the Buyer or Seller. The Independent Accountant shall have exclusive jurisdiction over, and resort to the Independent Accountant as provided in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm Section ‎2.5(c) shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereundersole recourse and remedy of the Parties against one another or any other Person with respect to, any disputes arising out of or relating to the Preliminary Closing Statement. The fees, costs and expenses decisions of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator regarding the Preliminary Closing Statement and the Closing Date Working Capital will be borne binding on and non-appealable by the Parties, absent manifest error, and shall be enforceable in a court of law. The fees and disbursements of the Independent Accountant shall be allocated between Buyer and Seller and IDB Buyer in relative the same proportion to the amount by which that the aggregate calculation amount of the Disputed Items unsuccessfully disputed items submitted by each of them differs from the calculation to be made such Party (as finally determined by the Independent Accountant ArbitratorAccountant) bears to the total amount of disputed items so submitted. (d) If The Preliminary Closing Statement shall become final and binding on the Buyer and Seller with respect to the determination of the Closing Date Working Capital upon the earliest of (i) written acceptance by Seller of Buyer’s Preliminary Closing Statement, (ii) if no Objection Notice has been given within the Objection Period and Seller has not provided written notice of acceptance, the expiration of the Objection Period, (iii) if an Objection Notice has been given during the Objection Period, upon the agreement by the Buyer and Seller that such Preliminary Closing Statement, together with any modifications thereto agreed to in writing by the Buyer and Seller, is final and binding and (iv) if an Objection Notice has been given but there is no agreement between the Buyer and Seller regarding Seller’s proposed changes, the date on which the Independent Accountant issues a referral valid decision with respect to any dispute referred to the Independent Accountant Arbitratorin accordance with Section ‎2.5(c), each of giving effect to any items reflected in the Objection Notice as to which the Buyer and Seller and IDB Buyer agreeswere able to reach agreement prior to such referral. The Preliminary Closing Statement, as adjusted, if requested by applicable, pursuant to any agreement between the Buyer and Seller or pursuant to the decision of the Independent Accountant ArbitratorAccountant, to execute a reasonable engagement letter when final and shall submit binding with respect to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later determination of the Closing Date Working Capital, is herein referred to as the “Final Closing Statement.” (e) If the Final Closing Statement indicates that the Closing Date Working Capital is less than ten the Estimated Working Capital (such amount, a “Final Deficiency”), Seller shall pay the amount of the Final Deficiency to Buyer within five (5) Business Days after the determination of the Final Closing Statement by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated in writing by Buyer; provided, that: (i) Seller, in its appointmentsole discretion, a written statement summarizing may satisfy its position on obligation under this Section 2.5(e) to pay the Disputed ItemsFinal Deficiency, together with or any portion thereof, by directing Buyer in writing to reduce the principal and interest amount of the Buyer Note by such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator amount, and (ii) to determinethe extent Seller fails to either pay the Final Deficiency or direct Buyer in writing to reduce the principal and interest amount of the Buyer Note by such amount, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, in its sole discretion, may elect to reduce the principal and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an interest amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as Buyer Note by such amount in satisfaction of Seller’s obligation to pay the Disputed Items shall be final and binding onFinal Deficiency, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Personportion thereof, under this Section 2.5(e), or withhold and may be entered and enforced offset the Final Deficiency from any Earnout Payment as provided in Section 9.92.6(i). Any reduction of principal or interest of the Buyer Note pursuant to this Section 2.5(e) shall be made first to accrued and unpaid interest and then to principal of the Buyer Note. (ef) No later If the Final Closing Statement indicates that the Closing Date Working Capital is greater than 30 days following the later of Estimated Working Capital (such amount, a “Final Surplus”), Buyer shall pay the final Final Surplus to the Seller within five (5) Business Days after the determination of the Seller Final Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations Statement by wire transfer of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect immediately available funds to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted a bank account designated in writing by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Membership Interest and Stock Purchase Agreement (Spark Energy, Inc.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (ai) Within 90 No earlier than 30 days and no later than 75 days following the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and Buyer will deliver to IDB Buyer a Seller an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Company at and as of 12:01 A.M. Central time on the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) Date (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet") and a statement setting forth its good faith determination of the amount of (i) the Closing Cash, (ii) the final amount of Transaction Expenses, (iii) any Closing Working Capital Surplus, (iv) any Closing Working Capital Deficiency, (v) the Closing Indebtedness and (vi) the Post-Closing Adjustment Amount resulting therefrom (such statement, the "Closing Statement"). After receipt of the Closing Balance Sheet and the Closing Statement, which Seller shall have 30 days (the "Review Period") to review the Closing Balance Sheet and the Closing Statement. During the Review Period, Seller and its Representatives, including Seller's independent accountants, will be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with entitled to review, during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice, the preparation of, books and using records of the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those Company used in the preparation of the balance sheet Closing Balance Sheet and the Closing Statement as Seller may reasonably request, and to discuss such books and records with senior management of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation purpose of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following reviewing the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer Balance Sheet and the IDB Subsidiaries as Closing Statement. (ii) On or prior to the last day of the Closing (giving effect Review Period, Seller may object to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) Closing Balance Sheet and the Closing Statement by delivering to Buyer a written statement setting forth Seller's objections in reasonable detail, indicating each disputed item, amount in dispute and the basis for Seller's disagreement therewith (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with Statement of Objections"). If Seller fails to deliver the Seller Statement of Objections prior to the expiration of the Review Period, the Closing Balance Sheet, the Closing Statement and the Post-Closing Adjustment Amount proposed by Buyer shall be deemed to have been accepted by Seller. If Seller delivers the Statement of Objections prior to the expiration of the Review Period, Seller and Buyer shall negotiate in good faith to resolve such objections for 30 days after the delivery of the Statement of Objections (the "Closing Balance SheetsResolution Period"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation ofand, and using if the same accounting methodsare so resolved within the Resolution Period, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, the Closing Statement and the resulting Post-Closing Adjustment Amount with such changes as applicable. Each of may have been previously agreed in writing by Seller and IDB Buyer, shall be final and binding. (iii) If Seller and Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery fail to reach an agreement with respect to all of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected matters set forth in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including Statement of Objections before expiration of the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein)Resolution Period, as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount then any amounts remaining in dispute (the "Dispute NoticeDisputed Amounts") shall be submitted for resolution to the office of ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇, Inc. (the "Independent Valuation Firm") who, acting as experts and each item or amount on the Dispute Noticenot arbitrators, a "Disputed Item"). Other than shall resolve the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items Amounts only and amounts contained in adjust the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicablethe Closing Statement and the resulting Post-Closing Adjustment Amount accordingly, delivered if necessary, based on the Independent Valuation Firm's resolution of the Disputed Amounts. The Independent Valuation Firm shall only decide the specific items under dispute by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer parties. The Independent Valuation Firm shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as promptly as reasonably practicable within 30 days (or such other time period as the parties hereto shall agree in writing) after their engagement, and their resolution of the Disputed Amounts and any adjustments to the Closing Balance Sheet, the Closing Statement and the resulting Post-Closing Adjustment Amount shall be based solely upon the memoranda and supporting material provided by the parties hereto, and not pursuant to any independent review, and shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties hereto (absent fraud or manifest error). In resolving any Disputed Items; provided that if Amount, the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve Valuation Firm shall be bound by the Working Capital Adjustment Principles, the applicable definitions set forth in this capacity, then Seller Agreement and IDB Buyer the other requirements of this Section 1.2(c) and shall within 14 days after not assign a value to any item greater than the end of greatest value for such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm item claimed by either party or in default thereof less than the smallest value for such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunderitem claimed by either party. The fees, costs fees and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item Valuation Firm shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item paid by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Noticeby Buyer, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct , based upon the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award percentage of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as Disputed Amounts contested but not awarded to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Sellerrespectively. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Purchase and Sale Agreement (Natural Resource Partners Lp)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 days following On or prior to the Closing Date, Seller Sellers shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet statement setting forth Sellers’ estimate of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as aggregate value of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) Scheduled Liabilities (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"“Estimated Scheduled Liabilities Valuation”), which including an itemized list showing Sellers’ estimate of each of the Scheduled Liabilities. The Estimated Scheduled Liabilities Valuation shall be prepared (i) in conformity accordance with GAAP applied GAAP, and (ii) on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for Financial Statements of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in Business. The Estimated Scheduled Liabilities Valuation shall be used to calculate the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 Closing Payment absent manifest error. (b) No later than sixty (60) days following after the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller Sellers a consolidated balance sheet statement setting forth the aggregate value of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries Scheduled Liabilities as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) Date (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"Date Liabilities Valuation”), which including an itemized list showing Buyer’s determination of the value of each of the Scheduled Liabilities. The Closing Date Liabilities Valuation shall be prepared (i) in conformity accordance with GAAP applied GAAP, and (ii) on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for Financial Statements of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common EquityBusiness. (bc) Following delivery After receipt of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute NoticeDate Liabilities Valuation, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer Sellers shall have 45 thirty (30) days after (the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB “Sellers’ Review Period”) to review it. If, within Sellers’ Review Period, Sellers notify Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as writing that they object to any item or amount reflected item(s) on the Closing Date Liabilities Valuation and specify the item(s) and amount(s) in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, dispute and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute “Sellers’ Amendment Notice"”), and each item or amount the parties shall use their best efforts to reach agreement in respect of the disputed items within the fifteen (15) day-period (the “Resolution Period”) following the delivery of Sellers’ Amendment Notice. Any item(s) on the Dispute Notice, Closing Date Liabilities Valuation not identified in writing as a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party disputed item within Sellers’ Review Period shall be deemed to have been accepted all items by Sellers and amounts contained in not subject to any further review or change. If no Sellers’ Amendment Notice is received by Buyer during Sellers’ Review Period, the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered Date Liabilities Valuation shall be deemed accepted by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a)Sellers. (cd) For 30 days after If at the later delivery conclusion of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual Resolution Period the parties have not reached an agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacityon Sellers’ objections, then Seller all amounts and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or issues remaining in default thereof such selection dispute shall be made pursuant submitted by Sellers and Buyer to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereundera Neutral Accountant. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Neutral Accountant Arbitrator will shall be borne proportionately by Buyer and Sellers to the extent that each party’s calculation of the aggregate value of the Scheduled Liabilities differs from the final Scheduled Liabilities Valuation as finally determined by the Neutral Accountant. All costs and expenses incurred by the parties in connection with resolving any dispute under this Section 1.7 before the Neutral Accountant shall be borne by Seller the party incurring such cost and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessaryexpense. The Independent Neutral Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on determine only those issues still in dispute at the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only end of the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its Sellers’ Review Period. The Neutral Accountant’s determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount made within forty-five (45) days after its engagement, shall be set forth in a written statement delivered to the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Sellers and Buyer Closing Balance Sheetand shall be final, as applicablebinding, on the one hand, conclusive and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicablenonappealable for all purposes hereunder. The decision/award term “Final Scheduled Liabilities Valuation” shall mean the aggregate value of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator Scheduled Liabilities as agreed to the Disputed Items shall be final by Sellers and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in accordance with Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein1.7(c) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and aggregate value of the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth thereinScheduled Liabilities resulting from the determination made by the Neutral Accountant in accordance with this Section 1.7(d) (such in addition to those items being "final" after giving effect theretofore agreed to by Sellers and Buyer during the items and amounts accepted Resolution Period or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"otherwise in accordance with Section 1.7(c), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller). (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Asset Purchase Agreement (Six Flags Inc)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) The Cash Purchase Price shall be subject to adjustment after the Closing Date as specified in this Section 1.3. (b) Within 90 one hundred twenty (120) days following the Closing Date, Seller Buyer shall prepare cause PriceWaterhouseCoopers ("Buyer's Accountant") to audit the Company's books to determine whether the Net Worth Target and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet the Net Working Capital Target have been met (the "Post-Closing Audit"). The parties acknowledge and agree that for purposes of determining the net worth and net working capital of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Company as of the Closing (giving effect to Date, the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (value of the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet")assets of the Company shall, which except with the prior written consent of Buyer, be calculated as provided in the last paragraph of Section 6.8 and shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on based upon a basis balance sheet which is consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the Company's unaudited balance sheet as of September 30, 1998 and income statement, statement of cash flows and statement of changes in members' equity for the fiscal year nine-month period then ended December 31(collectively, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at "Interim Financials"). In the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from event that the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following Buyer's Accountant determines that the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries actual Company net worth as of the Closing (giving effect to Date or actual Company net working capital as of the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) Closing Date were less than the Net Worth Target or Net Working Capital Target, respectively, Buyer shall deliver a written notice (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with Financial Adjustment Notice") to the Seller Closing Balance SheetMembers' Representative (as defined in Section 1.6), setting forth the determination of the actual Company net worth (the "Closing Balance SheetsActual Company Net Worth") and actual Company net working capital ("Actual Company Net Working Capital"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior Subject to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each resolution of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, any dispute in connection with such other Party's review determination as set forth in Section 1.3(c), (i) if the Actual Company Net Worth or Actual Company Net Working Capital is less than the Net Worth Target or Net Working Capital Target, respectively, the Purchase Price, at the option of the Seller Buyer, shall be adjusted by the greater of (x) the difference between the Net Worth Target and the Actual Closing Balance Sheet or Net Worth and (y) the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after difference between the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Net Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Target and Actual Closing Balance Sheet Net Working Capital (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for any such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (adjustment the "Dispute NoticePurchase Price Adjustment", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 The Members' Representative shall have thirty (30) days after from the later delivery receipt of a Financial Adjustment Notice to notify Buyer if the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Members dispute such Financial Adjustment Notice. If Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item has not received a notice of such dispute within such 30 thirty (30) day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") be entitled to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs receive from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. Members (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitratorwhich may, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB at Buyer's calculation in sole discretion, be from the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, Pledged Assets as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided defined in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"1.4), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Purchase Agreement (Workflow Management Inc)

Post-Closing Adjustment. Within fifteen (a15) Within 90 business days following of the Closing Date----------------------- Closing, Seller the Company shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer Parent, in a consolidated balance sheet form satisfactory to Parent, financial statements and other documentation necessary to determine the total amount of liabilities of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Company outstanding as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) Date (the "Seller Closing Balance SheetDate Liabilities"). Parent shall have such access to the Company' books and records as it deems necessary to verify the amount of such Closing Date Liabilities. Based on the Closing Date Liabilities, the Holdback Shares payable to the Stockholders shall be reduced (the "Holdback Shares Adjustment") as follows: If the Closing occurs on or before February 4, 2000 (the "Anticipated Closing Date"), which the Holdback Shares payable to the Stockholders shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied reduced, pro rata among the Stockholders based on their respective ownership of the Company Stock, on a dollar for dollar basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the an amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion equal to the amount by which the Closing Date Liabilities exceed $15,000 in the aggregate calculation if such excess has not been paid by the Stockholders personally, at their sole discretion. If the Closing occurs after the Anticipated Closing Date (other than due solely to the fault of Parent), the Holdback Shares payable to the Stockholders shall be reduced on a dollar for dollar basis in an amount equal to the total amount of the Disputed Items by each Closing Date Liabilities if the total amount of them differs from the calculation to be made Closing Date Liabilities has not been paid by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant ArbitratorStockholders personally, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessaryat their sole discretion. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and It shall not be subject considered the fault of Parent if the Closing is delayed due to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later unanticipated issues that arise during Parent's due diligence review of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to SellerCompany. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Merger Agreement (Sciquest Com Inc)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 days following Seller has prepared the attached Schedule 2.2 which lists certain current asset and current liability accounts and certain accounting principles, methodologies and policies to be used to determine the Closing Date, Seller Working Capital. The Purchase Price shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet be adjusted after the Closing in accordance with this Section 2.2 based upon the actual Closing Working Capital of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as accounts shown on Schedule 2.2. For purposes hereof, the statement of the Closing Working Capital, together with the calculation of the Purchase Price that results from the determination of such amount, shall be referred to as the “Closing Statement.” (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocationb) (the "Seller The Closing Balance Sheet"), which Statement shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a the basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methodsprinciples, methodologies and policies, practicesas specified in Schedule 2.2 and, procedures and estimation methods to the extent not specified therein, as those used in preparing the preparation Financial Statements. If the Purchase Price as finally determined in accordance with this Section 2.2 (i) is less than the Estimated Purchase Price, Seller shall pay to Purchaser the amount by which the Purchase Price falls short of the balance sheet for Estimated Purchase Price, or (ii) exceeds the fiscal year ended December 31Estimated Purchase Price, 2013Purchaser shall pay to Seller the amount by which the Estimated Purchase Price falls short of the Purchase Price. Any such payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available U.S. Dollar funds to an account designated by the party receiving payment within three Business Days after the final determination of the Purchase Price. The amount of any such payment not made when due shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate announced by Citibank, included in N.A. from time to time as its “Base Rate” plus two percent (2%) from the GFI Financial Statementsthird Business Day after the final determination of the Purchase Price. Any amount owed by Seller to Purchaser pursuant to clause (b) may, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived Purchaser’s option, be satisfied from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 Escrowed Amount pursuant to the Escrow Agreement. (c) As promptly as practicable (and, in any event, within 120 days following after the Closing DateClosing), IDB Buyer Purchaser shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as Closing Statement prepared in accordance with this Section 2.2. If Seller disagrees with the determination of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Statement, Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation notify Purchaser of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following disagreement within 60 days after delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute NoticeStatement, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer which notice shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or any such disagreement in reasonable detail. If Seller fails to deliver this notice by the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation end of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice"60 days, and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party Seller shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained the Closing Statement delivered by Purchaser. Matters included in the calculations in the Closing Statement that are not objected to by Seller Closing Balance Sheet in such notice shall be deemed accepted by Seller and shall not be subject to further dispute or review. During the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery 60-day period of Seller’s review of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB BuyerClosing Statement and the resolution of any disputes that may arise under this Section 2.2, Purchaser will, upon reasonable notice and during regular business hours, provide Seller and IDB Buyer its accountants access to the books and records and personnel of the Companies and all documents, schedules and workpapers used by Purchaser in the preparation of the Closing Statement. Purchaser and Seller shall endeavor negotiate in good faith to resolve any such disagreement, and any resolution agreed to in writing by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Purchaser and Seller shall be final and IDB Buyer binding upon the parties. (d) If Purchaser and Seller are unable to resolve any Disputed Item disagreement as contemplated by Section 2.2(c) within 30 days after delivery by Seller of written notice of such 30 day perioddisagreement, Purchaser and Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP jointly select a partner at a mutually acceptable accounting firm to resolve such disagreement (the "Independent Accountant person so selected shall be referred to herein as the “Accounting Arbitrator") ”). The parties shall instruct the Accounting Arbitrator to make a determination consider only those items and amounts set forth in the Closing Statement as to which Purchaser and Seller have not resolved their disagreement. Purchaser and Seller shall use reasonable best efforts to cause the Disputed Items; provided that if Accounting Arbitrator to deliver to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve parties, as promptly as practicable, a written report setting forth the resolution of any such disagreement determined in accordance with the terms of this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection Agreement. Such report shall be made pursuant to final and binding upon the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunderparties. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Accounting Arbitrator will shall be borne one-half by Seller Purchaser and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to one-half by Seller; provided that if the amount by which the aggregate calculation Accounting Arbitrator determines that one party’s position is completely correct, then such party shall pay none of the Disputed Items by each fees, costs and expenses of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Accounting Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Noticeother party shall pay all such fees, on the other hand. Seller costs and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9expenses. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Seller. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Stock Purchase Agreement (MDC Partners Inc)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 days following Following the Closing Dateend of the sixth complete month after the Closing, Seller Newco shall cause Newco Sub to prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer the Contributing Companies a consolidated balance sheet statement of assets and liabilities of each Contributed Sub, setting forth the Seller Retained Subsidiaries categories of assets and liabilities of each Contributed Sub as of the Closing date hereof (giving effect such date referred to herein as the "Adjustment Date," such statements referred to herein as the "Adjustment Date Statements") consistent with the projected pro forma balance sheets Furnished to the Estimated Available Cash AllocationContributing Companies pursuant to SECTION 5.4(b) and attached as part of the Disclosure Schedule (the "Seller Closing Balance SheetPro Forma Statements"), which . The Adjustment Date Statements shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methodsprinciples, policies, practices, procedures methodologies and estimation methods as those assumptions used in connection with the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Pro Forma Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following Except as provided in paragraph (c) below, within 30 days following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior Adjustment Date Statements to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicableContributing Companies, in connection with such other Partythe event that any Contributed Sub's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, Total Net Worth (as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute hereinafter defined) as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity on its Adjustment Date Statement varies from its Total Net Worth as set forth therein)on such Contributed Sub's Pro Forma Statement by an amount greater than $100,000, as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection adjustment shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effectedfollows: (i) if any such Contributed Sub's Total Net Worth as set forth on its Adjustment Date Statement exceeds its Total Net Worth as set forth on its Pro Forma Statement, Newco shall issue an unsecured note payable to the Contributing Company that transferred such Contributed Sub to Newco in form and substance identical to the Capital Advance Notes (as defined in SECTION 2.7(b) hereof) in an aggregate principal amount equal to the difference, in each case subordinate to the prior repayment in full of all amounts owing under the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing Bridge Loans (as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries toset forth on Schedule 2.7(a) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Sellerhereof). (ii) if any of such Contributed Sub's Total Net Worth as set forth on its Adjustment Date Statement is less than its Total Net Worth as set forth on its Pro Forma Statement, the amounts Contributing Company that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller such Contributed Sub to Newco shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay Newco an amount in excess cash representing the full amount of the Excess Cash Amountdifference; provided, however, that at the election of any affected Contributing Company, payment of such difference may be offset against the first amounts owing to the Contributing Company (or its current or former equity holders) under any indebtedness issued by Newco. For purposes of this SECTION 2.6, "Total Net Worth" shall mean stockholder's equity determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied in a consistent manner as was applied to determine stockholder's equity in the Pro Forma Statements.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Exchange Agreement (Lodgenet Entertainment Corp)

Post-Closing Adjustment. No later than one Business Day before the Closing Date, Seller shall deliver to Buyer a good faith written estimate of Working Capital determined as of 11:59 p.m. on the date immediately prior to the Closing Date, itemizing each component thereof (athe “Estimated Working Capital”). The Estimated Working Capital shall reflect (x) Within 90 the accounting adjustment derived from a physical count of the Inventory of the Acquired Companies jointly conducted by Seller and Buyer not more than two Business Days prior to the Closing Date and (y) the accounting adjustment derived from the books and records of the Acquired Companies that reflects changes in Inventory during the period from the date of such physical count and qualitative inspection to 11:59 p.m. on the date immediately prior to the Closing. If the Estimated Working Capital exceeds $[______], then the Closing Date Payment shall be increased by such excess amount (the “Positive Estimated Working Capital Adjustment”). If the Estimated Working Capital is less than $[__________], then the Closing Date Payment shall be decreased by such shortfall (the “Negative Estimated Working Capital Adjustment”). No later than 30 days following after the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer hereto a consolidated balance sheet statement of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Working Capital determined as of 11:59 p.m. on the Closing (giving effect date immediately prior to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) itemizing each component thereof (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following Statement”). If within ten days following delivery of the Working Capital Statement to Buyer, Buyer has not given Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior written notice of its objection to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or Statement (such notice must contain a statement describing the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations basis of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth thereinsuch objection), as applicable, and then the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount Working Capital reflected on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party Working Capital Statement shall be deemed to have accepted all items final and amounts contained in conclusive and shall be the “Final Working Capital”. If Buyer gives such written notice of objection within such ten day period, Buyer and Seller Closing Balance Sheet or shall, during the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later 10 day period following delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyersuch notice to Seller, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor attempt in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Itemsthe disputed issues. If, for any reason, If Buyer and Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item all such disputed issues within such 30 day time period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche then the issues in dispute will be submitted for resolution to XYZ LLP (it being understood that XYZ LLP was chosen because of representations made that neither Buyer and its Affiliates nor Seller or its Affiliates have a material relationship with XYZ LLP) (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to “Referee”). The Referee shall determine the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall Final Working Capital within 14 thirty days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or dispute is submitted to it. If issues in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant dispute are submitted to the rules Referee for resolution, (i) each of Buyer and Seller will furnish to the Referee such work papers and other documents and information relating to the disputed issues as the Referee may request and are available to such party (or its independent public accountants) and will be afforded the opportunity to present to the Referee any material relating to the determination of Final Working Capital and to discuss such determination with the Referee; (ii) the determination by the Referee of Final Working Capital, as set forth in a written notice delivered to both parties by the Referee, will be binding and conclusive on the parties hereto; and (iii) Seller and Buyer will each bear one-half of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs fees and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to Referee for such determination. Seller’s or the amount by which the aggregate calculation Referee’s (as appropriate) determination of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items Final Working Capital shall be final and binding on, on the parties hereto and shall not be subject to appeal byconstitute an arbitral award that is final, Seller binding and IDB Buyer or any other Person, unappealable and upon which a judgment may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9. (e) No later than 30 by a court having jurisdiction thereover. Within 10 days following after the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Final Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have has been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"in accordance with Section 2.4(b), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) Final Working Capital exceeds the Estimated Working Capital, Buyer shall pay to Seller. Seller such excess and (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay Working Capital is less than the amount of the Estimated Working Capital, Seller shall pay to Buyer such excess(esshortfall. Such amount payable pursuant to this Section 2.4(c) shall be the “Post Closing Working Capital Payment” and shall be payable by wire transfer of immediately available funds to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for bank account or accounts designated by the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amountreceiving party.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Acquisition Agreement

Post-Closing Adjustment. (ai) Within 90 As promptly as reasonably practicable, but in any event not later than 60 days following after the Closing Date, Seller the Purchaser shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a the Seller (A) an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Company and the Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet")Closing, which balance sheet shall be prepared in conformity accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with from the preparation of, books and records of the Company and the Subsidiaries using the same accounting methodsprinciples, procedures, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those that were used in to prepare the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations exclusion of Available Cash footnotes), except as described on Schedule 1.01(a)-2 (the “Closing Date Balance Sheet”) and (B) a written statement of the Net Working Capital (the “Closing Date Net Working Capital Statement”); provided, however, that if there is any discrepancy between the accounting principles, procedures, policies, and methods that were used to prepare the Balance Sheet and the accounting principles, procedures, policies, and methods that were used to prepare the Restatement Adjustment Certificate, the accounting principles, procedures, policies, and methods that were used to prepare the Restatement Adjustment Certificate shall be used to prepare the Closing Date Balance Sheet and the Closing Date Net Working Capital Statement with respect to such discrepancy, except that for purposes of calculating Net Working Capital immediately prior to the Closing under this Section 2.03(d), deferred revenue and accrued liabilities with respect to existing lease obligations shall be accounted for consistent with the accounting principles, procedures, policies and methods that were used to prepare the Balance Sheet. (ii) The Closing Date Balance Sheet and the Closing Date Net Working Capital Statement (and the Closing Date Net Working Capital set forth therein) or shall be final and binding on the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet parties unless, within 15 days after delivery thereof to the Seller, written notice is given by the Seller to the Purchaser of its objection, setting forth in reasonable detail the Seller’s basis for objection (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein“Objection Notice”). If the Objection Notice is given, as applicable, the Purchaser and the basis for such dispute together Seller shall consult with such Party's calculation of such item or amount each other in dispute (good faith with respect to the "Dispute Notice", objection. If the Purchaser and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant are unable to Section 2.7(a). (c) For reach agreement within 30 days after the later delivery of Objection Notice has been given, the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyerdispute shall be submitted, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. Ifas promptly as reasonably practicable, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable resolution to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP LLP, or such other nationally-recognized accounting firm that is acceptable to the Purchaser and the Seller (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder“Neutral Accountant”). The fees, costs Purchaser and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion agree to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agreesexecute, if requested by the Independent Accountant ArbitratorNeutral Accountant, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to with the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessaryNeutral Accountant. The Independent Neutral Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determinemake a determination, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by the Seller and IDB Buyer, the Purchaser and not by independent review, as to (and only as to) each of the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiationitems in dispute, and its determination shall be instructed that, in resolving such items in dispute, it must select a position with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established Closing Date Balance Sheet and the Closing Date Net Working Capital Statement that is either exactly the Purchaser’s position with respect to the Closing Date Balance Sheet and the Closing Date Net Working Capital Statement or exactly the Seller’s position with respect to the Closing Date Balance Sheet and the Closing Date Net Working Capital Statement, or that is between such Disputed Item by position of the Purchaser and such position of the Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation . The Neutral Accountant shall furnish its determination as to the items in dispute (which determination shall have been made in accordance with this Agreement) to the Seller and to the Purchaser in writing together with a revised version of the Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Date Net Working Capital Statement, which shall have been revised by the Neutral Accountant to reflect its determination. The determination of the Neutral Accountant and the revised version of the Closing Date Net Working Capital Statement reflecting the Neutral Accountant’s determination shall be final, conclusive and binding upon, and non-appealable by, the Purchaser and the Seller. In connection with its determination of the disputed items, the Neutral Accountant shall be entitled to rely upon the accounting records and similar materials prepared in connection with the Estimated Closing Date Balance Sheet, as applicablethe Estimated Closing Date Net Working Capital Statement, on the one handClosing Date Balance Sheet, and the applicable Dispute NoticeClosing Date Net Working Capital Statement. All fees and expenses relating to the work, on if any, to be performed by the other handNeutral Accountant will be allocated between the Purchaser and the Seller in the same proportion that the aggregate amount of the disputed items so submitted to the Neutral Accountant that is unsuccessfully disputed by each such party (as finally determined by the Neutral Accountant) bears to the total amount of such disputed items so submitted. The Purchaser and the Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct each use reasonable efforts to cause the Independent Neutral Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicablepracticable (but in no event later than thirty (30) days following the expiration of the 30-day period provided above for the Purchaser and the Seller to resolve disputes before submission to the Neutral Accountant), including by promptly complying with all reasonable requests by the Neutral Accountant for information, books, records, and similar items. The decision/award Closing Date Net Working Capital Statement as finally determined pursuant to this Section 2.03(d) shall be referred to as the “Final Closing Date Net Working Capital Statement,” and the Closing Date Net Working Capital as set forth in the Final Closing Date Net Working Capital Statement shall be the “Final Closing Date Net Working Capital.” (iii) During the period following the delivery of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as Closing Date Balance Sheet until the Final Closing Date Net Working Capital Statement is finally determined, to the Disputed Items extent reasonably necessary, the Purchaser shall be final and binding onshall cause the Company and any other Affiliates of the Purchaser to (A) provide the Seller and the Seller’s authorized representatives with reasonable access to the financial books and records of the Company and the Subsidiaries, (B) provide the Seller as promptly as practicable after the delivery of the Closing Date Balance Sheet with financial information for the Company for the period ending on the Closing Date, and shall not be subject to appeal by, (C) cooperate fully with the Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9the Seller’s authorized representatives. (eiv) No later than 30 days following If the later of the final determination of the Seller Final Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Date Net Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effectedis: (iA) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in greater than the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of Closing Date Net Working Capital, the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by Purchaser shall pay to the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in Seller a dollar amount equal to the difference between the Final Available Cash AllocationClosing Date Net Working Capital and the Estimated Closing Date Net Working Capital, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause plus interest on such amount at the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay Federal Funds Rate from the amount Closing Date through the date of such excess(es) to Seller.payment; or (iiB) if any of less than the amounts that were transferred or retained by Estimated Closing Date Net Working Capital, the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in shall pay to the Purchaser a dollar amount equal to the difference between the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in Closing Date Net Working Capital and the Final Available Cash AllocationClosing Date Net Working Capital, then Seller plus interest on such amount at the Federal Funds Rate from the Closing Date through the date of payment; or (C) equal to the Estimated Closing Date Net Working Capital, no payment shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amountbe made pursuant to this Section 2.03(d)(iv).

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Stock Purchase Agreement (Bisys Group Inc)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (ai) Within 90 ninety (90) days following after the Closing Date, Seller the Buyer or its accountant (the “Buyer’s Accountant”) shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer the Seller a consolidated balance sheet statement setting forth the Buyer’s good faith calculation of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Net Working Capital as of 12:01 a.m., Eastern Standard Time on the Closing Date (without giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocationtransactions contemplated herein) (the "Seller “Final Closing Balance Sheet"Net Working Capital”), which statement shall include reasonable supporting documentation with respect to all amounts and calculations therein (the “Final Closing Net Working Capital Statement”). Buyer shall prepare the Final Closing Net Working Capital Statement in good faith, based on books and records of the CryoScience Business, in accordance with GAAP and the Accounting Policies. (ii) The post-Closing adjustment shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent an amount equal to the Final Closing Net Working Capital minus the Estimated Closing Net Working Capital (the “Post-Closing Adjustment” and together with the preparation ofFinal Closing Net Working Capital Statement, the “Post-Closing Deliveries”). If the Post-Closing Adjustment is a positive number, the Buyer shall pay for the account of Seller to Agent in immediately available funds by wire transfer to an account designated by Agent in writing to Buyer an amount equal to the Post-Closing Adjustment, and using if the Post-Closing Adjustment is a negative number, the Seller shall instruct the Indemnity Escrow Agent to deduct the same accounting methodsfrom the Escrow Amount and deliver to the Buyer an amount equal to the Post-Closing Adjustment, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods in each case as those used provided in paragraph (vii)(a) hereof. (iii) During the period of the preparation of the balance sheet for Post-Closing Deliveries and the fiscal year ended December 31Resolution Period (as defined below), 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which Buyer shall include a calculation of Available Cash at (A) provide the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives authorized representatives with reasonable access to the books and books, records, personnel facilities employees and related work papers accountants of the Buyer (to the extent relating to the CryoScience Business), in each case upon reasonable prior written notice and during normal business hours, and (B) cooperate with the Seller and its authorized representatives, including the provision on a timely basis of all information reasonably requested and necessary or IDB Buyer, as applicable, useful in connection with such other Party's review analyzing the Post-Closing Deliveries. (iv) No later than twenty (20) Business Days after receipt by the Seller of the Final Closing Net Working Capital Statement (the “Dispute Period”), the Seller shall notify the Buyer in writing that (i) the Seller agrees with the Final Closing Balance Sheet Net Working Capital (an “Approval Notice”) or (ii) the IDB Seller disagrees with such calculations, identifying with reasonable specificity the items with which the Seller disagrees (a “Dispute Notice”). The failure by the Seller to provide a Dispute Notice to Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have 45 days after within the later delivery Dispute Period will constitute the Seller’s acceptance of the Seller Final Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Net Working Capital set forth thereinStatement. (v) or Upon receipt by the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the a Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(a). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB Buyer, Seller and IDB Buyer shall endeavor in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Items. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day period, Seller and IDB Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator") to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator will be borne by Seller and IDB Buyer in relative proportion to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicableaccountants, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute NoticeBuyer and the Buyer's accountants, on the other hand, will use good faith efforts during the twenty (20)-Business Day period following the date of receipt by the Buyer of a Dispute Notice (the “Resolution Period”) to resolve any differences they may have as to the amounts set forth in the Final Closing Net Working Capital Statement and/or the calculation of the Net Working Capital set forth therein. If the Buyer and the Seller cannot reach written agreement during the Resolution Period, within five (5) Business Days thereafter, their disagreements, limited to only those issues still in dispute (the “Remaining Disputes”), shall be promptly submitted to the New York office of Anchin Block & Anchin LLP (the “Independent Accountant”), which firm shall conduct such additional review as is necessary to resolve the specific Remaining Disputes referred to it. The Seller and IDB the Buyer shall instruct will cooperate fully with the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render facilitate its decision within 30 days resolution of the Remaining Disputes, including by providing the information, data and work papers used by each Party to prepare and/or calculate the Final Closing Net Working Capital Statement and the Remaining Disputes, making its appointment personnel and accountants available during normal business hours to explain any such information, data or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicablework papers and submitting each of their proposed calculations of the Final Closing Net Working Capital Statement. The decision/award of Based upon such review and other information and testimony from the Parties and their respective accountants that the Independent Accountant Arbitrator may request, the Independent Accountant shall determine the Final Closing Net Working Capital Statement and the Post-Closing Adjustment strictly in accordance with the terms of this Section 1.6(f) (the “Independent Accountant Determination”); provided, that such Independent Accountant Determination of the Post-Closing Adjustment shall be equal to or between the amount of the Post-Closing Adjustment proposed by each of the Buyer and the Seller, as adjusted for any differences resolved by the Seller and the Buyer prior to the Disputed Items submission of the Remaining Disputes to the Independent Accountant. Such Independent Accountant Determination shall be completed as promptly as practicable and if possible in no event later than twenty (20) days following the submission of the Remaining Disputes to the Independent Accountant, shall be explained in reasonable detail and confirmed by the Independent Accountant in writing to, and shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject all interested Persons, except to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer correct manifest clerical or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9mathematical errors. (evi) No later than 30 days following the later The fees and expenses of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (iallocated between the Seller and the Buyer, based upon the percentage that the amount not awarded to the Seller or the Buyer pursuant to Section 1.6(f)(v) if any of bears to the amounts that were transferred or retained amount actually contested by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing Seller or the Buyer, as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Sellerapplicable. (iivii) if any On the third (3rd) Business Day after the earliest of (A) the amounts that were transferred or retained receipt by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in of an Approval Notice, (B) the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess expiration of the corresponding amounts that should Dispute Period, if during such Dispute Period no Dispute Notice shall have been transferred or retained delivered by the Seller, (C) the resolution by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and the Buyer of all differences regarding the Closing Net Working Capital Statement and the Post- Closing Adjustment within the Resolution Period and (D) the receipt of the Independent Accountant Determination, the Post-Closing Adjustment shall be paid as provided follows: a) if the Post-Closing Adjustment is payable to the Buyer by the Seller, the Indemnity Escrow Agent shall deduct the same from the Escrow Amount and deliver the same to the Buyer; or b) if the Post-Closing Adjustment is payable to the Seller by the Buyer, the Buyer shall pay the Post-Closing Adjustment for the account of Seller to Agent in immediately available funds by wire transfer to an account designated by Agent in writing to Buyer. (viii) This Section 1.6(f) is intended by the Parties to solely provide for an adjustment to the purchase consideration for the difference between the agreed Target Net Working Capital and the Final Closing Net Working Capital. Nothing in this Section 1.6 is intended to be used to adjust for errors, omissions or inconsistencies that may be found with respect to the Financial Information, or any actual or alleged failure of the Financial Information, the Seller’s representations and warranties with respect to which are set forth in Section 2.5 hereof. No Party shall be permitted to introduce accounting policies, principles, practices or methodologies in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (preparation or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess review of the Excess Cash AmountFinal Closing Net Working Capital or the determination thereof different than the Accounting Policies.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Asset Purchase Agreement

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 one hundred twenty (120) days following after the Closing Date, Seller shall Purchaser will prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a the Company Representative (i) an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries Company as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) Adjustment Time (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet")”) and (ii) a statement, which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent good faith and in accordance with the preparation ofAccounting Principles, showing Purchaser’s calculation of Closing Cash, Closing Indebtedness, Closing Net Working Capital, Transaction Expenses and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation resulting calculation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Within 90 days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing final Merger Consideration (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"Statement”), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of, and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used in the preparation of the balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, included in the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets and determining the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following Within 45 days after delivery of the Seller Closing Statement, the Company Representative may dispute Purchaser’s calculation of Closing Cash, Closing Indebtedness, Closing Net Working Capital, Transaction Expenses or the resulting final Merger Consideration by delivering to Purchaser a written notice (a “Dispute Notice”) setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for each such disputed item. The Company Representative may not in its Dispute Notice include any line item (or any component of any line item) that was not included in the Estimated Closing Statement or change its calculation of any line item (or any component of any line item) in its Dispute Notice from what was set out in the Estimated Closing Statement if, in each case, such change would, taken on an individual basis, have the result of increasing the Estimated Merger Consideration compared to what was reflected in the Estimated Closing Statement. Purchaser will furnish to the Company Representative such workpapers and other documents and information relating to the disputed items as the Company Representative may reasonably request in connection with the Company Representative’s review of the Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior Statement. If the Company Representative fails to the deadline for delivering deliver a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives Notice in accordance with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller and IDB Buyer shall have this Section 2.7(b) within 45 days after the later delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to Statement, then the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall Company Representative will be deemed to have irrevocably accepted Purchaser’s calculation of Closing Cash, Closing Indebtedness, Closing Net Working Capital, Transaction Expenses and the resulting final Merger Consideration, in which case, all items such amounts will be final and amounts contained in binding on the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to parties for purposes of Section 2.7(a2.7(e). (c) For If the Company Representative timely delivers a Dispute Notice to Purchaser, then the Company Representative and Purchaser will attempt in good faith, for a period of 30 days, to agree on the Closing Cash, Closing Indebtedness, Closing Net Working Capital, Transaction Expenses and the resulting final Merger Consideration, for purposes of Section 2.7(e). The Company Representative will furnish to Purchaser such workpapers and other documents and information relating to the disputed items as Purchaser may reasonably request in connection with Purchaser’s review of the Dispute Notice. Any resolution by the Company Representative and Purchaser during such 30-day period as to any disputed items will be final and binding on the parties for purposes of Section 2.7(e). If the Company Representative and Purchaser do not resolve all disputed items by the end of 30 days after the later date of delivery of the Dispute Notice by Seller or IDB BuyerNotice, Seller then the Company Representative and IDB Buyer shall endeavor Purchaser will submit the remaining items in good faith dispute to resolve an impartial nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants appointed by mutual agreement all Disputed Itemsof Purchaser and the Company Representative (the “Independent Accounting Firm”) who, acting as an expert and not an arbitrator, shall resolve the remaining disputed amounts only. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer are unable Nothing in this Section 2.7(c) shall be construed to authorize or permit the Independent Accounting Firm to resolve any Disputed Item within such 30 day perioddifferences among the Company Representative and Purchaser other than those unresolved disagreements listed in the Dispute Notice, Seller and IDB Buyer the Independent Accounting Firm shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP (not be authorized or permitted to do so. The scope of the "disputed items to be resolved by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator") Accounting Firm shall be limited to make whether the Estimated Closing Statement, the Closing Statement, and the components of each of them, were prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles and this Agreement. The Company Representative and Purchaser will instruct the Independent Accounting Firm to render its determination with respect to the items in dispute in a determination written report that specifies the conclusions of the Independent Accounting Firm as to each item in dispute and the Disputed Items; provided resulting calculations of Closing Cash, Closing Indebtedness, Closing Net Working Capital, Transaction Expenses and the resulting final Merger Consideration. With respect to each disputed item, such decision, if not in accordance with the position of either the Company Representative or Purchaser, shall not be in excess of the higher, nor less than the lower, of the amounts advocated by Purchaser in the Closing Statement or the Company Representative in the Dispute Notice with respect to such disputed line item. The Company Representative and Purchaser will each use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Independent Accounting Firm to render its determination within 30 days after referral of the items to such firm or as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable. The Independent Accounting Firm’s determination of Closing Cash, Closing Indebtedness, Closing Net Working Capital, Transaction Expenses and the resulting final Merger Consideration, as set forth in its report will be final and binding on the parties for purposes of Section 2.7(e). The fees and expenses of the Independent Accounting Firm will be borne equally by the Company Stockholders, on the one hand, and Purchaser, on the other hand, based upon the relationship the contested amount not awarded to each party bears to the amount actually contested by such party. For example, if Purchaser claims that the appropriate adjustments are $1,000 greater than the amount determined by the Company Representative, and if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling Accounting Firm ultimately resolves such claim by awarding to serve in this capacityPurchaser $300 of the $1,000 contested, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection shall be made pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, which accounting firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunder. The fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator Accounting will be borne by Seller allocated 70% to Purchaser and IDB Buyer in relative proportion 30% to the amount by which the aggregate calculation of the Disputed Items by each of them differs from the calculation to be made by the Independent Accountant ArbitratorCompany Representative. (d) If there is a referral For purposes of complying with this Section 2.7, the Company Representative and Purchaser will furnish to each other and to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller Accounting Firm such workpapers and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by other documents and information relating to the disputed items as the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, Accounting Firm may request and are available to execute a reasonable engagement letter that party (or its independent public accountants) and shall submit will be afforded the opportunity to present to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointmentAccounting Firm any material related to the disputed items and to discuss the items with the Independent Accounting Firm. Neither the Company Representative or Purchaser shall have or conduct any communication, a either written statement summarizing its position on or oral, with the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's or IDB Buyer's calculation in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute Notice, on Accounting Firm without the other hand. Seller and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days party either being present or receiving a concurrent copy of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items shall be final and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9written communication. (e) No later If the Merger Consideration as finally determined pursuant to this Section 2.7 is less than 30 days the Estimated Merger Consideration (a “Price Adjustment Deficit”), then the Company Representative and Purchaser shall deliver joint written instructions to the Escrow Agent instructing the Escrow Agent to pay to Purchaser out of the Price Adjustment Escrow Account an amount equal to the Price Adjustment Deficit in cash; provided, that if the amount of funds in the Price Adjustment Escrow Account exceeds the Price Adjustment Deficit, as finally determined pursuant to this Section 2.7, then such joint written instructions to the Escrow Agent shall further instruct the Escrow Agent to make a Post-Closing Distribution of the remaining funds in the Price Adjustment Escrow Account pursuant to the Post-Closing Distribution Procedures. If the Merger Consideration as finally determined pursuant to this Section 2.7 is greater than the Estimated Merger Consideration (a “Price Adjustment Surplus”), then Purchaser will make a Post-Closing Distribution in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) such Price Adjustment Surplus and (ii) 500,000, pursuant to the Post-Closing Distribution Procedures by wire transfer of immediately available funds within five Business Days following the later of the final determination of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (final Merger Consideration in accordance with this Section 2.7, and the calculations of Available Cash Company Representative and Working Capital set forth therein) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect Purchaser shall deliver joint written instructions to the items and amounts accepted or deemed Escrow Agent instructing the Escrow Agent to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any make a Post-Closing Distribution of all of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided funds in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of Price Adjustment Escrow Account pursuant to the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to SellerPost-Closing Distribution Procedures. (iif) if any The purpose of this Section 2.7 is to determine the amounts that were transferred or retained final Merger Consideration to be paid by Purchaser under this Agreement. Any payment made pursuant to this Section 2.7 will be treated by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries parties for all purposes as provided in an adjustment to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) Merger Consideration and will not be subject to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and offset for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amountany reason.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Merger Agreement (Alkami Technology, Inc.)

Post-Closing Adjustment. (a) Within 90 days following In addition to Schedules 2.2(a)(i) through 2.2(a)(iv), at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to IDB Buyer a consolidated balance sheet of the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the draft Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "Seller Closing Balance Sheet"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent good faith and in accordance with the preparation ofaccounting principles set forth on Schedule 2.3(a) (the “Accounting Principles”), and using the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used a statement setting forth in the preparation reasonable detail Seller’s calculation of the balance sheet for Estimated Net Working Capital, the fiscal year ended December 31Estimated Indebtedness, 2013the Estimated Transaction Expenses, included the Estimated Benefits Payouts and the Estimated Closing Cash in accordance with the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the Seller Retained Subsidiaries and Working Capital derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheet. Accounting Principles. (b) Within 90 sixty (60) days following the Closing Date, IDB Buyer shall prepare and deliver to Seller a consolidated balance sheet of IDB Buyer and the IDB Subsidiaries as of the Closing (giving effect to the Estimated Available Cash Allocation) (the "IDB Buyer Closing draft Final Balance Sheet" and together with the Seller Closing Balance Sheet, the "Closing Balance Sheets"), which shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent good faith and in accordance with the preparation ofAccounting Principles, and using a statement (the same accounting methods, policies, practices, procedures and estimation methods as those used “Closing Statement”) setting forth in the preparation reasonable detail Buyer’s calculation of the balance sheet for Final Net Working Capital, the fiscal year ended December 31Final Indebtedness, 2013the Final Transaction Expenses, included the Final Benefits Payouts and the Final Closing Cash in accordance with the GFI Financial Statements, and which shall include a calculation of Available Cash at the IDB Subsidiaries and Tangible Common Equity, in each case derived from the items and amounts on such balance sheetAccounting Principles. The Parties agree that the purpose of preparing If Seller does not receive the Closing Balance Sheets and determining Statement within such sixty (60) day period, the Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and the related adjustment contemplated by this Section 2.7 is to measure the amount of Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity and such processes are not intended to permit the introduction of different judgments, accounting methods, policies, principles, practices, procedures, classifications or estimation methodologies for the purpose of preparing the Closing Balance Sheets or determining Available Cash, Working Capital and Tangible Common Equity. (b) Following delivery of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet and the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet and prior to the deadline for delivering a Dispute Notice, each of Seller and IDB Buyer will provide the other Party and its Representatives with reasonable access to the books and records, personnel and related work papers of Seller or IDB Buyer, as applicable, in connection with such other Party's review of the Seller Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Estimated Balance Sheet, as applicable. Each of Seller the Estimated Net Working Capital, the Estimated Indebtedness, the Estimated Transaction Expenses, the Estimated Benefits Payouts and IDB Estimated Closing Cash contained in Seller’s deliveries pursuant to Section 2.3(a) shall, at Seller’s option, be deemed to have been accepted by Buyer and shall have 45 days after become binding on Buyer and the later delivery calculation of the Seller Estimated Net Working Capital, the Estimated Indebtedness, the Estimated Transaction Expenses, the Estimated Benefits Payouts and Estimated Closing Balance Sheet or IDB Buyer Cash contained in Seller’s deliveries pursuant to Section 2.3(a) shall be the Final Net Working Capital, the Final Indebtedness, the Final Transaction Expenses, the Final Benefits Payouts and Final Closing Balance Sheet in which to provide to the other Party a notice setting forth, in detail, any good faith dispute as to any item or amount reflected in the Seller Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth thereinSeller’s deliveries pursuant to Section 2.3(a) or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (including the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein), as applicable, and the basis for such dispute together with such Party's calculation of such item or amount in dispute (the "Dispute Notice", and each item or amount on the Dispute Notice, a "Disputed Item"). Other than the Disputed Items, each Party shall be deemed to have accepted all items and amounts contained in be the Seller Final Closing Balance Sheet or the IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, Statement (as applicable, delivered by the other Party pursuant to Section 2.7(adefined herein). (c) For 30 days after the later delivery Following its receipt from Buyer of the Dispute Notice draft Final Balance Sheet and the Closing Statement, Seller shall have forty-five (45) days to review the draft Final Balance Sheet and the Closing Statement (and Seller shall have the right, until the final determination of the Final Closing Statement, to (i) examine all accounting records, work papers and financial records used or generated in connection with the preparation of the draft Final Balance Sheet, the Closing Statement and the Final Closing Statement as may be reasonably requested by Seller or IDB and such other documents as Seller may reasonably request in connection with its review of the draft Final Balance Sheet, the Closing Statement and the Final Closing Statement and (ii) have access during normal business hours on advance notice to all Facilities and all employees, agents and professional advisors of Buyer, the Company and its Subsidiaries as Seller may reasonably request in connection with its review of the draft Final Balance Sheet, the Closing Statement and the Final Closing Statement) and to inform Buyer in writing of any disagreement that it may have with the draft Final Balance Sheet and the Closing Statement, which objection shall, to the extent practicable, specify in reasonable detail Seller’s disagreement with the draft Final Balance Sheet and the Closing Statement and shall in any case include Seller’s calculation of any disputed items, to the extent practicable (the “Objection”). If Buyer does not receive the Objection within such forty-five (45) day period, the draft Final Balance Sheet and the amount of the Final Net Working Capital, the Final Indebtedness, the Final Transaction Expenses, the Final Benefits Payouts and the Final Closing Cash set forth on the Closing Statement shall be deemed to have been accepted by Seller and IDB shall become binding upon Seller, and the calculation of the Final Net Working Capital, the Final Indebtedness, the Final Transaction Expenses, the Final Benefits Payouts and the Final Closing Cash on the Closing Statement shall be the Final Net Working Capital, the Final Indebtedness, the Final Transaction Expenses, the Final Benefits Payouts and the Final Closing Cash, respectively. If Seller timely delivers an Objection to Buyer, Buyer shall endeavor then have ten (10) days from the date of receipt of such Objection (the “Review Period”) to review and respond to the Objection in writing (and Buyer shall have the right to examine the work papers and financial records used or generated in connection with the preparation of the Objection and such other documents as Buyer may reasonably request in connection with its review of the Objection); provided, however, that Buyer’s response to any Objection shall be limited to those specific disagreements listed in the Objection. Furthermore, Buyer may not in its response to the Objection change its calculation of any line item or component of working capital shown in or the Final Closing Cash shown in Buyer’s draft Final Balance Sheet and Closing Statement that would, taken on an individual basis, have the result of reducing the Final Net Working Capital or Final Closing Cash, as applicable, below the amounts thereof indicated in Buyer’s draft Final Balance Sheet and Closing Statement previously delivered to Seller. If Seller does not receive a written response from Buyer within such ten (10) day period, the draft Final Balance Sheet and the amount of the Final Net Working Capital, the Final Indebtedness, the Final Transaction Expenses, the Final Benefits Payouts and the Final Closing Cash set forth in the Objection shall be deemed to have been accepted by Buyer and shall become binding upon Buyer, and the calculation of the Final Net Working Capital, the Final Indebtedness, the Final Transaction Expenses, the Final Benefits Payouts and Final Closing Cash contained in the Objection shall be the Final Net Working Capital, the Final Indebtedness, the Final Transaction Expenses, the Final Benefits Payouts and the Final Closing Cash, respectively. If Buyer does timely deliver a written response within such ten (10) day period, Buyer and Seller shall attempt in good faith to resolve by mutual agreement all Disputed Itemsany disagreements with respect to the Final Balance Sheet and the determination of the Final Net Working Capital, the Final Indebtedness, the Final Transaction Expenses, the Final Benefits Payouts and the Final Closing Cash. If, for any reason, Seller and IDB Buyer If they are unable to resolve any Disputed Item all of their disagreements with respect to the Final Balance Sheet and/or the determination of the Final Net Working Capital, the Final Indebtedness, the Final Transaction Expenses, the Final Benefits Payouts and the Final Closing Cash within twenty (20) days following the expiration of Buyer’s Review Period, Buyer and Seller shall promptly refer the dispute to the CPA Firm, which shall resolve such 30 day period, disagreements based solely on written presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, which are in accordance with the terms and procedures and the definitions of this Agreement, and not by independent review. The written presentations provided by each of Seller and Buyer shall engage Deloitte & Touche LLP be limited such that neither party may change its calculations of any line item or component of Final Net Working Capital or Final Closing Cash from the draft Final Balance Sheet and draft Closing Statement, in the case of Buyer, and the Objection, in the case of Seller, if such change, taken on an individual basis, would have the result of reducing, in the case of Buyer, or increasing, in the case of Seller, the calculation of actual Final Net Working Capital or Final Closing Cash, respectively, set out in the draft Final Balance Sheet and draft Closing Statement or Objection, as applicable. Buyer and Seller shall direct the CPA Firm to use its reasonable best efforts to render its determination within thirty (the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator"30) to make a determination as to the Disputed Items; provided that if the Independent Accountant Arbitrator is unable or unwilling to serve in this capacity, then Seller and IDB Buyer shall within 14 days after the end of such 30 day period agree on an alternate independent accounting firm or in default thereof such selection dispute is first submitted to the CPA Firm. The CPA Firm’s determination shall be made pursuant conclusive and binding upon Buyer and Seller. Buyer and Seller shall make readily available to the rules CPA Firm all relevant books and records relating to the Closing Statement or Objection and all other items reasonably requested by the CPA Firm. Neither Seller nor Buyer shall have or conduct any communication, either written or oral, with the CPA Firm without the other party either being present or receiving a concurrent copy of any written communication. Nothing in this Section 2.3(c) shall be construed to authorize or permit the CPA Firm to resolve any differences between Buyer and Seller other than those unresolved disagreements listed in the Objection, and the CPA Firm shall not be authorized or permitted to do so. The scope of the American Arbitration Associationdisputed items to be resolved by the CPA Firm shall be limited to whether the draft Final Balance Sheet and the Closing Statement were prepared in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. In resolving any disagreements, which accounting firm the CPA Firm shall be bound by the provisions of this Section 2.3 and may not assign a value to any item greater than the greatest value for such item claimed by either party in its written presentation or less than the smallest value for such item claimed by either party in its written presentation. The Final Balance Sheet, the Final Net Working Capital, the Final Indebtedness, the Final Transaction Expenses, the Final Benefits Payouts and the Final Closing Cash as determined by the CPA Firm shall be the "Independent Accountant Arbitrator" hereunderFinal Balance Sheet, the Final Net Working Capital, the Final Indebtedness, the Final Transaction Expenses, the Final Benefits Payouts and the Final Closing Cash. The Closing Statement as agreed to (or deemed to be agreed to) by Buyer and Seller or as determined by the CPA Firm, as applicable, shall be referred to as the “Final Closing Statement.” (d) If any unresolved objections are submitted to the CPA Firm for resolution as provided above, the fees and expenses of the CPA Firm shall be allocated between Buyer, on the one hand, and Seller, on the other hand, based upon the relationship the contested amount not awarded to each party bears to the amount actually contested by such party. For example, if Buyer claims that the appropriate adjustments are $1,000 greater than the amount determined by Seller, and if the CPA Firm ultimately resolves such claim by awarding to Buyer $300 of the $1,000 contested, then the fees, costs and expenses of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator CPA Firm will be borne allocated 70% to Buyer and 30% to Seller. (e) Upon the final determination of the Final Closing Statement, (i) if the Purchase Price on the Final Closing Statement is greater than the estimated Purchase Price paid pursuant to Section 2.2(b)(v), then an amount in cash equal to such excess shall be payable by Buyer to Seller in accordance with Section 2.3(g); and (ii) if the Purchase Price on the Final Closing Statement is less than the estimated Purchase Price paid pursuant to Section 2.2(b)(v), then an amount in cash equal to such shortfall shall be payable by Seller and IDB to Buyer in relative proportion accordance with Section 2.3(g). (f) If the Closing Statement delivered by Buyer shows that the amount, if any, due to Buyer pursuant to this Section 2.3(e) (such amount, the “Proposed Final Closing Adjustment”) is less than the Adjustment Escrow Funds, then Seller and Buyer shall, within two (2) Business Days after the delivery of the Closing Statement by Buyer, jointly instruct the Escrow Agent to release to Seller an amount in cash equal to the amount by which the aggregate calculation excess of the Disputed Items by each of them differs Adjustment Escrow Funds over the Proposed Final Closing Adjustment from the calculation Adjustment Escrow Funds. (g) For purposes of the payment of the items set forth in Section 2.3(e), (i) if Buyer is required to make a payment to Seller pursuant to Section 2.3(e)(i), then Buyer shall, within two (2) Business Days after the Final Closing Statement becomes final and binding in accordance with the terms hereof, make payment to Seller of such amount, in cash, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account or accounts designated by Seller in writing and (ii) if Seller is required to make payment to Buyer pursuant to Section 2.3(e)(ii), then Seller and Buyer shall, within two (2) Business Days after the Final Closing Statement becomes final and binding in accordance with the terms hereof, jointly instruct the Escrow Agent to release (A) to Buyer such amount from the Adjustment Escrow Funds and (B) to Seller the balance, if any, of the Adjustment Escrow Funds. (h) Any payments due under this Section 2.3 shall bear interest from the Closing Date to the date of actual payment at a rate equal to the “prime rate” adjusted on a daily basis as published from time to time in The Wall Street Journal. (i) Notwithstanding any provision set forth in this Section 2.3 or elsewhere in this Agreement to the contrary, there is no general agreement among the parties to submit disputes under this Agreement to arbitration, and the CPA Firm will act as an independent expert and not an arbitrator. (j) For the avoidance of doubt, the calculations to be made by pursuant to this Section 2.3 and the Independent Accountant Arbitrator. (d) If there is a referral purchase price adjustment to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, each of Seller and IDB Buyer agrees, if requested by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator, be made pursuant to execute a reasonable engagement letter and shall submit this Section 2.3 are not intended to the Independent Accountant Arbitrator not later than ten Business Days after its appointment, a written statement summarizing its position on the Disputed Items, together with such supporting documentation as it deems necessary. The Independent Accountant Arbitrator shall act as an arbitrator be used to determine, based solely on the materials submitted and presentations by Seller and IDB Buyer, and not by independent review, only the Disputed Items adjust for errors or omissions that have not been settled by negotiation, and its determination may be found with respect to each Disputed Item shall be an amount within the range established with respect to such Disputed Item by Seller's Financial Statements or IDB Buyer's calculation in any inconsistencies between the Seller Closing Balance Sheet Financial Statements or IDB Buyer Closing Balance Sheet, as applicablethe Accounting Principles, on the one hand, and the applicable Dispute NoticeGAAP, on the other hand. Seller , for which Buyer’s rights under the R&W Policy for breaches of representations and IDB Buyer shall instruct the Independent Accountant Arbitrator to render its decision within 30 days of its appointment or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable. The decision/award of the Independent Accountant Arbitrator as to the Disputed Items warranties contained in this Agreement shall be final the sole and binding on, and shall not be subject to appeal by, Seller and IDB Buyer or any other Person, and may be entered and enforced as provided in Section 9.9exclusive remedy absent Actual Fraud. (ek) No later than 30 days following Buyer’s sole source of payment for any amounts owed or payable under this Section 2.3 will be from the later of the final determination of the Adjustment Escrow Amount, and, absent Actual Fraud, Buyer will have no Action against Seller Closing Balance Sheet (with respect to or for, and the calculations of Available Cash and Working Capital set forth therein) Seller will not be liable for or the IDB obligated in any manner whatsoever with respect to or for, any amounts owed to or payable to Buyer Closing Balance Sheet (and the calculations of Available Cash and Tangible Common Equity set forth therein) (such items being "final" after giving effect pursuant to the items and amounts accepted or deemed to have been accepted by either Seller or IDB Buyer, Disputed Items settled by negotiation and Disputed Items finally determined by the Independent Accountant Arbitrator; such final calculations being the "Final Available Cash Allocation"), the following adjustments shall be effected: (i) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries at Closing as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the IDB Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then IDB Buyer shall (or shall cause the applicable IDB Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to Sellerthis Section 2.3. (ii) if any of the amounts that were transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Estimated Available Cash Allocation were in excess of the corresponding amounts that should have been transferred or retained by the Seller Retained Subsidiaries as provided in the Final Available Cash Allocation, then Seller shall (or shall cause the applicable Seller Retained Subsidiaries to) pay the amount of such excess(es) to IDB Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Seller be required to pay an amount in excess of the Excess Cash Amount.

Appears in 1 contract

Sources: Purchase and Sale Agreement (Infrastructure & Energy Alternatives, Inc.)